Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File No. 333-148153

 

 

REALOGY CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   20-4381990

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

One Campus Drive

Parsippany, NJ

  07054
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(973) 407-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 of 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

   Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, as of August 8, 2008 was 100.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

          Page

Forward Looking Statements

   1

PART I

  

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   3

Item 1.

  

Financial Statements

   3
  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   3
  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations of the Successor for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and for the period from April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations of the Predecessor for the period from April 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007

   4
  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations of the Successor for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and for the period from April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007

   5
  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Successor as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007

   6
  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of the Successor for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and for the period from April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007

   7
  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   8

Item 2.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   42

Item 3.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   75

Item 4T.

  

Controls and Procedures

   76

PART II

  

OTHER INFORMATION

   77

Item 1.

  

Legal Proceedings

   77

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

   80

Item 6.

  

Exhibits

   86
  

Signatures

   87


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Forward-looking statements in our public filings or other public statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements or other public statements. These forward-looking statements are based on various facts and were derived utilizing numerous important assumptions and other important factors, and changes in such facts, assumptions or factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our future financial performance, business strategy, projected plans and objectives. Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,” “plans,” “may increase,” “hope,” “may fluctuate,” and similar expression or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could” are generally forward looking in nature and not historical facts. You should understand that the following important factors could affect our future results and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements:

 

   

our substantial leverage as a result of the Transactions (as defined within); At June 30, 2008 our total debt (including the current portion) was $6,431 million (which does not include $520 million of letters of credit issued under our synthetic letter of credit facility and an additional $131 million of outstanding letters of credit under our revolving credit facility). In addition, as of June 30, 2008, our current liabilities included $898 million of securitization obligations which were collateralized by $1,233 million of securitization assets that are not available to pay our general obligations. Moreover on April 11, 2008, we notified the holders of the Senior Toggle Notes of our intent to utilize the PIK Interest option to satisfy the October 2008 interest payment obligation. The impact of this election will increase the principal amount of our Senior Toggle Notes by $32 million on October 15, 2008;

 

   

an event of default under our senior secured credit facility, including but not limited to a failure to maintain the then applicable senior secured leverage ratio, or under our indentures or relocation securitization facilities or a lack of liquidity caused by the Company’s substantial leverage and the continuing adverse housing market would materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and business;

 

   

a continuing drop in consumer confidence and/or the impact of a recession or a prolonged period of slow economic growth;

 

   

continuing adverse developments in the residential real estate markets, either regionally or nationally, due to lower sales, downward pressure on price, excessive home inventory levels, and reduced availability of mortgage financing or availability only at higher rates, including but not limited to:

 

   

a decline in the number of homesales and/or prices and in broker commission rates and a deterioration in other economic factors that particularly impact the residential real estate market;

 

   

a negative perception of the market for residential real estate;

 

   

continued high levels of foreclosure activity;

 

   

competition in our existing and future lines of business and the financial resources of competitors;

 

   

our failure (inadvertent or otherwise) to comply with laws and regulations and any changes in laws and regulations; and

 

   

local and regional conditions in the areas where our franchisees and brokerage operations are located;

 

   

limitations on flexibility in operating our business due to restrictions contained in our debt agreements;

 

   

adverse developments in general business, economic and political conditions, including changes in short-term or long-term interest rates, and any outbreak or escalation of hostilities on a national, regional and international basis;

 

1


Table of Contents
   

our failure to complete future acquisitions or to realize anticipated benefits from completed acquisitions;

 

   

our failure to maintain or acquire franchisees and brands in future acquisitions or the inability of franchisees to survive the current real estate downturn or to realize gross commission income at levels that they maintained in recent years;

 

   

actions by our franchisees that could harm our business;

 

   

our inability to access capital and/or securitization markets including our inability to continue to securitize certain assets of our relocation business, which would require us to find alternative sources of liquidity, which if available, may be on less favorable terms;

 

   

the loss of any of our senior management or key managers in specific business units;

 

   

the final resolutions or outcomes with respect to Cendant’s contingent and other corporate assets or contingent litigation liabilities, contingent tax liabilities and other corporate liabilities and any related actions for indemnification made pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated July 27, 2006 (the “Separation and Distribution Agreement”) among Realogy, Cendant, Wyndham Worldwide Corporation (“Wyndham Worldwide”) and Travelport Inc. (“Travelport”) and the Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of July 28, 2006 and the Tax Sharing Amendment dated as of July 9, 2008 among Realogy, Wyndham Worldwide and Travelport regarding the principal transactions relating to our separation from Cendant and the other agreements that govern certain aspects of our relationship with Cendant, Wyndham Worldwide and Travelport, including any adverse impact on our future cash flows or future results of operations;

 

   

our inability to achieve the cost savings and other benefits anticipated as a result of our restructuring initiatives or such savings cost more or take longer to implement than we project;

 

   

the possibility that the distribution of our stock to holders of Cendant’s common stock in connection with the Separation (as defined within), together with certain related transactions and our sale to Apollo, were to fail to qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

changes in our ownership structure; and

 

   

the cumulative effect of adverse litigation or arbitration awards against us and the adverse effect of new regulatory interpretations, rules or laws.

Other factors not identified above, including the risk factors described under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “2007 Form 10-K”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), may also cause actual results to differ materially from those projected by our forward-looking statements. Most of these factors are difficult to anticipate and are generally beyond our control.

You should consider the areas of risk described above, as well as those set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” in the 2007 Form 10-K and this report, in connection with considering any forward-looking statements that may be made by us and our businesses generally. Except for our ongoing obligations to disclose material information under the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to release publicly any revisions to any forward-looking statements, to report events or to report the occurrence of unanticipated events unless we are required to do so by law. For any forward-looking statement contained in our public filings or other public statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of Realogy Corporation

Parsippany, New Jersey

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of Realogy Corporation (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2008 (successor), and the related condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2008 (successor), the period from April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 (successor), the period from April 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007 (predecessor) and the period from January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007 (predecessor) and cash flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 2008 (successor), the period from April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 (successor), and the period from January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007 (predecessor). These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2007 (successor), and the related combined statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated March 19, 2008, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and included explanatory paragraphs related to the fact that (i) as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, prior to its separation from Cendant Corporation (“Cendant”), the Company was comprised of the assets and liabilities used in managing and operating the real estate services businesses of Cendant, (ii) included in Notes 14 and 15 of the consolidated and combined financial statements is a summary of transactions with related parties, (iii) as discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, in connection with its separation from Cendant, the Company entered into certain guarantee commitments with Cendant and has recorded the fair value of these guarantees as of July 31, 2006, (iv) as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, effective April 10, 2007, the Company was acquired through a merger in a business combination accounted for as a purchase, and (v) as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 . In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

/s/ Deloitte and Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

August 12, 2008

 

3


Table of Contents

REALOGY CORPORATION AND THE PREDECESSOR

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Three
Months
Ended

June 30,
2008
    Period
from
April 10
Through
June 30,
2007
           Period
from

April 1
Through
April 9,
2007
 

Revenues

           

Gross commission income

   $ 1,040     $ 1,295          $ 83  

Service revenue

     208       201            20  

Franchise fees

     91       115            9  

Other

     51       46            7  
                             

Net revenues

     1,390       1,657            119  
                             

Expenses

           

Commission and other agent-related costs

     685       863            54  

Operating

     422       409            46  

Marketing

     60       60            10  

General and administrative

     55       67            51  

Former parent legacy costs (benefit), net

     (7 )     —              1  

Separation costs

     —         1            —    

Restructuring costs

     14       3            1  

Merger costs

     —         16            71  

Depreciation and amortization

     55       328            4  

Interest expense

     153       153            8  

Interest income

     (1 )     (2 )          (1 )
                             

Total expenses

     1,436       1,898            245  
                             

Loss before income taxes and minority interest

     (46 )     (241 )          (126 )

Provision for income taxes

     (19 )     (93 )          (49 )

Minority interest, net of tax

     —         1            —    
                             

Net loss

   $ (27 )   $ (149 )        $ (77 )
                             

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

REALOGY CORPORATION AND THE PREDECESSOR

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2008
    Period
from
April 10
Through
June 30,
2007
           Period
from
January 1
Through
April 9,
2007
 

Revenues

           

Gross commission income

   $ 1,788     $ 1,295          $ 1,104  

Service revenue

     392       201            216  

Franchise fees

     164       115            106  

Other

     100       46            67  
                             

Net revenues

     2,444       1,657            1,493  
                             

Expenses

           

Commission and other agent-related costs

     1,171       863            726  

Operating

     851       409            489  

Marketing

     115       60            84  

General and administrative

     118       67            123  

Former parent legacy costs (benefit), net

     (1 )     —              (19 )

Separation costs

     —         1            2  

Restructuring costs

     23       3            1  

Merger costs

     2       16            80  

Depreciation and amortization

     111       328            37  

Interest expense

     317       153            43  

Interest income

     (1 )     (2 )          (6 )
                             

Total expenses

     2,706       1,898            1,560  
                             

Loss before income taxes and minority interest

     (262 )     (241 )          (67 )

Provision for income taxes

     (102 )     (93 )          (23 )

Minority interest, net of tax

     —         1            —    
                             

Net loss

   $ (160 )   $ (149 )        $ (44 )
                             

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

REALOGY CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions)

 

     June 30,
2008
    December 31,
2007
 
     (Unaudited)        

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 124     $ 153  

Trade receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $27 and $16)

     162       122  

Relocation receivables

     1,024       1,030  

Relocation properties held for sale

     125       183  

Deferred income taxes

     82       82  

Due from former parent

     3       14  

Other current assets

     142       143  
                

Total current assets

     1,662       1,727  

Property and equipment, net

     304       381  

Goodwill

     3,924       3,939  

Trademarks

     1,009       1,009  

Franchise agreements, net

     3,183       3,216  

Other intangibles, net

     496       509  

Other non-current assets

     352       391  
                

Total assets

   $ 10,930     $ 11,172  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 222     $ 139  

Securitization obligations

     898       1,014  

Due to former parent

     540       550  

Revolving credit facility and current portion of long-term debt

     237       32  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     536       652  
                

Total current liabilities

     2,433       2,387  

Long-term debt

     6,194       6,207  

Deferred income taxes

     1,135       1,249  

Other non-current liabilities

     124       129  
                

Total liabilities

     9,886       9,972  
                

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 9 and 10)

    

Stockholder’s equity:

    

Common stock

     —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     2,009       2,006  

Accumulated deficit

     (957 )     (797 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (8 )     (9 )
                

Total stockholder’s equity

     1,044       1,200  
                

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 10,930     $ 11,172  
                

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

6


Table of Contents

REALOGY CORPORATION AND THE PREDECESSOR

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
2008
    Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30,

2007
           Period
From
January 1
Through
April 9,

2007
 

Operating Activities

           

Net loss

   $ (160 )   $ (149 )        $ (44 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

     111       328            37  

Deferred income taxes

     (106 )     (95 )          (20 )

Merger costs related to employee equity awards

     —         —              56  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     12       10            4  

Net change in assets and liabilities, excluding the impact of acquisitions and dispositions:

           

Trade receivables

     (38 )     (1 )          (26 )

Relocation receivables and advances

     7       (85 )          106  

Relocation properties held for sale

     58       3            38  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     8       177            5  

Due (to) from former parent

     3       13            15  

Other, net

     33       6            (64 )
                             

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (72 )     207            107  
                             

Investing Activities

           

Property and equipment additions

     (24 )     (22 )          (31 )

Acquisition of Realogy

     —         (6,761 )          —    

Net assets acquired (net of cash acquired) and acquisition-related payments

     (11 )     (20 )          (22 )

Proceeds from the sale of preferred stock and warrants

     —         —              22  

Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment

     7       —              —    

Proceeds related to corporate aircraft sale leaseback and termination

     12       21            —    

Investment in unconsolidated entities

     (4 )     —              —    

Change in restricted cash

     3       2            (9 )

Other, net

     5       1            —    
                             

Net cash used in investing activities

     (12 )     (6,779 )          (40 )
                             

Financing Activities

           

Net change in revolving credit facility

   $ 205     $ —            $ —    

Repayments made on new term loan credit facility

     (16 )     —              —    

Note payment for 2006 acquisition of Texas American Title Company

     (10 )     —              —    

Net change in securitization obligations

     (116 )     (30 )          21  

Proceeds from new term loan credit facility and issuance of notes

     —         5,032            —    

Repayment of predecessor term loan facility

     —         (600 )          —    

Repayment of prior securitization obligations

     —         (914 )          —    

Proceeds from new securitization obligations

     —         903            —    

Debt issuance costs

     —         (144 )          —    

Investment by affiliates of Apollo and co-investors

     —         1,999            —    

Proceeds from issuances of common stock for equity awards

     —         —              36  

Proceeds received from Cendant’s sale of Travelport

     —         —              5  

Other, net

     (8 )     (6 )          —    
                             

Net cash provided by financing activities

     55       6,240            62  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (29 )     (332 )          129  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     153       528            399  
                             

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 124     $ 196          $ 528  
                             

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

           

Interest payments (including securitization interest expense)

   $ 386     $ 67          $ 33  

Income tax payments (refunds), net

   $ 1     $ 5          $ (26 )

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

7


Table of Contents

REALOGY CORPORATION AND THE PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unless otherwise noted, all amounts are in millions)

(Unaudited)

 

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Realogy Corporation (“Realogy” or “the Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated on January 27, 2006 to facilitate a plan by Cendant Corporation (“Cendant”) to separate Cendant into four independent companies—one for each of Cendant’s real estate services, travel distribution services (“Travelport”), hospitality services (including timeshare resorts) (“Wyndham Worldwide”), and vehicle rental businesses (“Avis Budget Group”). Prior to July 31, 2006, the assets of the real estate services businesses of Cendant were transferred to Realogy and on July 31, 2006, Cendant distributed all of the shares of the Company’s common stock held by it to the holders of Cendant common stock issued and outstanding on the record date for the distribution, which was July 21, 2006 (the “Separation”). The Separation was effective on July 31, 2006.

On December 15, 2006, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger with Domus Holdings Corp. (“Holdings”) and Domus Acquisition Corp., which are affiliates of Apollo Management VI, L.P., an entity affiliated with Apollo Management, L.P. (“Apollo”). In connection with the merger agreement, Holdings established a direct wholly owned subsidiary, Domus Intermediate Holdings Corp. (“Intermediate”), to hold all of Realogy’s issued and outstanding common stock acquired by Holdings in the merger of Domus Acquisition Corp. with and into Realogy with Realogy being the surviving entity (the “Merger”). The Merger was consummated on April 10, 2007.

The Company incurred indebtedness in connection with the Merger, the aggregate proceeds of which were sufficient to pay the aggregate Merger consideration, repay a portion of the Company’s then outstanding indebtedness and pay fees and expenses related to the Merger. See Note 6 “Short and Long Term Debt” for additional information on the indebtedness incurred related to the Merger and for additional information related to the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio that it is required to maintain. In addition, investment funds affiliated with Apollo and an investment fund of co-investors managed by Apollo as well as members of the Company’s management who purchased Holdings common stock with cash or through rollover equity contributed $2,001 million to the Company to complete the Merger. We also refinanced the credit facilities covering our relocation securitization facilities (“the Securitization Facilities Refinancing”). The term “Transactions” refers to, collectively, (1) the Merger, (2) the offering of the notes, (3) the initial borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, including our synthetic letter of credit facility, (4) the equity investment, and (5) the Securitization Facilities Refinancings.

Although Realogy continues as the same legal entity after the Merger, the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for 2007 are presented for two periods: January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007 (the “Predecessor Period” or “Predecessor,” as context requires) and April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 (the “Successor Period” or “Successor,” as context requires), which relate to the periods preceding and succeeding the Merger, respectively. The results of the Successor Period are not comparable to the results of the Predecessor Period due to the difference in the basis of presentation of purchase accounting as compared to historical cost as well as the effect of the Transactions.

The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and its Predecessor have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. In the Company’s opinion, the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements reflect all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly our financial position as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and the results of our operations and cash flows for the periods presented herein. Interim results may not be indicative of fiscal year performance because of seasonal and short-term variations. We have eliminated all intercompany transactions and balances between entities consolidated in these financial statements.

 

8


Table of Contents

These interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and its Predecessor should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements of the Company and its Predecessor for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

In presenting the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and related disclosures. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgment and available information. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Business Description

The Company reports its operations in the following business segments:

 

 

 

Real Estate Franchise Services (known as Realogy Franchise Group or RFG)—franchises the Century 21 ® , Coldwell Banker ® , ERA ® , Sotheby’s International Realty ® , Coldwell Banker Commercial ® and Better Homes and Gardens ® Real Estate brand names. We launched the Better Homes and Gardens ® Real Estate brand in July 2008. As of June 30, 2008, we had approximately 16,000 franchised and company owned offices and 300,000 sales associates operating under our brands in the U.S. and 91 other countries and territories around the world, which included approximately 900 of our company owned and operated brokerage offices with approximately 54,000 sales associates.

 

 

 

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services (known as NRT)—operates a full-service real estate brokerage business principally under the Coldwell Banker ® , ERA ® , Corcoran Group ® and Sotheby’s International Realty ® brand names.

 

   

Relocation Services (known as Cartus)—primarily offers clients employee relocation services such as home sale assistance, home finding and other destination services, expense processing, relocation policy counseling and other consulting services, arranging household goods moving services, visa and immigration support, intercultural and language training and group move management services.

 

   

Title and Settlement Services (known as Title Resource Group or TRG)—provides full-service title, settlement and vendor management services to real estate companies, affinity groups, corporations and financial institutions with many of these services provided in connection with the Company’s real estate brokerage and relocation services business.

Purchase Price Allocation

We accounted for the Merger in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations”, whereby the purchase price paid to effect the Merger is allocated to recognize the acquired assets and liabilities at fair value. The purchase price of $6,761 million included the purchase of 217.8 million shares of outstanding common stock, the settlement of outstanding stock-based awards and $68 million in direct acquisition costs.

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 141, the total purchase price was allocated to the Company’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as set forth below. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

Current assets

   $ 2,165  

Property and equipment, net

     368  

Intangible assets

     5,685  

Goodwill

     4,030  

Other non-current assets

     293  

Current liabilities

     (2,107 )

Deferred income tax liabilities

     (1,749 )

Long-term debt

     (1,800 )

Other non-current liabilities

     (124 )
        

Total purchase price allocation

   $ 6,761  
        

 

9


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Financial Information

The Company’s pro forma results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2007, assuming that the Merger occurred as of January 1, 2007, results in revenues of $3.2 billion and a net loss of $0.5 billion. This pro forma information should not be relied upon as indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the Merger had actually occurred at the beginning of each period presented, or of the results that may be obtained in the future. The pro forma adjustments include the effect of purchase accounting adjustments, depreciation and amortization, interest expense and related tax effects.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Indefinite Life Intangibles

In connection with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” the Company is required to assess goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its required annual impairment testing as of October 1 st of each year subsequent to completing its annual forecasting process. During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company performed its annual impairment review of goodwill and unamortized intangible assets. This review resulted in an impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2007 of $667 million ($445 million net of income tax benefit). The impairment charge reduced intangible assets by $550 million and reduced goodwill by $117 million. The Company continues to assess events and circumstances that would indicate an impairment has occurred given the current state of the housing market. The Company believes that no events or circumstances have occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2008 that would require the Company to reassess goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment.

Derivative Instruments

The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Investments and Hedging Activities,” as amended (“SFAS No. 133”), which requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at their respective fair values. The accounting for changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument is dependent upon whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship.

The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts largely to manage its exposure to changes to foreign currency exchange rates associated with its foreign currency denominated receivables and payables. The Company primarily manages its foreign currency exposure to the British Pound, Euro, Hong Kong Dollar and Swiss Franc. In accordance with SFAS No. 133, the Company has chosen not to elect hedge accounting for these forward contracts; therefore, any change in fair value is recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fluctuations in the value of these forward contracts do, however, generally offset the impact of changes in the value of the underlying risk that they are intended to economically hedge.

On May 1, 2007, the Company entered into several floating to fixed interest rate swaps with varying expiration dates with an aggregate notional value of $775 million to hedge the variability in cash flows resulting from the term loan facility entered into on April 10, 2007. The Company is utilizing pay-fixed interest rate (and receives 3-month LIBOR) swaps to perform this hedging strategy. The derivatives are being accounted for as cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133 and the unfavorable fair market value of the swaps of $12 million, net of income taxes, is recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss at June 30, 2008.

Financial Instruments

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS No. 157). SFAS No. 157 clarifies the definition of fair value, prescribes methods for measuring fair value, establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value and expands disclosures about the use of fair value measurements. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position

 

10


Table of Contents

FAS No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” the Company deferred the adoption of SFAS No. 157 for the Company’s nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those items recognized or disclosed at fair value on an annual or more frequently recurring basis, until January 1, 2009. The partial adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have a material impact on the Company’s fair value measurements.

The following tables present the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and are categorized using the fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value.

 

Level Input:

 

Input Definitions:

Level I   Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.
Level II   Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level I that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date.
Level III   Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at June 30, 2008 for assets/liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Level I    Level II     Level III    Total  

Certificates of deposit (primarily included in other current assets)

   $ 8    $ —       $ —      $ 8  

Derivatives

          

Interest rate swaps, net (primarily included in other non-current liabilities)

     —        (12 )     —        (12 )

Deferred compensation plan assets

          

(included in other non-current assets)

     5      —         —        5  

The following table summarizes the carrying amount of the Company’s indebtedness compared to the estimated fair value at June 30, 2008:

 

     Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value

Debt

     

Securitization obligations

   898    898

Revolving credit facility

   205    205

Term loan facility

   3,138    2,652

Fixed Rate Senior Notes

   1,682    1,194

Senior Toggle Notes

   545    322

Senior Subordinated Notes

   861    417

The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to quoted market values. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques, as appropriate. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, relocation receivables, relocation properties held for sale, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The net periodic pension benefit for both the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 was less than $1 million and is comprised of a benefit of $2 million for the expected return on assets offset by interest cost of approximately $2 million.

 

11


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”), which provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for interim periods within those years. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” which delayed for one year the applicability of SFAS No. 157’s fair value measurements to certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008, except as it applies to those nonfinancial assets and liabilities affected by the one-year delay. The partial adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting the remaining provisions of SFAS No. 157 on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R) “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”) and SFAS No. 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 introduced significant changes in the accounting for and reporting of business acquisitions and noncontrolling interests in a subsidiary. These pronouncements are effective for business acquisitions consummated after the fiscal year beginning on or after December 15, 2008. In addition, SFAS No. 160 requires retrospective application to the presentation and disclosure for all periods presented in the financial statements. The Company intends to adopt these pronouncements on January 1, 2009 and is currently evaluating the impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 161”) . The new standard is intended to improve financial reporting of derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures enabling investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial condition, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. SFAS No. 161 will impact disclosures only and will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2008, The FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP 142-3”). This FSP allows an entity to use its own assumption or historical experience about renewal or extension of an arrangement for a recognized intangible asset when determining the useful life of the asset, even when there is likely to be substantial cost or material modifications to the arrangement. In the absence of past experience, the entity shall consider the assumptions that market participants would use about renewal and extension and adjust for the entity-specific factors. The FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company intends to adopt the guidance on January 1, 2009 and is currently evaluating the impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS No. 162”). The guidance addresses the sources of generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) by grouping them into four descending categories. It provides the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of non-governmental entities that are presented in conformity with the US GAAP. It is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . It is expected that SFAS No. 162 will not impact the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

12


Table of Contents
2. COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Comprehensive loss consisted of the following:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Three
Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
    Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
           Period
From
April 1
Through
April 9, 2007
 

Net loss

   $ (27 )   $ (149 )        $ (77 )

Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate hedges, net

     12       6            —    
                             

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (15 )   $ (143 )        $ (77 )
                             

Comprehensive loss consisted of the following:

         
     Successor            Predecessor  
     Six
Months
Ended

June 30, 2008
    Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
           Period
From
January 1
Through
April 9, 2007
 

Net loss

   $ (160 )   $ (149 )        $ (44 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     1       —              (1 )

Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate hedges, net

     —         6            —    
                             

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (159 )   $ (143 )        $ (45 )
                             

The Company does not provide for income taxes for foreign currency translation adjustments related to investments in foreign subsidiaries where the Company intends to reinvest the undistributed earnings indefinitely in those foreign operations.

 

3. ACQUISITIONS

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations were recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of the respective acquisition dates based upon their estimated fair values at such dates. The results of operations of businesses acquired by the Company have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations since their respective dates of acquisition. The Company is also in the process of integrating the operations of its acquired businesses and expects to incur costs relating to such integrations. These costs may result from integrating operating systems, relocating employees, closing facilities, reducing duplicative efforts and exiting and consolidating other activities. These costs will be recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as adjustments to the purchase price or in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations as expenses, as appropriate.

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of real estate brokerage operations, the Company obtains contractual pendings and listings intangible assets, which represent the estimated fair values of homesale transactions that are pending closing or homes listed for sale by the acquired brokerage operations. Pendings and listings intangible assets are amortized over the estimated closing period of the underlying contracts and homes listed for sale, which in most cases, is approximately five months.

For the six months ended June 30, 2008 and the periods April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007, the Company made earnout payments for previously acquired businesses of $4 million, less than $1 million and $18 million, respectively.

 

13


Table of Contents

2008 ACQUISITIONS

During the six months ended June 30, 2008, the Company acquired four real estate brokerage operations through its wholly-owned subsidiary, NRT, for approximately $2 million of cash, in the aggregate, which resulted in goodwill (based on the preliminary allocation of the purchase price) of less than $2 million that was assigned to the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment.

2007 ACQUISITIONS

During the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007, the Company acquired four real estate brokerage operations through its wholly-owned subsidiary, NRT, for $4 million of cash, in the aggregate, which resulted in goodwill of $3 million that was assigned to the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment. During the period January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007, the Company acquired three real estate brokerage operations through its wholly-owned subsidiary, NRT, for $1 million of cash, in the aggregate, which resulted in goodwill of less than $1 million that was assigned to the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment.

In May 2007, the Company also acquired a Canadian real estate franchise operation through its Real Estate Franchise Services segment for $13 million in cash which resulted in goodwill of $4 million.

None of the 2008 or 2007 acquisitions were significant to the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows individually or in the aggregate.

 

4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consisted of:

 

     As of June 30, 2008    As of December 31, 2007
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net
Carrying
Amount
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net
Carrying
Amount

Amortized Intangible Assets

                 

Franchise agreements (a)

   $ 2,019    $ 87    $ 1,932    $ 2,019    $ 54    $ 1,965

License agreement (b)

     45      1      44      45      1      44

Pendings and listings (c)

     2      2      —        2      1      1

Customer relationship (d)

     467      31      436      467      19      448

Other (e)

     7      2      5      7      1      6
                                         
   $ 2,540    $ 123    $ 2,417    $ 2,540    $ 76    $ 2,464
                                         

Unamortized Intangible Assets

                 

Goodwill

   $ 3,924          $ 3,939      
                         

Franchise agreement with NRT (f)

   $ 1,251          $ 1,251      

Trademarks (g)

     1,009            1,009      

Title plant shares (h)

     11            10      
                         
   $ 2,271          $ 2,270      
                         

 

(a) Generally amortized over a period of 30 years.
(b) Relates to the Sotheby’s International Realty and Better Homes and Gardens Real Estate agreements which will be amortized over 50 years (the contractual term of the license agreement).
(c) Amortized over the estimated closing period of the underlying contracts (in most cases approximately 5 months).
(d) Relates to the customer relationships at Title and Settlement Services segment and the Relocation Services segment. These relationships will be amortized over a period of 10 to 20 years.

 

14


Table of Contents
(e) Generally amortized over periods ranging from 5 to 10 years.
(f) Relates to the Real Estate Franchise Services franchise agreement with NRT, which is expected to generate future cash flows for an indefinite period of time.
(g) Relates to the Century 21, Coldwell Banker, ERA, The Corcoran Group, Coldwell Banker Commercial, Sotheby’s International Realty, and Cartus tradenames, which are expected to generate future cash flows for an indefinite period of time.
(h) Primarily related to the Texas American Title Company title plant shares. Ownership in a title plant is required to transact title insurance in certain states. We expect to generate future cash flows for an indefinite period of time.

The changes in the gross carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

 

     Balance at
January 1,
2008
   2008
Activity  (a)
    Balance at
June 30,
2008

Real Estate Franchise Services

   $ 2,260    $ (2 )   $ 2,258

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

     766      (5 )     761

Relocation Services

     596      (4 )     592

Title and Settlement Services

     317      (4 )     313
                     

Total Company

   $ 3,939    $ (15 )   $ 3,924
                     

 

(a) $(16) million related to purchase accounting fair value adjustments offset by less than $2 million for the acquisition of real estate brokerages by NRT.

Amortization expense relating to intangible assets was as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor
     Three
Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
   Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
          Period
From
April 1
Through
April 9, 2007

Franchise agreements

   $ 17    $ 18         $ 1

Pendings and listings

     —        279           —  

Customer relationships

     6      6           —  

Other

     —        —             —  
                         

Total

   $ 23    $ 303         $ 1
                         
           
     Successor           Predecessor
     Six
Months
Ended

June 30, 2008
   Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
          Period
From
January 1
Through
April 9, 2007

Franchise agreements

   $ 33    $ 18         $ 5

Pendings and listings

     1      279           —  

Customer relationships

     12      6           —  

Other

     1      —             1
                         

Total

   $ 47    $ 303         $ 6
                         

Based on the Company’s amortizable intangible assets as of June 30, 2008, the Company expects related amortization expense for the remainder of 2008, the four succeeding years and thereafter to approximate $47 million, $94 million, $94 million, $94 million, $94 million and $1,994 million, respectively.

 

15


Table of Contents
5. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of:

 

     June 30,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Accrued payroll and related employee costs

   $ 85    $ 114

Accrued volume incentives

     19      35

Deferred income

     102      97

Accrued interest

     99      146

Other

     231      260
             
   $ 536    $ 652
             

 

6. SHORT AND LONG TERM DEBT

Total indebtedness is as follows:

 

     June 30,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Senior Secured Credit Facility:

     

Revolving credit facility

   $ 205    $ —  

Term loan facility

     3,138      3,154

Fixed Rate Senior Notes

     1,682      1,681

Senior Toggle Notes

     545      544

Senior Subordinated Notes

     861      860

Securitization Obligations:

     

Apple Ridge Funding LLC

     603      670

U.K. Relocation Receivables Funding Limited

     199      169

Kenosia Funding LLC

     96      175
             
   $ 7,329    $ 7,253
             

SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITY

In connection with the closing of the Merger on April 10, 2007, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility consisting of (i) a $3,170 million term loan facility (including a $1,220 million delayed draw term loan sub-facility), (ii) a $750 million revolving credit facility and (iii) a $525 million synthetic letter of credit facility. The Company utilized $1,950 million of the term loan facility to finance a portion of the Merger, including the payment of fees and expenses. The $1,220 million delayed draw term loan sub-facility was available solely to finance the refinancing of the 2006 Senior Notes. The Company utilized $1,220 million of the delayed draw facility to fund the purchases and pay related interest and fees of the 2006 Senior Notes in the third and fourth quarter of 2007. Interest rates with respect to term loans under the senior secured credit facility are based on, at the Company’s option, (a) adjusted LIBOR plus 3.0% or (b) the higher of the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5% and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s prime rate (“ABR”) plus 2.0%. The term loan facility provides for quarterly amortization payments totaling 1% per annum of the principal amount with the balance due upon the final maturity date.

The Company’s senior secured credit facility provides for a six-year, $750 million revolving credit facility, which includes a $200 million letter of credit sub-facility and a $50 million swingline loan sub-facility. The Company uses the revolving credit facility for, among other things, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including effecting permitted acquisitions and investments. Interest rates with respect to revolving loans under the senior secured credit facility are based on, at the Company’s option, adjusted LIBOR plus 2.25% or ABR plus 1.25% in each case subject to adjustment based on the attainment of certain leverage ratios.

 

16


Table of Contents

The Company’s senior secured credit facility provides for a six-and-a-half-year $525 million synthetic letter of credit facility for which the Company pays 300 basis points in interest on amounts utilized and is reduced by 1% each year. The amount available under the synthetic letter of credit was reduced to $522 million on December 31, 2007 and to $520 million at June 30, 2008. On April 26, 2007 the synthetic letter of credit facility was used to post a $500 million letter of credit to secure the fair value of the Company’s obligations in respect of Cendant’s contingent and other liabilities that were assumed under the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the remaining capacity was utilized for general corporate purposes. The stated amount of the standby irrevocable letter of credit is subject to periodic adjustment to reflect the then current estimate of Cendant contingent and other liabilities and will be terminated if (i) the Company’s senior unsecured credit rating is raised to BB by Standard and Poor’s or Ba2 by Moody’s or (ii) the aggregate value of the former parent contingent liabilities falls below $30 million.

The Company’s senior secured credit facility is secured to the extent legally permissible by substantially all of the assets of the Company’s parent company, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors, including but not limited to (a) a first-priority pledge of substantially all capital stock held by the Company or any subsidiary guarantor (which pledge, with respect to obligations in respect of the borrowings secured by a pledge of the stock of any first-tier foreign subsidiary, is limited to 100% of the non-voting stock (if any) and 65% of the voting stock of such foreign subsidiary), and (b) perfected first-priority security interests in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Company and each subsidiary guarantor, subject to certain exceptions.

The Company’s senior secured credit facility contains financial, affirmative and negative covenants and requires the Company to maintain on the last day of each quarter a senior secured leverage ratio not to exceed a maximum amount. Specifically the Company’s senior secured net debt to trailing 12 month Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the credit facility, may not exceed 5.6 to 1 at March 31, 2008 and June 30, 2008. That ratio steps down to 5.35 to 1 at September 30, 2008, further steps down to 5.0 to 1 at September 30, 2009 and steps down to 4.75 to 1 at March 31, 2011 and thereafter. Based upon its current forecasts the Company expects to continue to be in compliance with the senior secured leverage ratio through June 30, 2009. However, because the projected covenant calculation is based upon forecasted financial information there can be no assurance that such forecasts will be achieved or that the Company will continue to be in compliance with the senior secured leverage ratio.

A breach of the senior secured leverage ratio or any of the other affirmative or restrictive covenants would result in a default under the Company’s senior secured credit facility. In the event of a breach of the senior secured leverage ratio for any trailing twelve month period, the Company has the right to cure the default through the issuance of Holdings equity securities for cash, which in turn is contributed to the capital of the Company in an amount sufficient to cure the breach. This cure is only available in three of any four consecutive quarters. Other events of default under the senior secured credit facility include, without limitation, nonpayment, material misrepresentations, insolvency, bankruptcy, certain judgments, change of control and cross-events of default on material indebtedness.

Should the occurrence of an event of default under the senior secured credit facility occur, the lenders:

 

   

will not be required to lend any additional amounts to the Company;

 

   

could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable;

 

   

could require the Company to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings; or

 

   

could prevent the Company from making payments on the senior subordinated notes;

any of which could result in an event of default under the Notes (as defined below) and the Securitization Facilities.

If the Company was unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the senior secured credit facility could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. The Company has pledged the

 

17


Table of Contents

majority of the Company’s assets as collateral under the senior secured credit facility. If the lenders under the senior secured credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings, the Company cannot assure you that it will have sufficient assets to repay the senior secured credit facility and other indebtedness, including the Notes, or will be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance such indebtedness. Even if the Company is able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms, or terms that are acceptable to the Company.

Current industry forecasts indicate that during the third and fourth quarters of 2008, the year over year change in the number of homesale transactions and median homesale prices may decline by smaller percentages and/or may increase , as compared to actual year over year declines experienced in those two factors in the first two quarters of 2008. If those forecasts are not realized in the third and fourth quarters of 2008 and/or the Company’s results for the third and fourth quarters of 2008 do not follow those forecasted trends, the Company may have difficulty complying with the senior secured leverage ratio under the senior secured credit facility. In such event, the Company would anticipate initiating additional cost saving measures (which would increase our Adjusted EBITDA to give effect to such savings on a pro forma basis). Our parent company also has the right but not the obligation to issue additional Holdings equity for cash and to infuse such capital into the Company, which would have the effect of increasing Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of the senior secured leverage ratio. There can be no assurance that our parent company would be able or willing to issue equity for cash and/or that such additional cost savings would be sufficient to comply with the senior secured leverage ratio.

FIXED RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014, SENIOR TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2014 AND SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

On April 10, 2007, the Company issued in a private placement $1,700 million aggregate principal amount of 10.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Fixed Rate Senior Notes”), $550 million aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2014 (the “Senior Toggle Notes”) and $875 million aggregate principal amount of 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Fixed Rate Senior Notes and Senior Toggle Notes issued in April 2007, referred to as the “old notes”).

On February 15, 2008, we completed an exchange offer of exchange notes for the old notes. The exchange notes refer to the 10.50% Senior Notes due 2014, the 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2014 and the 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a Registration Statement filed on Form S-4 and declared effective by the SEC on January 9, 2008. The term “Notes” refers to the old notes and the exchange notes.

The Fixed Rate Senior Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company and will mature on April 15, 2014. Each Fixed Rate Senior Note bears interest at a rate per annum of 10.50% payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on April 1 and October 1 immediately preceding the interest payment dates of April 15 and October 15 of each year.

The Senior Toggle Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company and will mature on April 15, 2014. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes is payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on April 1 or October 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

For any interest payment period after the initial interest payment period and through October 15, 2011, the Company may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes (1) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”), (2) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“PIK Interest”) or (3) 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. Interest for the first interest period commencing on the Issue Date shall be payable entirely in cash. After October 15, 2011, the Company will make all interest payments on the Senior Toggle Notes entirely in cash. The Company must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each interest period by delivery of a notice to the trustee prior to the beginning of each interest period. In the absence of an election for any interest period, interest on the Senior Toggle Notes shall be payable according to the method of payment for the previous interest period. Cash interest on the Senior Toggle Notes will accrue at a rate of 11.00% per annum. PIK Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes will accrue at

 

18


Table of Contents

the Cash Interest rate per annum plus 0.75%. On April 11, 2008, the Company notified the holders of the senior toggle notes of the Company’s intent to utilize the PIK Interest option to satisfy the October 2008 interest payment obligation. The impact of this election will increase the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes by $32 million on October 15, 2008. This PIK Interest election is now the default election for future interest periods through October 15, 2011 unless the Company notifies otherwise prior to the commencement date of a future interest period.

The Company would be subject to certain interest deduction limitations if the Senior Toggle Notes were treated as “applicable high yield discount obligations” (“AHYDO”) within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. In order to avoid such treatment, at the end of each accrual period commencing with the accrual period ending April 15, 2012, the Company is required to redeem for cash a portion of each Senior Toggle Note then outstanding. The portion of a Senior Toggle Note required to be to redeemed is an amount equal to the excess of the accrued original issue discount as of the end of such accrual period, less the amount of interest paid in cash on or before such date, less the first-year yield (the issue price of the debt instrument multiplied by its yield to maturity). The redemption price for the portion of each Senior Toggle Note so redeemed would be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest on the date of redemption. Because of the Company’s election to utilize the PIK Interest option, the portion of the Senior Toggle Notes that is required to be redeemed on April 15, 2012 will increase.

The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and will mature on April 15, 2015. Each Senior Subordinated Note bears interest at a rate per annum of 12.375% payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on April 1 or October 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

The Company’s Notes contain various covenants that limit the Company’s ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

   

incur debt that is junior to senior indebtedness and senior to the senior subordinated notes;

 

   

pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders;

 

   

repurchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated indebtedness;

 

   

make loans, capital expenditures or investments or acquisitions;

 

   

incur restrictions on the ability of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to the Company;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

 

   

transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; and

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt that is junior in right of payment to the Notes.

The Fixed Rate Senior Notes and Senior Toggle Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis, and the Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, in each case, by each of the Company’s existing and future U.S. subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the senior secured credit facility or that guarantees certain other indebtedness in the future, subject to certain exceptions.

 

19


Table of Contents

SECURITIZATION OBLIGATIONS

Securitization obligations consisted of:

 

     June 30,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Apple Ridge Funding LLC

   $ 603    $ 670

U.K. Relocation Receivables Funding Limited

     199      169

Kenosia Funding LLC

     96      175
             
   $ 898    $ 1,014
             

The Company issues secured obligations through Apple Ridge Funding LLC, U.K. Relocation Receivables Funding Limited and Kenosia Funding LLC. These entities are consolidated, bankruptcy remote special purpose entities that are utilized to securitize relocation receivables and related assets. These assets are generated from advancing funds on behalf of clients of the Company’s relocation business in order to facilitate the relocation of their employees. Assets of these special purpose entities, including properties held for sale, are not available to pay the Company’s general obligations. Provided no termination or amortization event has occurred, any new receivables generated under the designated relocation management agreements are sold into these securitization programs. As new relocation management agreements are entered into, the new agreements may also be designated for one of the securitization programs.

Certain of the funds that the Company receives from relocation receivables or relocation properties held for sale and related assets must be utilized to repay securitization obligations. Such securitization obligations are collateralized by $1,233 million and $1,300 million of underlying relocation receivables, relocation properties held for sale and other related assets at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Substantially all relocation related assets are realized in less than twelve months from the transaction date. Accordingly, all of the Company’s securitization obligations are classified as current in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Interest incurred in connection with borrowings under these facilities amounted to $11 million and $25 million, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively and $13 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007, $1 million for the period April 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007 and $13 million for the period January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. This interest is recorded within net revenues in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as related borrowings are utilized to fund relocation receivables, advances and properties held for sale within the Company’s relocation business where interest is generally earned on such assets. These securitization obligations represent floating rate debt for which the average weighted interest rate was 5.0% and 6.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Apple Ridge Funding LLC

The Apple Ridge Funding LLC securitization program is a revolving program with a five year term. This bankruptcy remote vehicle borrows from one or more commercial paper conduits and uses the proceeds to purchase the relocation assets. This asset backed commercial paper program is guaranteed by the sponsoring financial institution. This program is subject to termination at the end of the five year agreement and, if not renewed, would amortize. The program has restrictive covenants and trigger events, including performance triggers linked to the age and quality of the underlying assets, financial reporting requirements, restrictions on mergers and change of control, and cross defaults under Realogy’s senior secured credit facility, the Notes and other material indebtedness of Realogy. These trigger events could result in early amortization of this securitization obligation and termination of any further advances under the program.

 

20


Table of Contents

Kenosia Funding LLC

Prior to the amendment discussed below, the Kenosia Funding LLC securitization program was a five year agreement and under this program, the Company obtains financing for the purchase of the at-risk homes and other assets related to those relocations under its fixed fee relocation contracts with certain U.S. Government and corporate clients. The program has restrictive covenants and trigger events, including performance triggers linked to the quality of the underlying assets, financial reporting requirements and restrictions on mergers and change of control. These trigger events could result in early amortization of this securitization obligation and termination of any further advances under the program.

On March 14, 2008, the Company notified the United States General Services Administration (“GSA”) that it had exercised its contractual termination rights with the GSA relating to the relocation of certain U.S. government employees. This termination does not apply to contracts with the FDIC, the U.S. Postal Service or to our government business in the United Kingdom, which operate under a different pricing structure.

In connection with the aforementioned termination, on March 14, 2008, the Company amended certain provisions of the Kenosia securitization program (the “Kenosia Amendment”). Prior to the Kenosia Amendment, termination of an agreement with a client which had more than 30% of the assets secured under the facility would trigger an amortization event of the Kenosia facility. The Kenosia Amendment permits the termination of a client with more than 30% of the assets in Kenosia without triggering an amortization event of this facility.

The Company will maintain limited at-risk activities with certain other customers, but in conjunction with the Kenosia Amendment the borrowing capacity under the Kenosia securitization program was reduced to $100 million in July 2008 and will be further reduced to $70 million in December 2008, $20 million in March 2009 and to zero in June 2009. The Kenosia Amendment also required that the maximum advance rate on the facility be lowered to 50%, increased the borrowing rate by 50 basis points to 150 basis points above LIBOR, and modified certain ratios tied to the performance of the underlying assets. These modifications allowed the program to modify certain ratios that may have resulted in an amortization event as the Company exits the government at-risk business and reduces the inventory of homes without replacing it with new home inventory.

U.K. Relocation Funding Limited

The U.K. Relocation Funding Limited securitization program is a revolving program with a five year term. This program is subject to termination at the end of the five year agreement and would amortize if not renewed. This program has restrictive covenants, including those relating to financial reporting, mergers and change of control, and events of default. The events of default include non-payment of the indebtedness and cross defaults under Realogy’s senior secured credit facility, the Notes and other material indebtedness of Realogy. Upon an event of default, the lending institution may amortize the indebtedness under the facility and terminate the program.

On May 12, 2008 the Company amended its U.K. Relocation Receivables Funding Limited securitization principally to include the following provisions: 1) to grant the bank a security interest in the relocation and related assets; 2) to allow funding through a commercial paper program guaranteed by the financial institution; and 3) to add servicer defaults and to modify the maximum advance rate levels, in each case tied to the performance of the underlying asset base.

As of June 30, 2008, this securitization program was fully utilized.

SHORT TERM BORROWING FACILITIES

Within the Company’s Title and Settlement Services and Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage operations, the Company acts as an escrow agent for numerous customers. As an escrow agent, the Company receives money from customers to hold on a short-term basis until certain conditions of the homesale transaction

 

21


Table of Contents

are satisfied. The Company does not have access to these escrow funds for its use and these escrow funds are not assets of the Company. However, because we have such funds concentrated in a few financial institutions, we are able to obtain short-term borrowing facilities that currently provide for borrowings of up to $460 million as of June 30, 2008. We invest such borrowings in high quality short-term liquid investments. Any outstanding borrowings under these facilities are callable by the lenders at any time and the Company bears the risk of loss on these borrowings. These facilities are renewable annually and are not available for general corporate purposes. Net amounts earned under these arrangements approximated $1 million and $3 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively, compared to $3 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007, less than $1 million for the period April 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007 and $3 million for the period January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. These amounts are recorded within net revenue in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as they are part of the major ongoing operations of the business. There were no outstanding borrowings under these facilities at June 30, 2008 or December 31, 2007. The average amount of short term borrowings outstanding during the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 was approximately $184 million and $242 million, respectively.

ISSUANCE OF INTEREST RATE SWAPS

On May 1, 2007, the Company entered into several floating to fixed interest rate swaps with varying expiration dates and notional amounts to hedge the variability in cash flows resulting from the term loan facility entered into on April 10, 2007 for an aggregate notional amount of $775 million. The Company is utilizing pay-fixed interest rate (and receive 3-month LIBOR) swaps to perform this hedging strategy. The key terms of the swaps are as follows: (i) $225 million notional amount of 5-year at 4.93%, (ii) $350 million notional amount of 3-year at 4.835% and (iii) $200 million notional amount of 1.5-year at 4.91%. The derivatives are being accounted for as cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133 and, therefore, the unfavorable fair market value of the swaps of $12 million, net of income taxes, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss at June 30, 2008.

AVAILABLE CAPACITY

As of June 30, 2008, the total capacity, outstanding borrowings and available capacity under the Company’s borrowing arrangements are as follows:

 

    

Expiration

Date

   Total
Capacity
   Outstanding
Borrowings
   Available
Capacity

Senior Secured Credit Facility:

           

Revolving credit facility (1)

   April 2013    $ 750    $ 205    $ 414

Term loan facility (2)

   October 2013      3,138      3,138      —  

Fixed Rate Senior Notes (3)

   April 2014      1,700      1,682      —  

Senior Toggle Notes (4)

   April 2014      550      545      —  

Senior Subordinated Notes (5)

   April 2015      875      861      —  

Securitization obligations:

           

Apple Ridge Funding LLC (6)

   April 2012      850      603      247

U.K. Relocation Receivables Funding Limited (6)

   April 2012      199      199      —  

Kenosia Funding LLC (6)(7)

   June 2009      175      96      79
                       
      $ 8,237    $ 7,329    $ 740
                       

 

(1) The available capacity under the revolving credit facility is reduced by $131 million of outstanding letters of credit at June 30, 2008.
(2) Total capacity has been reduced by the quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the loan balance as required under the term loan facility agreement. The interest rate on the term loan facility was 5.55% at June 30, 2008.

 

22


Table of Contents
(3) Consists of $1,700 million of 10.50% Senior Notes due 2014, less a discount of $18 million.
(4) Consists of $550 million of 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2014, less a discount of $5 million.
(5) Consists of $875 million of 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, less a discount of $14 million.
(6) Available capacity is subject to maintaining sufficient relocation related assets to collateralize these securitization obligations.
(7) Effective with the Kenosia amendment completed in March 2008, the borrowing capacity was reduced to $100 million in July 2008 and will be further reduced to $70 million in December 2008, $20 million in March 2009 and to zero in June 2009.

 

7. RESTRUCTURING COSTS

2008 Restructuring Program

During the first half of 2008, the Company, primarily the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment, committed to various initiatives targeted principally at reducing costs and enhancing organizational efficiencies while consolidating existing processes and facilities. The Company currently expects to incur restructuring charges of $37 million in 2008. As of June 30, 2008 the Company has recognized $23 million of this expense.

Total 2008 restructuring charges by segment are as follows:

 

     Opening
Balance
   Expense
Recognized
   Cash
Payments/
Other
Reductions
    Liability
as of
June 30,
2008

Company Owned Real Estate

          

Brokerage Services

   $ —      $ 21    $ (10 )   $ 11

Title and Settlement Services

     —        2      (1 )     1
                            
   $ —      $ 23    $ (11 )   $ 12
                            

The table below shows total 2008 restructuring charges and the corresponding payments and other reductions by category:

 

     Personnel
Related
    Facility
Related
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Restructuring expense

   $ 5     $ 14     $ 4     $ 23  

Cash payments and other reductions

     (3 )     (5 )     (3 )     (11 )
                                

Balance at June 30, 2008

   $ 2     $ 9     $ 1     $ 12  
                                

The Company recognized $3 million, $8 million, and $3 million of personnel related, facility related and asset impairment restructuring expenses, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2008.

2007 Restructuring Program

During 2007, the Company committed to various initiatives targeted principally at reducing costs, enhancing organizational efficiencies and consolidating existing facilities. The Company recognized $35 million of restructuring expense in 2007 and the remaining liability at December 31, 2007 was $21 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2008, the Company recognized approximately $1 million of additional expense related to the 2007 restructuring activities and made cash payments and had other reductions of approximately $10 million. The remaining liability at June 30, 2008 is $12 million.

 

8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Incentive Equity Awards Granted by Holdings

In connection with the closing of the Transactions on April 10, 2007, Holdings adopted the Domus Holdings Corp. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) under which non-qualified stock options, rights to purchase shares

 

23


Table of Contents

of Common Stock, restricted stock units and other awards settleable in, or based upon, Common Stock may be issued to employees, consultants or directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. In conjunction with the closing of the Transactions on April 10, 2007, Holdings granted approximately 11.2 million of stock options in three separate tranches to officers and key employees and approximately 0.5 million of restricted shares to senior officers. One half of the grant (the tranche A options) is subject to ratable vesting over five years, one quarter of the grant (tranche B options) is “cliff” vested upon the achievement of a 20% internal rate of return (“IRR”) target and the remaining 25% of the options (the tranche C options) are “cliff” vested upon the achievement of a 25% IRR target. The realized IRR targets are measured based upon distributions made to the stockholder of Realogy. On November 13, 2007, the Holdings Board authorized an increase in the number of shares of Holdings common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan from 15 million shares to 20 million shares. On November 13, 2007, in connection with the appointment of Henry R. Silverman to non-executive Chairman of the Board, the Holdings Board granted Mr. Silverman an option to purchase 5 million shares of Holdings common stock at $10 per share with a per share fair value of $8.09 which is based upon the fair value of the Company on the date of grant. The vesting terms of Mr. Silverman are similar to the terms of the other employee grants. In addition, at April 10, 2007, 2.3 million shares were purchased under the Plan at fair value by senior management of the Company. As of June 30, 2008, the total number of shares available for future grant is approximately one million shares.

Stock Options and Restricted Stock Grants

During the three months ended June 30, 2008, the Company granted 152,500 stock options to new senior management employees which vest over the same terms as the April 2007 grant. During the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Company granted 50,000 stock options and 9,000 shares of restricted stock to a director of the Company. The director stock options vest ratably over a four year period.

The fair value of the options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of comparable companies. The expected term of the options granted represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding, which is estimated using the simplified method. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of the grant.

The weighted average assumptions utilized to determine the value of the stock options granted in 2008 are as follows:

 

Expected volatility

   32.9 %

Expected term (years)

   6.4  

Risk-free interest rate

   3.5 %

Dividend yield

   —    

A summary of option and restricted share activity is presented below (number of shares in millions):

 

     Option Tranche     Restricted
Shares
     A     B     C    

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

     8.08       4.04       4.04       0.45

Granted

     0.13       0.04       0.04       0.01

Exercised

     —         —         —         —  

Forfeited or expired

     (0.08 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     —  
                              

Outstanding at June 30, 2008

     8.13       4.04       4.04       0.46
                              

Exercisable at June 30, 2008

     1.09       —         —         —  
                              

Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)

     8.99       8.98       8.98    

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 3.68     $ 3.01     $ 2.47     $ 10.00

 

24


Table of Contents
     Options
Vested
   Weighted Avg.
Exercise Price
   Weighted Avg.
Remaining
Contractual Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Exercisable at June 30, 2008

   1.09    $ 10.00    8.78 years    $ —  

As of June 30, 2008, there was $27 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the remaining vesting period of tranche A options and restricted shares under the Plan, and $22 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to tranches B and C options. Unrecognized cost for tranche A and the restricted shares will be recorded in future periods as compensation expense over a weighted average period of approximately 3.8 years, and the unrecognized cost for tranches B and C options will be recorded as compensation expense when an IPO or significant capital transaction is probable of occurring.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The Company recorded the following stock-based compensation expense related to the incentive equity awards granted by the Company and Holdings.

 

     Successor           Predecessor
     Three
Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
   Period
from
April 10 to
June 30, 2007
          Period
from
April 1 to
April 9, 2007

Awards granted by Realogy

   $ —      $ —           $ —  

Acceleration of vesting of Realogy’s awards

     —        —             56

Awards granted by Domus Holdings

     2      1           —  
                         

Total

   $ 2    $ 1         $ 56
                         
           
     Successor           Predecessor
     Six
Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
   Period
from
April 10 to
June 30, 2007
          Period
from
January 1 to

April 9, 2007

Awards granted by Realogy

   $ —      $ —           $ 5

Acceleration of vesting of Realogy’s awards

     —        —             56

Awards granted by Domus Holdings

     4      1           —  
                         

Total

   $ 4    $ 1         $ 61
                         

 

9. SEPARATION ADJUSTMENTS AND TRANSACTIONS WITH FORMER PARENT AND SUBSIDIARIES

Transfer of Cendant Corporate Liabilities and Issuance of Guarantees to Cendant and Affiliates

Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, upon the distribution of the Company’s common stock to Cendant stockholders, the Company entered into certain guarantee commitments with Cendant (pursuant to the assumption of certain liabilities and the obligation to indemnify Cendant, Wyndham Worldwide and Travelport for such liabilities) and guarantee commitments related to deferred compensation arrangements with each of Cendant and Wyndham Worldwide. These guarantee arrangements primarily relate to certain contingent litigation liabilities, contingent tax liabilities, and other corporate liabilities, of which the Company assumed and is responsible for 62.5%. At separation, the amount of liabilities which were assumed by the Company approximated $843 million. This amount was comprised of certain Cendant Corporate liabilities which were recorded on the historical books of Cendant as well as additional liabilities which were established for guarantees issued at the date of separation related to certain unresolved contingent matters and certain others that could arise during the guarantee period. Regarding the guarantees, if any of the companies responsible for all or a portion of such liabilities were to default in its payment of costs or expenses related to any such liability, the Company would be responsible for a portion of the defaulting party or parties’ obligation. The Company also provided a default guarantee related to certain

 

25


Table of Contents

deferred compensation arrangements related to certain current and former senior officers and directors of Cendant, Wyndham Worldwide and Travelport. These arrangements were valued upon the Company’s separation from Cendant in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” and recorded as liabilities on the balance sheet. To the extent such recorded liabilities are in excess or are not adequate to cover the ultimate payment amounts, such deficiency or excess will be reflected in the results of operations in future periods.

The majority of the liabilities noted above are classified as due to former parent in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as the Company is indemnifying Cendant for these contingent liabilities and therefore any payments are typically made to the third party through the former parent. The due to former parent balance was $540 million and $550 million at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

The contingent liabilities are mainly comprised of contingent litigation settlement liabilities and contingent tax liabilities. Rollforwards of these liabilities are noted below.

 

Rollforward of Contingent Litigation Settlement Liabilities

  

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 103  

Payments related to the settlement of legal matters

     (13 )

Net decrease in settlement liabilities

     (2 )
        

Balance at June 30, 2008

   $ 88  
        

Rollforward of Contingent Tax Liabilities

  

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 353  

Payments related to tax liabilities

     (2 )
        

Balance at June 30, 2008

   $ 351  
        

Transactions with PHH Corporation

In January 2005, Cendant completed the spin-off of its former mortgage, fleet leasing and appraisal businesses in a tax-free distribution of 100% of the common stock of PHH Corporation (“PHH”) to its stockholders. In connection with the spin-off, the Company entered into a venture, PHH Home Loans, LLC (“PHH Home Loans”) with PHH for the purpose of originating and selling mortgage loans primarily sourced through the Company’s real estate brokerage and relocation businesses. The Company owns 49.9% of the venture. The Company entered into an agreement with PHH and PHH Home Loans regarding the operation of the venture. The Company also entered into a marketing agreement with PHH whereby PHH is the recommended provider of mortgage products and services promoted by the Company to its independently owned and operated franchisees and a license agreement with PHH whereby PHH Home Loans was granted a license to use certain of the Company’s real estate brand names. The Company also maintains a relocation agreement with PHH whereby PHH outsourced its employee relocation function to the Company and the Company subleases office space to PHH Home Loans. In connection with these agreements, the Company recorded net revenues, including equity earnings, of $3 million and $8 million during the three and six month period ended June 30, 2008, respectively. The Company recorded net revenues, including equity earnings, of $5 million and $2 million during the period from April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007, respectively. The Company invested an additional $1 million of cash in PHH Home Loans during the quarter ended March 31, 2008 and recorded a $1 million reduction in retained earnings and investment in PHH Home Loans related to the venture’s adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Adjustments” on January 1, 2008.

Transactions with Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. (an Affiliate of Apollo)

In connection with Cendant’s sale of its former Marketing Services division in October 2005, Cendant received preferred stock with a fair value of $83 million (face value of $125 million) and warrants with a fair value of $3 million in Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. (“Affinion”) as part of the purchase price consideration. At Separation, the Company received the right to 62.5% of the proceeds from Cendant’s investment in Affinion and

 

26


Table of Contents

the value recorded by the Company on August 1, 2006 was $58 million. In January 2007, the Company received from the former parent $66 million, or 62.5%, of cash proceeds related to the former parent’s redemption of a portion of preferred stock investment with a book value of $46 million resulting in a gain of approximately $20 million which is included in former parent legacy costs (benefit), net in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. In March 2007, the Company’s former parent transferred 62.5% of the remaining investment in Affinion preferred stock and warrants to the Company, which simultaneously sold such preferred stock and warrants to two stockholders of Affinion who are affiliates of Apollo for $22 million with a book value of $17 million resulting in a gain of $5 million which is included in former parent legacy costs (benefit), net in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Transactions with Related Parties

The Company has entered into certain transactions in the normal course of business with entities that are owned by affiliates of Apollo. For the six months ended June 30, 2008, the Company has recognized revenue and expenses related to these transactions of less than $1 million in the aggregate.

 

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation

In addition to the former parent contingent liability matters disclosed in Note 9 “Separation Adjustments and Transactions with Former Parent and Subsidiaries”, the Company is involved in claims, legal proceedings and governmental inquiries related to alleged contract disputes, business practices, intellectual property and other commercial, employment and tax matters. Examples of such matters include but are not limited to allegations: (i) concerning a dilution in the value of the Century 21 ® name and goodwill based upon purported changes made to the Century 21 ® system after the Company acquired it in 1995; (ii) concerning alleged violations of RESPA and California’s Unfair Competition Law with respect to whether a product and service provided by a joint venture to which the Company was a party constitutes a settlement service; (iii) contending that residential real estate agents engaged by NRT are potentially common law employees instead of independent contractors, and therefore may bring claims against NRT for breach of contract, wrongful discharge and negligent supervision and obtain benefits available to employees under various state statutes; and (iv) concerning claims generally against the company owned brokerage operations for negligence or breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the performance of real estate brokerage or other professional services.

On September 7, 2007, the Court granted summary judgment on the breach of contract claims asserted by plaintiffs in the legacy Cendant Litigation, CSI Investment et. al. vs. Cendant et. al. (“Credentials Litigation”). The Credentials Litigation commenced in February 2000 and is a contingent liability of Cendant that was assigned to Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide Corporation under the Separation Agreement. The summary judgment award plus interest through March 31, 2008 is approximately $97 million and provides for the award of attorneys’ fees to the plaintiff. Under the terms of the Separation Agreement, the Company’s portion of any actual liability would be 62.5% of the aggregate liability amount including any related fees and costs. Based upon the summary judgment decision, the Company has reserved $64 million for this matter. Following the adverse summary judgment decision, Cendant filed a motion for reconsideration, which was denied by the court on May 7, 2008. Cendant filed a notice of appeal on May 23, 2008 and appellate bonds were posted in the aggregate amount of approximately $108.6 million (Realogy for the benefit of Cendant posting a bond for 62.5% thereof, or approximately $67.9 million, and Wyndham Worldwide Corporation for the benefit of Cendant posting a bond for 37.5% thereof, or approximately $40.7 million). On June 2, 2008, Plaintiffs filed a notice of cross appeal.

The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for such matters as appropriate or, for matters not requiring accrual, believes that they will not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows based on information currently available. However, litigation is inherently unpredictable and, although the Company believes that its accruals are adequate and/or that it has valid defenses in these matters, unfavorable resolutions could occur. As such, an adverse outcome from such unresolved proceedings for which claims are awarded in excess of the amounts accrued for could be material to the Company with respect to

 

27


Table of Contents

earnings or cash flows in any given reporting period. However, the Company does not believe that the impact of such unresolved litigation should result in a material liability to the Company in relation to its consolidated financial position or liquidity.

Tax Matters

The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and several foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes and recording related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by tax authorities whereby the outcome of the audits is uncertain. Accruals for tax contingencies are provided for in accordance with the requirements of FIN 48 and are currently maintained on the Company’s balance sheet.

Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Company is responsible for 62.5% of any payments made to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) to settle claims with respect to tax periods ending on or prior to December 31, 2006. On July 9, 2008, an amendment to the Tax Sharing Agreement was signed, to clarify the intent of the parties upon signing the Tax Sharing Agreement in 2006. The amendment reflects the parties original intentions that (1) income tax payments would be treated as made and deductible (pursuant to the income tax regulations) by the reimbursing separate companies, (2) certain additional Cendant entities are deemed “shared” and thus entitling these entities to reimbursement for pre-separation tax liabilities or requiring them to distribute pre-separation refunds received; and (iii) the respective separate companies are required to surrender, without compensation, any recaptured tax credit carryovers (distributed at the separation date) pursuant to a tax audit. This amendment will result in certain balance sheet reclassifications between amounts due to/from former parent and tax accounts in the third quarter of 2008.

During the fourth quarter of 2006, Cendant and the IRS have settled the IRS examination for Cendant’s taxable years 1998 through 2002 during which the Company was included in Cendant’s tax returns. The settlement includes the favorable resolution regarding the deductibility of expenses associated with the stockholder class action litigation resulting from the merger with CUC International, Inc. The Company was adequately reserved for this audit cycle and has reflected the results of that examination in these financial statements. The IRS has opened an examination for Cendant’s taxable years 2003 through 2006 during which the Company was included in Cendant’s tax returns. Although the Company and Cendant believe there is appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns, the Company and Cendant have recorded liabilities representing the best estimates of the probable loss on certain positions. The Company and Cendant believe that the accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open years, based on assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law applied to the facts of each matter. The tax indemnification accruals for Cendant’s tax matters are provided for in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.”

$500 Million Letter of Credit

On April 26, 2007, the Company established a $500 million standby irrevocable letter of credit for the benefit of Avis Budget Group in accordance with the Separation and Distribution Agreement and a letter agreement among the Company, Wyndham Worldwide and Avis Budget Group relating thereto. The Company utilized its synthetic letter of credit to satisfy the obligations to post the standby irrevocable letter of credit. The standby irrevocable letter of credit back-stops the Company’s payment obligations with respect to its share of Cendant contingent and other corporate liabilities under the Separation and Distribution Agreement. The stated amount of the standby irrevocable letter of credit is subject to periodic adjustment to increase or decrease to reflect the then current estimate of Cendant contingent and other liabilities and will be terminated if (i) the Company’s senior unsecured credit rating is raised to BB by Standard and Poor’s or Ba2 by Moody’s or (ii) the aggregate value of the former parent contingent liabilities falls below $30 million.

Apollo Management Fee Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, Apollo entered into a management fee agreement with the Company which allows Apollo and its affiliates to provide certain management consulting services to us through the end of

 

28


Table of Contents

2016 (subject to possible extension). The agreement may be terminated at any time upon written notice to the Company from Apollo. The Company will pay Apollo an annual management fee for this service up to the sum of (1) the greater of $15 million and 2.0% of the Company’s annual adjusted EBITDA for the immediately preceding year, plus out of pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith. If Apollo elects to terminate the management fee agreement, as consideration for the termination of Apollo’s services under the agreement and any additional compensation to be received, the Company will agree to pay to Apollo the net present value of the sum of the remaining payments due to Apollo and any payments deferred by Apollo.

In addition, in the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, at the closing of any merger, acquisition, financing and similar transaction with a related transaction or enterprise value equal to or greater than $200 million, Apollo will receive a fee equal to 1% of the aggregate transaction or enterprise value paid to or provided by such entity or its stockholders (including the aggregate value of (i) equity securities, warrants, rights and options acquired or retained, (ii) indebtedness acquired, assumed or refinanced and (iii) any other consideration or compensation paid in connection with such transaction). The Company will agree to indemnify Apollo and its affiliates and their directors, officers and representatives for potential losses relating to the services to be provided under the management fee agreement.

Escrow and Trust Deposits

As a service to our customers, we administer escrow and trust deposits which represent undisbursed amounts received for settlements of real estate transactions. These escrow and trust deposits totaled approximately $558 million and $442 million at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. These escrow and trust deposits are not assets of the Company and, therefore, are excluded from the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. However, we remain contingently liable for the disposition of these deposits.

 

11. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The reportable segments presented below represent the Company’s operating segments for which separate financial information is available and which is utilized on a regular basis by its chief operating decision maker to assess performance and to allocate resources. In identifying its reportable segments, the Company also considers the nature of services provided by its operating segments. Management evaluates the operating results of each of its reportable segments based upon revenue and EBITDA, which is defined as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest (income) expense, net (other than Relocation Services interest for securitization assets and securitization obligations), income tax provision and minority interest, each of which is presented in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies.

 

     Revenues (a)  
     Successor            Predecessor  
     Three
Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
    Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
           Period
From
April 1
Through
April 9, 2007
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

   $ 185     $ 222          $ 19  

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

     1,062       1,312            83  

Relocation Services

     124       116            13  

Title and Settlement Services

     94       100            9  

Corporate and Other (b)

     (75 )     (93 )          (5 )
                             

Total Company

   $ 1,390     $ 1,657          $ 119  
                             

 

(a)

Transactions between segments are eliminated in consolidation. Revenues for the Real Estate Franchise Services segment include intercompany royalties and marketing fees paid by the Company Owned Real

 

29


Table of Contents
 

Estate Brokerage Services segment of $75 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008, $93 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $5 million for the period April 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. Such amounts are eliminated through the Corporate and Other line. Revenues for the Relocation Services segment include $12 million of intercompany referral and relocation fees paid by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment during the three months ended June 30, 2008 and $14 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007, $2 million for the period April 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. Such amounts are recorded as contra-revenues by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment. There are no other material inter-segment transactions.

(b) Includes the elimination of transactions between segments.

 

     Revenues (a)  
     Successor            Predecessor  
     Six
Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
    Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
           Period
From
January 1
Through
April 9, 2007
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

   $ 336     $ 222          $ 217  

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

     1,831       1,312            1,116  

Relocation Services

     233       116            137  

Title and Settlement Services

     175       100            97  

Corporate and Other (b)

     (131 )     (93 )          (74 )
                             

Total Company

   $ 2,444     $ 1,657          $ 1,493  
                             

 

(a) Transactions between segments are eliminated in consolidation. Revenues for the Real Estate Franchise Services segment include intercompany royalties and marketing fees paid by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment of $131 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, $93 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $74 million for the period January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. Such amounts are eliminated through the Corporate and Other line. Revenues for the Relocation Services segment include $20 million of intercompany referral and relocation fees paid by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment during the six months ended June 30, 2008, $14 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $14 million for the period January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. Such amounts are recorded as contra-revenues by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment. There are no other material inter-segment transactions.
(b) Includes the elimination of transactions between segments.

 

     EBITDA (a)  
     Successor            Predecessor  
     Three
Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
    Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
           Period
From
April 1
Through
April 9, 2007
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

   $ 109     $ 151          $ —    

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

     26       69            (27 )

Relocation Services

     23       27            (8 )

Title and Settlement Services

     5       14            (7 )

Corporate and Other

     (2 )     (23 )          (73 )
                             

Total Company

     161       238            (115 )

Less:

           

Depreciation and amortization

     55       328            4  

Interest (income) expense, net

     152       151            7  
                             

Loss before income taxes and minority interest

   $ (46 )   $ (241 )        $ (126 )
                             

 

30


Table of Contents

 

(a) Includes $14 million of restructuring costs offset by a benefit of $7 million of former parent legacy costs for the three months ended June 30, 2008, compared to $16 million, $3 million and $1 million of merger costs, restructuring costs and separation costs, respectively, for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $71 million, $45 million, $1 million and $1 million of merger costs, separation benefits, restructuring costs and former parent legacy costs, respectively, for the period April 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007.

 

     EBITDA (a)  
     Successor            Predecessor  
     Six
Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
    Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
           Period
From
January 1
Through
April 9, 2007
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

   $ 188     $ 151          $ 122  

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

     (33 )     69            (47 )

Relocation Services

     23       27            12  

Title and Settlement Services

     3       14            (4 )

Corporate and Other

     (16 )     (23 )          (76 )
                             

Total Company

     165       238            7  

Less:

           

Depreciation and amortization

     111       328            37  

Interest (income) expense, net

     316       151            37  
                             

Loss before income taxes and minority interest

   $ (262 )   $ (241 )        $ (67 )
                             

 

(a) Includes $23 million of restructuring costs, $2 million of merger costs offset by a benefit of $1 million of former parent legacy costs for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared to $16 million, $3 million and $1 million of merger costs, restructuring costs and separation costs, respectively, for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $80 million, $45 million, $1 million and $2 million of merger costs, separation benefits, restructuring costs and separation costs, offset by a benefit of $19 million of former parent legacy costs, respectively, for the period January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007.

 

31


Table of Contents
12. GUARANTOR/NON-GUARANTOR SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following consolidating financial information presents the Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets and Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for: (i) Realogy Corporation (the “Parent”); (ii) the guarantor subsidiaries; (iii) the non-guarantor subsidiaries; (iv) elimination entries necessary to consolidate the Parent with the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries; and (v) the Company on a consolidated basis. The guarantor subsidiaries are comprised of 100% owned entities, and guarantee on an unsecured senior subordinated basis the Senior Subordinated Notes and on an unsecured senior basis the Fixed Rate Senior Notes and Senior Toggle Notes. Guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Parent, either directly or indirectly.

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

Three Months Ended June 30, 2008

(in millions)

 

    Successor  
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

         

Gross commission income

  $ —       $ 1,039     $ 1   $ —       $ 1,040  

Service revenue

    —         161       47     —         208  

Franchise fees

    —         91       —       —         91  

Other

    —         50       1     —         51  
                                     

Net revenues

    —         1,341       49     —         1,390  

Expenses

         

Commission and other agent-related costs

    —         685       —       —         685  

Operating

    —         392       30     —         422  

Marketing

    —         59       1     —         60  

General and administrative

    9       43       3     —         55  

Former parent legacy costs (benefit), net

    (7 )     —         —       —         (7 )

Restructuring costs

    —         14       —       —         14  

Depreciation and amortization

    2       53       —       —         55  

Interest expense

    152       1       —       —         153  

Interest income

    —         (1 )     —       —         (1 )

Intercompany transactions

    5       (5 )     —       —         —    
                                     

Total expenses

    161       1,241       34     —         1,436  

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

    (161 )     100       15     —         (46 )

Provision for income taxes

    (65 )     41       5     —         (19 )

Minority interest, net of tax

    —         —         —       —         —    

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    69       10       —       (79 )     —    
                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ (27 )   $ 69     $ 10   $ (79 )   $ (27 )
                                     

 

32


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008

(in millions)

 

    Successor  
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

         

Gross commission income

  $ —       $ 1,786     $ 2   $ —       $ 1,788  

Service revenue

    —         301       91     —         392  

Franchise fees

    —         164       —       —         164  

Other

    —         100       —       —         100  
                                     

Net revenues

    —         2,351       93     —         2,444  

Expenses

         

Commission and other agent-related costs

    —         1,171       —       —         1,171  

Operating

    1       789       61     —         851  

Marketing

    —         113       2     —         115  

General and administrative

    16       96       6     —         118  

Former parent legacy costs (benefit), net

    (1 )     —         —       —         (1 )

Restructuring costs

    —         23       —       —         23  

Merger costs

    1       1       —       —         2  

Depreciation and amortization

    5       105       1     —         111  

Interest expense

    315       2       —       —         317  

Interest income

    —         (1 )     —       —         (1 )

Intercompany transactions

    11       (11 )     —       —         —    
                                     

Total expenses

    348       2,288       70     —         2,706  

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

    (348 )     63       23     —         (262 )

Provision for income taxes

    (137 )     27       8     —         (102 )

Minority interest, net of tax

    —         —         —       —         —    

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    51       15       —       (66 )     —    
                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ (160 )   $ 51     $ 15   $ (66 )   $ (160 )
                                     

 

33


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

April 10 through June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

    Successor  
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  

Revenues

         

Gross commission income

  $ —       $ 1,294     $ 1   $ —     $ 1,295  

Service revenue

    —         157       44     —       201  

Franchise fees

    —         115       —       —       115  

Other

    —         42       4     —       46  
                                   

Net revenues

    —         1,608       49     —       1,657  

Expenses

         

Commission and other agent-related costs

    —         863       —       —       863  

Operating

    —         377       32     —       409  

Marketing

    —         60       —       —       60  

General and administrative

    12       52       3     —       67  

Former parent legacy costs (benefit), net

    6       (6 )     —       —       —    

Separation costs

    1       —         —       —       1  

Restructuring costs

    —         3       —       —       3  

Merger costs

    4       12       —       —       16  

Depreciation and amortization

    2       326       —       —       328  

Interest expense

    152       1       —       —       153  

Interest income

    (1 )     (1 )     —       —       (2 )

Intercompany transactions

    9       (9 )     —       —       —    
                                   

Total expenses

    185       1,678       35     —       1,898  

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

    (185 )     (70 )     14     —       (241 )

Provision for income taxes

    (71 )     (27 )     5     —       (93 )

Minority interest, net of tax

    —         —         1     —       1  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    (35 )     8       —       27     —    
                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (149 )   $ (35 )   $ 8   $ 27   $ (149 )
                                   

 

34


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

April 1 through April 9, 2007

(in millions)

 

    Predecessor  
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Consolidated  

Revenues

         

Gross commission income

  $ —       $ 83     $ —     $ —     $ 83  

Service revenue

    —         15       5     —       20  

Franchise fees

    —         9       —       —       9  

Other

    —         7       —       —       7  
                                   

Net revenues

    —         114       5     —       119  

Expenses

         

Commission and other agent-related costs

    —         54       —       —       54  

Operating

    —         42       4     —       46  

Marketing

    —         10       —       —       10  

General and administrative

    46       5       —       —       51  

Former parent legacy costs (benefit), net

    1       —         —       —       1  

Restructuring costs

    —         1       —       —       1  

Merger costs

    26       45       —       —       71  

Depreciation and amortization

    —         4       —       —       4  

Interest expense

    7       1       —       —       8  

Interest income

    —         (1 )     —       —       (1 )

Intercompany transactions

    1       (1 )     —       —       —    
                                   

Total expenses

    81       160       4     —       245  

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

    (81 )     (46 )     1     —       (126 )

Provision for income taxes

    (31 )     (18 )     —       —       (49 )

Minority interest, net of tax

    —         —         —       —       —    

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    (27 )     1       —       26     —    
                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (77 )   $ (27 )   $ 1   $ 26   $ (77 )
                                   

 

35


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

January 1 through April 9, 2007

(in millions)

 

    Predecessor  
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

         

Gross commission income

  $ —       $ 1,104     $ —     $ —       $ 1,104  

Service revenue

    —         169       47     —         216  

Franchise fees

    —         106       —       —         106  

Other

    —         63       4     —         67  
                                     

Net revenues

    —         1,442       51     —         1,493  

Expenses

         

Commission and other agent-related costs

    —         726       —       —         726  

Operating

    —         453       36     —         489  

Marketing

    —         84       —       —         84  

General and administrative

    58       62       3     —         123  

Former parent legacy costs (benefit), net

    (18 )     (1 )     —       —         (19 )

Separation costs

    2       —         —       —         2  

Restructuring costs

    —         1       —       —         1  

Merger costs

    34       45       1     —         80  

Depreciation and amortization

    2       34       1     —         37  

Interest expense

    40       3       —       —         43  

Interest income

    (5 )     (1 )     —       —         (6 )

Intercompany transactions

    13       (13 )     —       —         —    
                                     

Total expenses

    126       1,393       41     —         1,560  

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

    (126 )     49       10     —         (67 )

Provision for income taxes

    (47 )     21       3     —         (23 )

Minority interest, net of tax

    —         —         —       —         —    

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    35       7       —       (42 )     —    
                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ (44 )   $ 35     $ 7   $ (42 )   $ (44 )
                                     

 

36


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of June 30, 2008

(in millions)

 

    Successor
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations     Consolidated

Assets

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4     $ 106     $ 41   $ (27 )   $ 124

Trade receivables, net

    —         137       25     —         162

Relocation receivables

    —         (18 )     1,042     —         1,024

Relocation properties held for sale

    —         (52 )     177     —         125

Deferred income taxes

    63       19       —       —         82

Intercompany note receivable

    —         134       17     (151 )     —  

Due from former parent

    3       —         —       —         3

Other current assets

    19       98       38     (13 )     142
                                   

Total current assets

    89       424       1,340     (191 )     1,662

Property and equipment, net

    28       273       3     —         304

Goodwill

    —         3,924       —       —         3,924

Trademarks

    —         1,009       —       —         1,009

Franchise agreements, net

    —         3,183       —       —         3,183

Other intangibles, net

    —         496       —       —         496

Other non-current assets

    141       87       124     —         352

Investment in subsidiaries

    9,372       217       —       (9,589 )     —  
                                   

Total assets

  $ 9,630     $ 9,613     $ 1,467   $ (9,780 )   $ 10,930
                                   

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

  $ 14     $ 229     $ 19   $ (40 )   $ 222

Securitization obligations

    —         —         898     —         898

Intercompany note payable

    —         17       134     (151 )     —  

Due to former parent

    540       —         —       —         540

Revolving credit facility and current portion of long term debt

    237       —         —       —         237

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    135       348       53     —         536

Intercompany payables

    1,031       (1,165 )     134     —         —  
                                   

Total current liabilities

    1,957       (571 )     1,238     (191 )     2,433

Long-term debt

    6,194       —         —       —         6,194

Deferred income taxes

    (319 )     1,454       —       —         1,135

Other non-current liabilities

    51       61       12     —         124

Intercompany liabilities

    703       (703 )     —       —         —  
                                   

Total liabilities

    8,586       241       1,250     (191 )     9,886
                                   

Total stockholder’s equity

    1,044       9,372       217     (9,589 )     1,044
                                   

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

  $ 9,630     $ 9,613     $ 1,467   $ (9,780 )   $ 10,930
                                   

 

37


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

    Successor
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated

Assets

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 120     $ 56     $ 36     $ (59 )   $ 153

Trade receivables, net

    —         95       27       —         122

Relocation receivables

    —         (15 )     1,045       —         1,030

Relocation properties held for sale

    —         (58 )     241       —         183

Deferred income taxes

    62       20       —         —         82

Intercompany note receivable

    —         123       —         (123 )     —  

Due from former parent

    14       —         —         —         14

Other current assets

    10       119       35       (21 )     143
                                     

Total current assets

    206       340       1,384       (203 )     1,727

Property and equipment, net

    59       319       3       —         381

Goodwill

    —         3,944       (5 )     —         3,939

Trademarks

    —         1,009       —         —         1,009

Franchise agreements, net

    —         3,216       —         —         3,216

Other intangibles, net

    —         509       —         —         509

Other non-current assets

    164       91       136       —         391

Investment in subsidiaries

    9,323       216       —         (9,539 )     —  
                                     

Total assets

  $ 9,752     $ 9,644     $ 1,518     $ (9,742 )   $ 11,172
                                     

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

  $ 8     $ 197     $ 14     $ (80 )   $ 139

Securitization obligations

    —         —         1,014       —         1,014

Intercompany note payable

    —         —         123       (123 )     —  

Due to former parent

    550       —         —         —         550

Current portion of long term debt

    32       —         —         —         32

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    205       414       33       —         652

Intercompany payables

    968       (1,073 )     105       —         —  
                                     

Total current liabilities

    1,763       (462 )     1,289       (203 )     2,387

Long-term debt

    6,207       —         —         —         6,207

Deferred income taxes

    (166 )     1,415       —         —         1,249

Other non-current liabilities

    57       59       13       —         129

Intercompany liabilities

    691       (691 )     —         —         —  
                                     

Total liabilities

    8,552       321       1,302       (203 )     9,972
                                     

Total stockholder’s equity

    1,200       9,323       216       (9,539 )     1,200
                                     

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

  $ 9,752     $ 9,644     $ 1,518     $ (9,742 )   $ 11,172
                                     

 

38


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008

(in millions)

 

    Successor  
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (362 )   $ 160     $ 110     $ 20     $ (72 )

Investing activities

         

Property and equipment additions

    (1 )     (22 )     (1 )     —         (24 )

Net assets acquired (net of cash acquired) and acquisition-related payments

    —         (11 )     —         —         (11 )

Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment

    —         7       —         —         7  

Proceeds related to corporate aircraft sale leaseback and termination

    12       —         —         —         12  

Investment in unconsolidated entities

    —         (2 )     (2 )     —         (4 )

Change in restricted cash

    —         —         3       —         3  

Intercompany note receivable

    —         (11 )     (17 )     28       —    

Other, net

    —         —         5       —         5  
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    11       (39 )     (12 )     28       (12 )

Financing activities

         

Net change in revolving credit facility

    205       —         —         —         205  

Payments made for new term loan facility

    (16 )     —         —         —         (16 )

Note payment for 2006 acquisition of Texas American Title Company

    —         (10 )     —         —         (10 )

Net change in securitization obligations

    —         —         (116 )     —         (116 )

Intercompany dividend

    —         —         (12 )     12       —    

Intercompany note payable

    —         17       11       (28 )     —    

Intercompany transactions

    48       (72 )     24       —         —    

Other, net

    (2 )     (6 )     —         —         (8 )
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    235       (71 )     (93 )     (16 )     55  
                                       

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    —         —         —         —         —    
                                       

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (116 )     50       5       32       (29 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    120       56       36       (59 )     153  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 4     $ 106     $ 41     $ (27 )   $ 124  
                                       

 

39


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

April 10 through June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

    Successor  
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (72 )   $ 287     $ (31 )   $ 23     $ 207  

Investing activities

         

Property and equipment additions

    (3 )     (19 )     —         —         (22 )

Acquisition of Realogy

    (6,761 )           (6,761 )

Net assets acquired and acquisition related payments

    —         (20 )     —         —         (20 )

Proceeds related to corporate aircraft sale leaseback

    21       —         —         —         21  

Increase in restricted cash

    —         —         2       —         2  

Intercompany capital contribution

    —         (50 )     —         50       —    

Intercompany dividend

    —         25       —         (25 )     —    

Intercompany note receivable

   
—  
 
    (79 )     —         79       —    

Other, net

    —         —         1       —         1  
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (6,743 )     (143 )     3       104       (6,779 )

Financing activities

         

Net change in securitization obligations

    —         —         (30 )     —         (30 )

Proceeds from credit facility and issuance of notes

    5,032       —         —         —         5,032  

Repayment of term loan facility

    (600 )     —         —         —         (600 )

Repayment of prior securitization obligations

    —         —         (914 )     —         (914 )

Proceeds from new securitization obligations

    —         —         903       —         903  

Debt issuance costs

    (136 )     (6 )     (2 )     —         (144 )

Investment by affiliates of Apollo and co-investors

    1,999       —         —         —         1,999  

Other, net

    (3 )     (3 )     —         —         (6 )

Intercompany capital contribution

    —         —         50       (50 )     —    

Intercompany dividend

    —         —         (27 )     27       —    

Intercompany note payable

    —        
—  
 
    79       (79 )     —    

Intercompany transactions

    110       (90 )     5       (25 )     —    
                                       

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    6,402       (99 )     64       (127 )     6,240  
                                       

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    —         —         —         —         —    
                                       

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (413 )     45       36       —         (332 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    481       45       40       (38 )     528  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 68     $ 90     $ 76     $ (38 )   $ 196  
                                       

 

40


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

January 1 through April 9, 2007

(in millions)

 

    Predecessor  
    Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ (9 )   $ 1     $ 109     $ 6     $ 107  

Investing activities

         

Property and equipment additions

    (6 )     (25 )     —         —         (31 )

Net assets acquired and acquisition related payments

    —         (22 )     —         —         (22 )

Proceeds from sale of preferred stock and warrants

    22       —         —         —         22  

Increase in restricted cash

    —         —         (9 )     —         (9 )

Other, net

    —         —         —         —         —    
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    16       (47 )     (9 )     —         (40 )

Financing activities

         

Net change in securitization borrowings

    —         —         21       —         21  

Proceeds from issuances of common stock for equity awards

    36       —         —         —         36  

Proceeds received from Cendant’s sale of Travelport

    5       —         —         —         5  

Intercompany transactions

    133       29       (159 )     (3 )     —    
                                       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    174       29       (138 )     (3 )     62  
                                       

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    —         —         —         —         —    
                                       

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    181       (17 )     (38 )     3       129  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    300       62       78       (41 )     399  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 481     $ 45     $ 40     $ (38 )   $ 528  
                                       

 

41


Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes thereto included elsewhere herein and with our Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements and accompanying Notes included in the 2007 Form 10-K. The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition includes periods prior to the consummation of the Merger and related transactions. Unless otherwise noted, all dollar amounts are in millions and those relating to our results of operations are presented before income taxes. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this report and in our 2007 Form 10-K for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward looking statements.

Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Realogy Corporation,” “Realogy,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and the “Company” refer to Realogy Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. “Cendant Corporation” and “Cendant” refer to Cendant Corporation, which changed its name to Avis Budget Group, Inc. in August 2006 and its consolidated subsidiaries, particularly in the context of its business and operations prior to, and in connection with, our separation from Cendant and “Avis Budget” and “Avis Budget Group, Inc.” refer to the business and operations of Cendant following our separation from Cendant.

Although Realogy continues as the same legal entity after the Merger, the accompanying Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations and Cash Flows are presented for two periods: January 1 through April 9, 2007 (the “Predecessor Period” or “Predecessor,” as context requires) and April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 (the “Successor Period” or “Successor,” as context requires), which relate to the periods preceding and succeeding the Merger. The combined results for the period ended June 30, 2007 represent the addition of the Predecessor and Successor Periods (“Combined”) as well as the pro forma adjustments to reflect the Transactions as if they occurred on January 1, 2007 (“pro forma combined”). This combination does not comply with U.S. GAAP or with the rules for pro forma presentation, but is presented because we believe it provides the most meaningful comparison of our results. The consolidated financial statements for the Successor Period reflect the acquisition of Realogy under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (‘SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141”). The results of the Successor are not comparable to the results of the Predecessor due to the difference in the basis of presentation of purchase accounting as compared to historical cost. The pro forma combined results do not reflect the actual results we would have achieved absent the Merger and are not indicative of our future results of operations.

The aggregate consideration paid in the Merger has been allocated to state the acquired assets and liabilities at fair value as of the acquisition date. The fair value adjustments (i) increased the carrying value of certain of our assets and liabilities, (ii) established or increased the carrying value of intangible assets for our tradenames, customer relationships, franchise agreements and pendings and listings and (iii) revalued our long-term benefit plan obligations and insurance obligations, among other things. Subsequent to the Merger, interest expense and non-cash depreciation and amortization expense have significantly increased.

As discussed under the heading “Industry Trends”, the domestic residential real estate market is in a significant downturn. As a result, our results of operations in the first half of 2008 have been adversely affected compared to our operating results in the first half of 2007. Although cyclical patterns are typical in the housing industry the depth and length of the current downturn has proved exceedingly difficult to predict. Despite the current downturn, we believe that the housing market will continue to benefit from expected positive long-term demographic trends, such as population growth and increasing home ownership rates, and economic fundamentals including rising gross domestic product and historically moderate interest rates. We believe that our size and scale will enable us to withstand the current downward trends and enable us to benefit from the trends noted above and position us favorably for anticipated future improvement in the U.S. existing housing market.

 

42


Table of Contents

OVERVIEW

We are a global provider of real estate and relocation services and report our operations in the following four segments:

 

 

 

Real Estate Franchise Services (known as Realogy Franchise Group or RFG)—franchises the Century 21 ® , Coldwell Banker ® , ERA ® , Sotheby’s International Realty ® , Coldwell Banker Commercial ® and Better Homes and Gardens ® Real Estate brand names. We launched the Better Homes and Gardens ® Real Estate brand in July 2008. As of June 30, 2008, we had approximately 16,000 franchised and company owned offices and 300,000 sales associates operating under our brands in the U.S. and 91 other countries and territories around the world, which included approximately 880 of our company owned and operated brokerage offices with approximately 54,000 sales associates.

 

 

 

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services (known as NRT)—operates a full-service real estate brokerage business principally under the Coldwell Banker ® , ERA ® , Corcoran Group ® and Sotheby’s International Realty ® brand names.

 

   

Relocation Services (known as Cartus)—primarily offers clients employee relocation services such as home sale assistance, home finding and other destination services, expense processing, relocation policy counseling and other consulting services, arranging household goods moving services, visa and immigration support, intercultural and language training and group move management services.

 

   

Title and Settlement Services (known as Title Resource Group or TRG)—provides full-service title, settlement and vendor management services to real estate companies, affinity groups, corporations and financial institutions with many of these services provided in connection with the Company’s real estate brokerage and relocation services business.

Merger Agreement with Affiliates of Apollo Management VI, L.P.

On December 15, 2006, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger with Domus Holdings Corp. (“Holdings”) and Domus Acquisition Corp., which are affiliates of Apollo Management VI, L.P., an entity affiliated with Apollo Management, L.P. (“Apollo”). In connection with the merger agreement, Holdings established a direct wholly owned subsidiary, Domus Intermediate Holdings Corp. (“Intermediate”) to hold all of Realogy’s issued and outstanding common stock acquired by Holdings in the merger (the “Merger”). As a result of the Merger which was consummated on April 10, 2007, Holdings acquired the outstanding shares of Realogy through Intermediate pursuant to the merger of Domus Acquisition Corp. with and into Realogy with Realogy being the surviving entity.

The Company incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with the Merger and related transactions, the aggregate proceeds of which were sufficient to pay the aggregate Merger consideration, repay a portion of the Company’s then outstanding indebtedness and pay all related fees and expenses. See Note 6 “Short and Long Term Debt” for additional information on the indebtedness incurred related to the Merger. In addition, investment funds affiliated with Apollo and an investment fund of co-investors managed by Apollo as well as members of the Company’s management who purchased Holdings common stock with cash or through rollover equity contributed $2,001 million to the Company to complete the Merger.

Our high level of debt limits our investment and acquisition opportunities and forces us to manage our business very cautiously to meet our debt service obligations while maintaining adequate cash for operational purposes. A prolonged industry or economic downturn will put even greater pressure on the Company and increase the difficulties we face in managing our substantial debt as discussed more fully under “Risk Factors” in our 2007 Form 10-K and this report.

Industry Trends

Our businesses compete primarily in the domestic residential real estate market, which currently is in a significant and lengthy downturn that initially began in the second half of 2005. Prices and the number of

 

43


Table of Contents

transactions rose rapidly in the first half of the decade due to a combination of factors including (1) increased owner-occupant demand for larger and more expensive homes made possible by unusually favorable financing terms for both prime and sub-prime borrowers, (2) low interest rates, (3) record appreciation in housing prices driven partially by investment speculation, (4) the growth of the mortgage-backed securities market as an alternative source of capital to the mortgage market and (5) high credit ratings for mortgage backed securities despite increasing inclusion of subprime loans made to buyers relying upon continuing home price appreciation rather than more traditional underwriting standards.

As housing prices rose even higher, the number of US homesale transactions first slowed, then began decreasing in 2006. That trend has continued from 2006 through the present period. In certain locations, the number of homesale transactions has fallen far more dramatically than for the country as a whole—the hardest hit areas have been those areas that had experienced the greatest speculation. The overall slowdown in transaction activity has caused a buildup of large inventories of housing, and an increase in foreclosure activity and has heightened buyer caution over timing and pricing. The result has been downward pressure on home prices from 2007 through the present period.

With the slowdown in sales and the consequent downward pressure on home prices, the market for mortgage financing began to contract significantly. As part of the contraction, banks have tightened lending criteria for mortgage applicants, returning to more traditional underwriting standards. The availability of subprime loans has declined dramatically from as recently as the first half of 2007 though replaced to some degree by FHA loans. Availability and affordability of non conforming loans has also been adversely impacted by the current mortgage situation and is constraining sales activity of homes in certain higher end price brackets. Most recently, concerns over the adequacy of capital have reached the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), and Freddie Mac (two government chartered, but publicly traded institutions), which dominate the financing of U.S. housing.

The federal government has attempted to address these concerns through legislation that was enacted on July 30, 2008. The legislation provides for direct U.S. government guarantee of the securities issued by these institutions. The legislation has other objectives as well, including: (1) to offer affordable government-backed mortgages to homeowners at risk of foreclosure, and (2) to bolster regulatory oversight of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Specifically,

 

   

the legislation authorizes the FHA, effective October 1, 2008, to insure up to $300 billion in new 30-year fixed mortgages for at-risk borrowers in owner-occupied homes if their lenders agree to write down loan balances to 85% of the homes’ current appraised value. The new loans would be at 90% of the current appraised value and the homeowners would agree to give FHA a portion of any appreciation in the equity value of the homes (100% of such appreciation being payable to the FHA if the home is sold within one year, stepping down to 50% if the sale occurs after the fifth year);

 

   

makes permanent, effective January 1, 2009, the increase in the cap on the size of mortgages guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to a maximum of $625,500 from $417,000;

 

   

provides a tax credit for qualified first-time home buyers purchasing homes on or after April 9, 2008 but prior to July 1, 2009; the tax credit is worth up to 10% of the home’s purchase price or $7,500, whichever is less, repayable over 15 years in equal annual installments;

 

   

gives the U.S. Department of the Treasury the temporary authority to provide an unlimited line of credit to, and the right to purchase stock in, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; and

 

   

creates a new federal agency—the Federal Housing Finance Agency—with direct supervision over Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

In addition to the mortgage issues, the housing market is also being impacted by consumer sentiment about the overall state of the economy, particularly mounting consumer anxiety over inflation, slowing economic growth and rising unemployment. According to the Reuters/University of Michigan Surveys of Consumers, issued in June 2008, consumer confidence fell to 50.4 percent, the lowest since February 1992, when it was 47.3 percent.

 

44


Table of Contents

Although cyclical patterns are typical in the housing industry, the depth and length of the current downturn has proven exceedingly difficult to predict. Many in the industry, particularly the National Association of Realtors (“NAR”) and FNMA are predicting improvement of the housing market in the second half of 2008 and 2009, looking largely at the increased affordability of housing, pent-up demand and improved mortgage availability due to government initiatives. Any such improvement will, however, be impacted by the overall health of the economy, financing availability and consumer sentiment during those periods.

Residential real estate service providers, including brokers (and our franchisees), are directly impacted by housing downturns because brokerage companies typically realize revenues in the form of a commission that is based on a percentage of the price of each home sold. As a result, the real estate industry generally benefits from rising home prices and increased volume of homesales and conversely is harmed by falling prices and falling volume of homesales. The business also is affected by interest rate volatility. Also, as noted above, tightened mortgage underwriting criteria is limiting many customers’ ability to qualify for a mortgage. Furthermore, if inflation concerns persist and interest rates rise, the number of homesale transactions may decrease as potential home sellers choose to stay with their current mortgage and potential home buyers choose to rent rather than pay higher mortgage rates. If mortgage rates fall or remain low, the number of homesale transactions may increase as home owners choose to move because financing appears affordable or renters decide to purchase a home for the first time.

We believe that long-term demand for housing and the growth of our industry is primarily driven by affordability, the economic health of the domestic economy, positive demographic trends such as population growth and increasing home ownership rates, interest rates and locally based dynamics such as demand relative to supply. Although we see improvement in affordability and a lessening in the overhang of housing inventory, we are not certain when credit markets will start to return to a more normal state or the larger economy will start to improve. Consequently, we cannot predict when the market and related economic forces will return the residential real estate industry to a growth period. A continued decline in homesale transactions or prices due to some or all of the factors discussed above would adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

Homesales

During the first half of this decade, based on information published by NAR and FNMA, existing homesales had risen to their highest levels in history. The sales rate reversed in 2006 and 2007 and this decline is forecasted to continue for 2008 as reflected in the table below.

 

     2008 vs. 2007              
     Full Year
Forecasted
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
    2007 vs. 2006
Full Year
    2006 vs. 2005
Full Year
 

Number of Homesales

          

Industry

          

NAR (a)

   (9 %)   (16 %)   (22 %)   (13 %)   (9 %)

FNMA (a)

   (14 %)   (17 %)   (22 %)   (13 %)   (9 %)

Realogy

          

Real Estate Franchise Services

     (21 %)   (25 %)   (19 %)   (18 %)

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

     (19 %)   (27 %)   (17 %)   (17 %)

 

(a) Existing homesale data is as of August 2008 for NAR and July 2008 for FNMA.

Our recent financial results confirm that this trend is continuing into 2008 as evidenced by homesale side declines in our Real Estate Franchise Services and Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services businesses which for the three months ended June 30, 2008 experienced closed homesale side decreases of 21% and 19%, respectively, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2007.

 

45


Table of Contents

Existing homesales were reported by NAR to be approximately 5.7 million homes for 2007, down from 6.5 million homes in 2006 and the high of 7.1 million homes in 2005. For 2008, NAR as of August 2008 and FNMA as of July 2008 are forecasting that 2008 existing homesales will continue to decline and are expected to be 5.1 million homes and 4.9 million homes, respectively.

Homesale Price

Based upon information published by NAR, the national median price of existing homes increased from 2000 to 2005 at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 8.9% compared to a CAGR of 6.2% from 1972 to 2006. According to NAR, this rate of increase slowed significantly in 2006, declined in 2007 and is expected to decline further in 2008 as reflected in the table below. The decline in homesale price is being driven in part by a significant increase in home inventory levels and increased foreclosure activity.

 

     2008 vs. 2007              
     Full Year
Forecasted
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
    2007 vs. 2006
Full Year
    2006 vs. 2005
Full Year
 

Price of Homes

          

Industry

          

NAR (a)

   (6 %)   (7 %)   (7 %)   (1 %)   1 %

FNMA (a)

   (9 %)   (6 %)   (7 %)   (1 %)   1 %

Realogy

          

Real Estate Franchise Services

     (5 %)   (7 %)   (1 %)   3 %

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

     (8 %)   (1 %)   8 %   5 %

 

(a) Existing homesale price data for 2008 and 2007 is for median price and as of August 2008 for NAR and July 2008 for FNMA.

Our recent financial results confirm that this declining pricing trend is continuing into 2008 as evidenced by homesale price declines in our Real Estate Franchise Services and Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services businesses which for the three months ended June 30, 2008 experienced closed homesale price decreases of 5% and 8%, respectively, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2007. Furthermore, the decrease in average homesale price for the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment is also being impacted by a shift in the mix and volume of its overall homesale activity from higher price point areas to lower price point areas.

***

While NAR is one indicator of the direction of the residential housing market, we believe that homesale statistics will continue to vary between us and NAR because NAR uses survey data but we use actual results. In addition, there are differences in calculation methodologies and the geographical differences and concentrations in the markets we operate in versus the national market. For instance, comparability is impaired due to NAR’s utilization of seasonally adjusted annualized rates whereas we report actual period over period changes and NAR’s use of median price for its forecasts compared to our use of average price. Further, differences in weighting by state may contribute to significant statistical variations.

Home Inventory

According to NAR, the number of existing homes for sale increased from 3.5 million homes at December 31, 2006 to 4.0 million homes at December 31, 2007. This increase in homes represents a seasonally adjusted increase of 2.4 months of supply from 6.5 months at December 31, 2006 to 8.9 months at December 31, 2007. According to NAR, the number of existing homes for sale in June 2008 was 4.5 million homes which represents a seasonally adjusted 11.1 months of supply. The high level of supply continues to add downward pressure on the price of existing homes.

 

46


Table of Contents

Other Factors

During the current downturn in the residential real estate market, certain of our franchisees have experienced operating difficulties. As a result, for the first six months of 2008 bad debt expense and development advance note expense increased $11 million compared to the first six months of 2007. We are actively monitoring the collectibility of receivables and notes from our franchisees due to the current state of the housing market and this assessment could result in an increase in our bad debt and development advance note reserves in the future.

We are one of the largest Real Estate Owned (“REO”) asset managers in the U.S. These REO operations facilitate the maintenance and sale of foreclosed homes on behalf of lenders. The profitability of this business is countercyclical to the overall state of the housing market and is a meaningful contributor to the 2008 financial results of the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage segment.

Key Drivers of Our Businesses

Within our Real Estate Franchise Services segment and our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment, we measure operating performance using the following key operating statistics: (i) closed homesale sides, which represents either the “buy” side or the “sell” side of a homesale transaction, (ii) average homesale price, which represents the average selling price of closed homesale transactions, (iii) average homesale broker commission rate, which represents the average commission rate earned on either the “buy” side or “sell” side of a homesale transaction, (iv) net effective royalty rate, which represents the average percentage of our franchisees’ commission revenues paid to us as a royalty and (v) in our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment, gross commission per side which represents the average commission we earn before expenses.

Prior to 2006, the average homesale broker commission rate had been declining several basis points per year, the effect of which was, prior to 2006, more than offset by increases in homesale prices. During 2006, 2007 and the first six months of 2008, the average broker commission rate our franchisees and our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment charge their customers has remained fairly stable; however, we expect that, over the long term, the modestly declining trend in average brokerage commission rates will continue.

Our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment has a significant concentration of real estate brokerage offices and transactions in geographic regions where home prices are at the higher end of the U.S. real estate market, particularly in California and the New York metropolitan area, while our Real Estate Franchise Services segment has franchised offices that are more widely dispersed across the United States. Accordingly, operating results and homesale statistics differ between our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment and our Real Estate Franchise Services segment due to differences in how these markets perform.

Within our Relocation Services segment, we measure operating performance using the following key operating statistics: (i) initiations, which represents the total number of transferees we serve and (ii) referrals, which represents the number of referrals from which we earned revenue from real estate brokers. In our Title and Settlement Services segment, operating performance is evaluated using the following key metrics: (i) purchase title and closing units, which represents the number of title and closing units processed as a result of home purchases, (ii) refinance title and closing units, which represents the number of title and closing units processed as a result of homeowners refinancing their home loans, and (iii) average price per closing unit, which represents the average fee we earn on purchase title and refinancing title sides.

Of these measures, closed homesale sides, average homesale price and average broker commission rate are the most critical to our business and therefore have the greatest impact on our net income (loss) and segment “EBITDA,” which is defined as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest (income) expense, net (other than Relocation Services interest for securitization assets and securitization obligations), income tax provision and minority interest, each of which is presented on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

47


Table of Contents

A continuing sustained decline in existing homesales, a sustained decline in home prices or a sustained or accelerated decline in commission rates charged by brokers could adversely affect our results of operations by reducing the royalties we receive from our franchisees and company owned brokerages, reducing the commissions our company owned brokerage operations earn, reducing the demand for our title and settlement services, reducing the referral fees earned by our relocation services business and increasing the risk that our relocation services business will suffer losses in the sale of homes relating to its at-risk homesale service contracts (i.e., where we purchase the transferring employee’s home and assume the risk of loss in the resale of such home).

The following table presents our drivers for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007. See “Results of Operations” for a discussion as to how the material drivers affected our business for the periods presented.

 

    Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     % Change     2008     2007     % Change  

Real Estate Franchise Services (a)

           

Closed homesale sides

    282,333       355,331     (21 %)     491,646       634,567     (23 %)

Average homesale price

  $ 221,351     $ 233,610     (5 %)   $ 218,351     $ 232,121     (6 %)

Average homesale broker commission rate

    2.52 %     2.49 %   bps     2.51 %     2.49 %   bps

Net effective royalty rate

    5.10 %     5.01 %   bps     5.08 %     5.02 %   bps

Royalty per side

  $ 294     $ 300     (2 %)   $ 289     $ 299     (3 %)

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

           

Closed homesale sides

    79,823       98,574     (19 %)     133,871       172,445     (22 %)

Average homesale price

  $ 497,203     $ 540,555     (8 %)   $ 509,059     $ 537,590     (5 %)

Average homesale broker commission rate

    2.48 %     2.48 %   —         2.47 %     2.47 %   —    

Gross commission income per side

  $ 12,981     $ 13,925     (7 %)   $ 13,322     $ 13,858     (4 %)

Relocation Services

           

Initiations

    42,636       43,121     (1 %)     75,469       73,958     2 %

Referrals

    20,922       24,906     (16 %)     34,854       42,705     (18 %)

Title and Settlement Services

           

Purchase title and closing units

    32,938       40,384     (18 %)     56,947       72,391     (21 %)

Refinance title and closing units

    10,504       10,478     —         21,775       20,159     8 %

Average price per closing unit

  $ 1,535     $ 1,500     2 %   $ 1,485     $ 1,481     —    

 

(a) Includes all franchisees except for our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment.

As discussed above, under “Industry Trends,” our results of operations are significantly impacted by industry and economic factors that are beyond our control.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Discussed below are our condensed consolidated results of operations and the results of operations for each of our reportable segments. The reportable segments presented below represent our operating segments for which separate financial information is available and which is utilized on a regular basis by our chief operating decision maker to assess performance and to allocate resources. In identifying our reportable segments, we also consider the nature of services provided by our operating segments. Management evaluates the operating results of each of our reportable segments based upon revenue and EBITDA. Our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

 

48


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

The following pro forma combined statement of operations data for the three and six months ended June 30, 2007 has been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein and has been prepared to give effect to the Transactions, assuming that the Transactions occurred on January 1, 2007.

The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2007 has been adjusted to reflect:

 

   

the elimination of certain non-recurring costs relating to the Merger (which are comprised primarily of $56 million for the accelerated vesting of stock based incentive awards granted by the Company, $25 million of employee retention and supplemental bonus costs incurred in connection with the Transactions and professional costs incurred by the Company in connection with the Merger);

 

   

the elimination of the amortization of a non-recurring pendings and listings intangible asset of $278 million that was recognized in the opening balance sheet and is amortized over the estimated closing period of the underlying contract (in most cases approximately 5 months);

 

   

the elimination of certain revenues and expenses that resulted from changes in the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities (as discussed in more detail below) as a result of purchase accounting;

 

   

additional indebtedness incurred in connection with the Transactions;

 

   

debt issuance costs incurred as a result of the Transactions;

 

   

incremental interest expense resulting from additional indebtedness incurred in connection with the Transactions; and

 

   

incremental borrowing costs as a result of the relocation securitization refinancings.

In addition, the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations does not give effect to certain of the adjustments reflected in our Adjusted EBITDA, as presented under “EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA”.

Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this pro forma combined statement of operations.

Management believes that the assumptions used to derive the pro forma combined statement of operations are reasonable given the information available; however, such assumptions are subject to change and the effect of any such change could be material. The pro forma combined statement of operations has been provided for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations or the actual results that would have been achieved had the Transactions occurred on the date indicated.

 

49


Table of Contents

Realogy Corporation and the Predecessor

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2007

 

    Predecessor            Successor              
(In millions)   Period
from
April 1
Through
April 9, 2007
           Period
from
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
    Transactions     Pro Forma
Combined
 

Revenues

            

Gross commission income

  $ 83          $ 1,295     $ —       $ 1,378  

Service Revenue

    20            201       9 (a)     230  

Franchise fee

    9            115       —         124  

Other

    7            46       —         53  
                                    

Net revenues

    119            1,657       9       1,785  
                                    

Expenses

            

Commission and other agent related costs

    54            863       —         917  

Operating

    46            409       2 (a)     457  

Marketing

    10            60       —         70  

General and administrative

    51            67       (45 )(b)     73  

Former parent legacy costs (benefit), net

    1            —         6 (a)     7  

Separation costs

    —              1       —         1  

Restructuring costs

    1            3       —         4  

Merger costs

    71            16       (87 )(c)     —    

Depreciation and amortization

    4            328       (278 )(d)     54  

Interest expense

    8            153       —         161  

Interest income

    (1 )          (2 )     —         (3 )
                                    

Total expenses

    245            1,898       (402 )     1,741  
                                    

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

    (126 )          (241 )     411       44  

Provision for income taxes

    (49 )          (93 )     156 (e)     14  

Minority interest, net of tax

    —              1       —         1  
                                    

Net income (loss)

  $ (77 )        $ (149 )   $ 255     $ 29  
                                    

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations.

 

50


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

 

(a) Reflects the elimination of the negative impact of $9 million of revenue and $2 million of expense fair value adjustments for purchase accounting at the operating business segments primarily related to deferred revenue, referral fees, insurance accruals and fair value adjustments on at risk homes and $6 million of income related to a fair value adjustment for a legacy asset matter.
(b) Reflects the elimination of $45 million of separation benefits payable to our former CEO upon retirement, the amount of which was determined as a result of a change in control provision in his employment agreement with the Company.
(c) Reflects the elimination of $87 million of merger costs which are comprised primarily of $56 million for the accelerated vesting of stock based incentive awards granted by the Company, $25 million of employee retention and supplemental bonus payments incurred in connection with the Transactions and $6 million of professional costs incurred by the Company associated with the Merger.
(d) Reflects the elimination of the amortization of pendings and listings of $278 million.
(e) Reflects the estimated tax effect resulting from the pro forma adjustments at an estimated rate of 38%. We expect our tax payments in future years, however, could vary from this amount.

 

51


Table of Contents

Realogy Corporation and the Predecessor

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2007

 

    Predecessor            Successor              
(In millions)   Period
from
January 1
Through
April 9, 2007
           Period
from
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
    Transactions     Pro Forma
Combined
 

Revenues

            

Gross commission income

  $ 1,104          $ 1,295     $ —       $ 2,399  

Service Revenue

    216            201       9 (a)     426  

Franchise fee

    106            115       —         221  

Other

    67            46       (2 )(b)     111  
                                    

Net revenues

    1,493            1,657       7       3,157  
                                    

Expenses

            

Commission and other agent related costs

    726            863       —         1,589  

Operating

    489            409       2 (a)     900  

Marketing

    84            60       —         144  

General and administrative

    123            67       (42 )(c)     148  

Former parent legacy costs (benefit), net

    (19 )          —         6 (a)     (13 )

Separation costs

    2            1       —         3  

Restructuring costs

    1            3       —         4  

Merger costs

    80            16       (96 )(d)     —    

Depreciation and amortization

    37            328       (260 )(e)     105  

Interest expense

    43            153       126 (f)     322  

Interest income

    (6 )          (2 )     —         (8 )
                                    

Total expenses

    1,560            1,898       (264 )     3,194  
                                    

Income (loss) before income taxes and Minority interest

    (67 )          (241 )     271       (37 )

Provision for income taxes

    (23 )          (93 )     103 (g)     (13 )

Minority interest, net of tax

    —              1       —         1  
                                    

Net Income (loss)

  $ (44 )        $ (149 )   $ 168     $ (25 )
                                    

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations.

 

52


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

 

(a) Reflects the elimination of the negative impact of $9 million of revenue and $2 million of expense fair value adjustments for purchase accounting at the operating business segments primarily related to deferred revenue, referral fees, insurance accruals and fair value adjustments on at risk homes and $6 million of income related to a fair value adjustment for a legacy asset matter.
(b) Reflects the incremental borrowing costs for the period from January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007 of $2 million as a result of the securitization facilities refinancings. The borrowings under the securitization facilities are advanced to customers of the relocation business and the Company generally earns interest income on the advances, which are recorded within other revenue net of the borrowing costs under the securitization arrangement.
(c) Reflects (i) incremental expenses for the period from January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007 in the amount of $3 million representing the estimated annual management fee to be paid by Realogy to Apollo, and (ii) the elimination of $45 million of separation benefits payable to our former CEO upon retirement, the amount of which was determined as a result of a change in control provision in his employment agreement with the Company.
(d) Reflects the elimination of $96 million of merger costs which are comprised primarily of $56 million for the accelerated vesting of stock based incentive awards granted by the Company, $25 million of employee retention and supplemental bonus payments incurred in connection with the Transactions and $15 million of professional costs incurred by the Company associated with the Merger.
(e) Reflects an increase in amortization expenses for the period from January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007 resulting from the values allocated on a preliminary basis to our identifiable intangible assets, less the amortization of pendings and listings. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the asset’s related useful life.

 

(In millions)

   Estimated
fair value
   Estimated
useful life
   Amortization  

Real estate franchise agreements

   $ 2,019    30 years    $ 33  

Customer relationships

     467    10-20 years      13  
              

Estimated annual amortization expense

           46  

Less:

        

Amortization expense recorded for the items above

           (28 )

Amortization expense for non-recurring pendings and listings

           (278 )
              

Pro forma adjustment

         $ (260 )
              

 

(f) Reflects incremental interest expense for the period from January 1, 2007 to April 9, 2007 in the amount of $126 million related to the indebtedness incurred in connection with the Merger which includes $6 million of incremental deferred financing costs amortization and $2 million of incremental bond discount amortization relating to the senior notes, senior toggle notes and senior subordinated notes.

For pro forma purposes we have assumed a weighted average interest rate of 8.32% for the variable interest rate debt under the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility, based on the 3-month LIBOR rate as of June 30, 2007. This variable interest rate debt is reduced to reflect the $775 million of floating to fixed interest rate swap agreements. The adjustment assumes straight-line amortization of capitalized financing fees over the respective maturities of the indebtedness.

(g) Reflects the estimated tax effect resulting from the pro forma adjustments at an estimated rate of 38%. We expect our tax payments in future years, however, could vary from this amount.

 

53


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Combined Revenues and EBITDA by Segment

The reportable segments information below for the three and six months ended June 30, 2007 is presented on a pro forma combined basis and is utilized in our discussion below of the 2008 operating results compared to 2007. The pro forma combined financial information is presented for information purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial position that we would have reported had the Transactions been completed as of January 1, 2007 and for the period presented, and should not be taken as representative of our consolidated results of operations or financial condition for future periods.

 

     Revenues (a)  
     Pro Forma
Combined
         Successor            Predecessor  
     Three
Months
Ended
June 30, 2007
    Adjustments
For
Transactions
   Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
           Period
From
April 1
Through
April 9, 2007
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

   $ 241     $ —      $ 222          $ 19  

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

     1,395       —        1,312            83  

Relocation Services

     138       9      116            13  

Title and Settlement Services

     109       —        100            9  

Corporate and Other (b)

     (98 )     —        (93 )          (5 )
                                    

Total Company

   $ 1,785     $ 9    $ 1,657          $ 119  
                                    

 

(a) Transactions between segments are eliminated in consolidation. Revenues for the Real Estate Franchise Services segment include intercompany royalties and marketing fees paid by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment of $93 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $5 million for the period April 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. Such amounts are eliminated through the Corporate and Other line. Revenues for the Relocation Services segment include intercompany referral and relocation fees paid by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment of $14 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $2 million for the period April 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. Such amounts are recorded as contra-revenues by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment. There are no other material inter-segment transactions.
(b) Includes the elimination of transactions between segments.

 

     Revenues (a)  
     Pro Forma
Combined
         Successor            Predecessor  
     Six
Months
Ended
June 30, 2007
    Adjustments
For
Transactions
   Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
           Period
From
January 1
Through

April 9, 2007
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

   $ 439     $ —      $ 222          $ 217  

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

     2,428       —        1,312            1,116  

Relocation Services

     260       7      116            137  

Title and Settlement Services

     197       —        100            97  

Corporate and Other (b)

     (167 )     —        (93 )          (74 )
                                    

Total Company

   $ 3,157     $ 7    $ 1,657          $ 1,493  
                                    

 

(a)

Transactions between segments are eliminated in consolidation. Revenues for the Real Estate Franchise Services segment include intercompany royalties and marketing fees paid by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment of $93 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $74 million for the period January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. Such amounts are eliminated through the

 

54


Table of Contents
 

Corporate and Other line. Revenues for the Relocation Services segment include intercompany referral and relocation fees paid by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment of $14 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007 and $14 million for the period January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. Such amounts are recorded as contra-revenues by the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment. There are no other material inter-segment transactions.

(b) Includes the elimination of transactions between segments.

 

    EBITDA (a)  
    Pro Forma
Combined
          Successor           Predecessor  
    Three
Months
Ended
June 30, 2007
    Adjustments
For
Transactions
    Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
          Period
From
April 1
Through
April 9, 2007
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

  $ 165     $ 14     $ 151         $ —    

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

    65       23       69           (27 )

Relocation Services

    33       14       27           (8 )

Title and Settlement Services

    14       7       14           (7 )

Corporate and Other (b)

    (21 )     75       (23 )         (73 )
                                   

Total Company

    256       133       238           (115 )

Less:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    54       (278 )     328           4  

Interest expense, net

    158       —         151           7  
                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

  $ 44     $ 411     $ (241 )       $ (126 )
                                   

 

(a) Includes $7 million, $4 million and $1 million of former parent legacy costs, restructuring costs and separation costs, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2007.
(b) Includes the elimination of transactions between segments.

 

    EBITDA (a)  
    Pro Forma
Combined
          Successor           Predecessor  
    Six
Months
Ended
June 30, 2007
    Adjustments
For
Transactions
    Period
From
April 10
Through
June 30, 2007
          Period
From
January 1
Through
April 9, 2007
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

  $ 287     $ 14     $ 151         $ 122  

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

    45       23       69           (47 )

Relocation Services

    51       12       27           12  

Title and Settlement Services

    17       7       14           (4 )

Corporate and Other (b)

    (18 )     81       (23 )         (76 )
                                   

Total Company

    382       137       238           7  

Less:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    105       (260 )     328           37  

Interest expense, net

    314       126       151           37  
                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

  $ (37 )   $ 271     $ (241 )       $ (67 )
                                   

 

(a) Includes $4 million of restructuring costs and $3 million of separation costs offset by a benefit of $13 million of former parent legacy costs for the six months ended June 30, 2007.
(b) Includes the elimination of transactions between segments.

 

55


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended June 30, 2008 vs. Three Months Ended June 30, 2007 (Pro forma Combined)

Our consolidated results comprised the following:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,  
     2008     Pro Forma
Combined
2007
   Change  

Net revenues

   $ 1,390     $ 1,785    $ (395 )

Total expenses (1)

     1,436       1,741      (305 )
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

     (46 )     44      (90 )

Provision for income taxes

     (19 )     14      (33 )

Minority interest

     —         1      (1 )
                       

Net income (loss)

   $ (27 )   $ 29    $ (56 )
                       

 

(1) Total expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2008 include $14 million of restructuring costs offset by a benefit of $7 million of former parent legacy costs. Total expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2007 include $7 million, $4 million and $1 million of former parent legacy costs, restructuring costs and separation costs, respectively.

Net revenues decreased $395 million (22%) for the second quarter of 2008 compared with the second quarter of 2007 on a pro forma combined basis principally due to a decrease in revenues for our Real Estate Franchise Services segment and our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage segment, reflecting decreases in transaction sides volume and the average price of homes sold.

Total expenses decreased $305 million (18%) primarily due to the following:

 

   

a decrease of $232 million of commission expenses paid to real estate agents as a result of the reduction in gross commission income revenues and an improvement in the commission split rate;

 

   

lower operating, marketing and general and administrative expenses as a result of restructuring activities and other cost saving initiatives implemented in 2007 and the first six months of 2008.

Our effective tax rate for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 was 41% compared to 32% in the comparable quarter of 2007. The Company’s 2008 annual effective tax rate is expected to be approximately 39% compared to 34% on a pro forma combined basis for 2007.

 

56


Table of Contents

Following is a more detailed discussion of the results of each of our reportable segments during the three months ended June 30:

 

    Revenues     EBITDA (b)     Margin  
    2008     Pro Forma
Combined
2007
    % Change     2008     Pro Forma
Combined
2007
    % Change     2008     Pro Forma
Combined
2007
    Margin
Change
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

  $ 185     $ 241     (23 )   $ 109     $ 165     (34 )   59 %   68 %   (9 )

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

    1,062       1,395     (24 )     26       65     (60 )   2     5     (3 )

Relocation Services

    124       138     (10 )     23       33     (30 )   19     24     (5 )

Title and Settlement Services

    94       109     (14 )     5       14     (64 )   5     13     (8 )

Corporate and Other (a)

    (75 )     (98 )   *       (2 )     (21 )   *        
                                                 

Total Company

  $ 1,390     $ 1,785     (22 )   $ 161     $ 256     (37 )   12 %   14 %   (2 )
                                                 

Less: Depreciation and amortization

          55       54          

 Interest expense net

          152       158          
                             

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest

        $ (46 )   $ 44          
                             

 

(*) not meaningful
(a) Includes unallocated corporate overhead and the elimination of transactions between segments, which consists of intercompany royalties and marketing fees paid by our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment of $75 million and $98 million during the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
(b) Includes $14 million of restructuring costs offset by a benefit of $7 million of former parent legacy costs for the three months ended June 30, 2008 compared to $7 million, $4 million and $1 million of former parent legacy costs, restructuring costs and separation costs, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2007.

As described in the aforementioned table, EBITDA margin for “Total Company” expressed as a percentage to revenues decreased two percentage points for the three months ended June 30, 2008 compared to the same period in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis due to a decrease in EBITDA at all of the business segments as discussed below.

On a segment basis, the Real Estate Franchise Services segment margin decreased nine percentage points to 59% versus 68% in the comparable prior period on a pro forma combined basis. The three months ended June 30, 2008 reflected a decrease in the number of homesale transactions and decrease in average homesale price partially offset by an increase in the average homesale broker commission rate and the net effective royalty rate. The Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment margin decreased three percentage points to 2% from 5% in the comparable prior period. The three months ended June 30, 2008 reflected a decrease in the number of homesale transactions and a decrease in the average homesale price partially offset by lower operating expenses primarily as a result of restructuring and cost saving activities. The Relocation Services segment margin decreased five percentage points to 19% from 24% in the comparable prior period primarily due to lower referral fee revenues. The Title and Settlement Services segment margin decreased eight percentage points to 5% from 13% in the comparable prior period. The decrease in margin profitability was mainly attributable to reduced homesale volume.

The Corporate and Other EBITDA for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 was a negative $2 million compared to a negative $21 million in the same quarter in 2007. The EBITDA improvement was primarily the result of former parent legacy matters as well as cost saving initiatives. In the quarter ended June 30, 2008, the Company received proceeds of $13 million related to the Shelton legal matter and recognized a benefit of $2 million related to adjustments to legacy accruals.

 

57


Table of Contents

Real Estate Franchise Services

Revenues decreased $56 million to $185 million and EBITDA decreased $56 million to $109 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 compared with the same quarter in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis.

The decrease in revenue was primarily driven by a $23 million decrease in third-party franchisees royalty revenue due to a 21% decrease in the number of homesale transactions from our third-party franchisees and a 5% decrease in average homesale price as well as a decrease in revenue from the sale of foreign master franchisee agreements of $10 million. In addition, marketing revenue and related marketing expenses decreased $2 million and $1 million, respectively, driven by lower sales for the second quarter of 2008. The revenue decrease was partially offset by an increase in revenue from foreign franchisees of $1 million.

The decrease in revenue was also attributable to a $20 million decrease in royalties received from our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment which pays royalties to our real estate franchise business. These intercompany royalties, which approximated $69 million and $89 million during the second quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively, are eliminated in consolidation. See “Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services” for a discussion as to the drivers related to this period over period revenue decrease for Real Estate Franchise Services.

The decrease in EBITDA was principally due to the reduction in revenues noted above as well as an increase of $7 million in reserves for accounts receivable, promissory notes and development advance notes as well as development advance note amortization. This was partially offset by a $3 million reduction in employee related costs and benefits.

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

Revenues decreased $333 million to $1,062 million and EBITDA decreased $39 million to $26 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 compared with the same quarter in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis.

The decrease in revenues was substantially comprised of reduced commission income earned on homesale transactions of $334 million, which was primarily driven by a 19% decline in the number of homesale transactions and an 8% decrease in the average price of homes sold. We believe the 19% decline in homesale transactions is reflective of industry trends in the markets we serve. The reduction in commission income was slightly offset by a $8 million increase in revenues from our Real Estate Owned (“REO”) asset management company. Our REO operations facilitate the maintenance and sale of foreclosed homes on behalf of lenders and the profitability of this business is countercyclical to the overall state of the housing market.

EBITDA decreased for the three months ended June 30, 2008 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2007 due to the decrease in revenues discussed above offset by:

 

   

a decrease of $232 million in commission expenses paid to real estate agents as a result of the reduction in revenue and an improvement in the commission split rate;

 

   

a decrease of $20 million in royalties paid to our real estate franchise business, principally as a result of the reduction in revenues earned on homesale transactions;

 

   

a decrease in marketing costs of $12 million due to cost reduction initiatives; and

 

   

a decrease of $41 million of other operating expenses primarily as a result of restructuring and cost saving activities, net of inflation.

In addition, EBITDA decreased due to an increase in restructuring expenses of $10 million recognized in the quarter ended June 30, 2008 compared to the second quarter of 2007.

 

58


Table of Contents

As noted above, the percentage decrease in EBITDA is greater then the percentage decrease in revenues due to the significant fixed costs associated with operating a full-service real estate brokerage business. To counteract the EBITDA decrease, the Company has implemented significant cost saving measures which have substantially reduced these costs, however, the realization of these cost saving measures have been unable to fully offset the overall decline in revenues less commission expenses for the current period.

Relocation Services

Revenues decreased $14 million to $124 million and EBITDA decreased $10 million to $23 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 compared with the same quarter in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis.

The decrease in revenues was primarily driven by:

 

   

an $11 million decrease in referral fee revenue partially due to lower volume as a result of the increased time it is taking to sell homes in this market as well as decreased home values; and

 

   

a $1 million decrease in at-risk revenue mainly due to lower transaction volume. We anticipate that the transaction volume will continue to decrease as we continue to wind down the government portion of our at-risk business.

In addition to the revenue decreases noted above, EBITDA was negatively impacted by $2 million of realized losses on foreign currency mark to market derivative contracts partially offset by a $5 million reduction in insurance accruals as a result of lower actuarial loss rates.

On March 14, 2008, the Company notified the United States General Services Administration (“GSA”) that it had exercised its contractual termination rights with the GSA relating to the relocation of certain U.S. government employees. The termination of this contract significantly reduces the Company’s exposure to the purchase of at-risk homes, which, due to the downturn in the U.S. residential real estate market and the fixed fee nature of the at-risk home sale pricing structure, had become unprofitable in 2007. This termination does not apply to contracts with the FDIC, the U.S. Postal Service or to our government business in the United Kingdom, which operate under a different pricing structure.

Title and Settlement Services

Revenues decreased $15 million to $94 million and EBITDA decreased $9 million to $5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 compared with the same quarter in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis.

The decrease in revenues is primarily driven by $15 million of reduced resale volume consistent with the decline in overall homesale transactions noted in our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment, $2 million of a decrease in revenues from our short term investments and a net decrease of $1 million in underwriting revenue. EBITDA decreased due to the reduction in revenues partially offset by the reduction in related expenses. In addition, EBITDA decreased due to an increase in legal reserves of $2 million and increase in restructuring costs of $1 million.

On July 31, 2008, the Title and Settlement Services segment sold their minority interest in a joint venture to the majority owner and received proceeds of $12 million.

 

59


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 vs. Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 (Pro Forma Combined)

Our consolidated results comprised the following:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2008     Pro Forma
Combined
2007
    Change  

Net revenues

   $ 2,444     $ 3,157     $ (713 )

Total expenses (1)

     2,706       3,194       (488 )
                        

Loss before income taxes and minority interest

     (262 )     (37 )     (225 )

Provision for income taxes

     (102 )     (13 )     (89 )

Minority interest

     —         1       (1 )
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (160 )   $ (25 )   $ (135 )
                        

 

(1) Total expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2008 include $23 million of restructuring costs and $2 million of merger costs offset by a benefit of $1 million of former parent legacy costs. Total expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2007 include $4 million and $3 million of restructuring costs and separation costs, respectively, offset by a benefit of $13 million due primarily to the sale of certain former parent legacy assets.

Net revenues decreased $713 million (23%) for the six months ended June 30 2008 compared with the same period in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis principally due to a decrease in revenues for our Real Estate Franchise Services segment and our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage segment, reflecting decreases in transaction sides volume and the average price of homes sold.

Total expenses decreased $488 million (15%) primarily due to the following:

 

   

a decrease of $418 million of commission expenses paid to real estate agents as a result of the reduction in gross commission income revenues and an improvement in the commission split rate;

 

   

lower operating, marketing and general and administrative expenses as a result of restructuring activities and other cost saving initiatives implemented in 2007 and the first six months of 2008.

Our effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2008 was 39% compared to 35% in the comparable period of 2007. The Company’s 2008 annual effective tax rate is expected to be approximately 39% compared to 34% on a pro forma combined basis for 2007.

 

60


Table of Contents

Following is a more detailed discussion of the results of each of our reportable segments during the six months ended June 30:

 

    Revenues     EBITDA (b)     Margin  
    2008     Pro Forma
Combined
2007
    % Change     2008     Pro Forma
Combined
2007
    % Change     2008     Pro Forma
Combined
2007
    Margin
Change
 

Real Estate Franchise Services

  $ 336     $ 439     (23 )   $ 188     $ 287     (34 )   56 %   65 %   (9 )

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

    1,831       2,428     (25 )     (33 )     45     (173 )   (2 )   2     (4 )

Relocation Services

    233       260     (10 )     23       51     (55 )   10     20     (10 )

Title and Settlement Services

    175       197     (11 )     3       17     (82 )   2     9     (7 )

Corporate and Other (a)

    (131 )     (167 )   *       (16 )     (18 )   *        
                                                 

Total Company

  $ 2,444     $ 3,157     (23 )   $ 165     $ 382     (57 )   7 %   12 %   (5 )
                                     

Less: Depreciation and amortization

          111       105          

 Interest expense net

          316       314          
                             

Loss before income taxes and minority interest

        $ (262 )   $ (37 )        
                             

 

(*) not meaningful
(a) Includes unallocated corporate overhead and the elimination of transactions between segments, which consists of intercompany royalties and marketing fees paid by our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment of $131 million and $167 million during the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
(b) Includes $23 million of restructuring costs, $2 million of merger costs offset by a benefit of $1 million of former parent legacy costs for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared to $4 million and $3 million of restructuring costs and separation costs, respectively, offset by a benefit of $13 million due primarily to the sale of certain former parent legacy assets for the six months ended June 30, 2007.

As described in the aforementioned table, EBITDA margin for “Total Company” expressed as a percentage to revenues decreased five percentage points for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared to the same period in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis due to a decrease in EBITDA at all of the business segments as discussed below.

On a segment basis, the Real Estate Franchise Services segment margin decreased nine percentage points to 56% versus 65% in the comparable prior period on a pro forma combined basis. The six months ended June 30, 2008 reflected a decrease in the number of homesale transactions and decrease in average homesale price partially offset by an increase in the average homesale broker commission rate and the net effective royalty rate. The Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment margin decreased four percentage points to a negative 2% from 2% in the comparable prior period. The six months ended June 30, 2008 reflected a decrease in the number of homesale transactions and a decrease in the average homesale price partially offset by lower operating expenses primarily as a result of restructuring and cost saving activities. The Relocation Services segment margin decreased ten percentage points to 10% from 20% in the comparable prior period due to lower referral fee revenues and increased costs related to at-risk homesale transactions. The Title and Settlement Services segment margin decreased seven percentage points to 2% from 9% in the comparable prior period. The decrease in margin profitability was mainly attributable to reduced homesale volume.

The Corporate and Other EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2008 was a negative $16 million compared to a negative $18 million in the same period in 2007. The EBITDA improvement was primarily the result of former parent legacy matters as well as cost saving initiatives.

Real Estate Franchise Services

Revenues decreased $103 million to $336 million and EBITDA decreased $99 million to $188 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared with the same period in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis.

 

61


Table of Contents

The decrease in revenue was primarily driven by a $47 million decrease in third-party franchisees royalty revenue due to a 23% decrease in the number of homesale transactions from our third-party franchisees and a 6% decrease in average homesale price as well as a decrease in revenue from the sale of foreign master franchisee agreements of $11 million. In addition, marketing revenue and related marketing expenses decreased $6 million and $5 million, respectively, driven by lower sales for the first six months of 2008. The revenue decrease was partially offset by an increase in revenue from foreign franchisees of $3 million, of which, $2 million is incremental revenue from the acquisition of the Coldwell Banker Canada master franchise rights.

The decrease in revenue was also attributable to a $36 million decrease in royalties received from our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment which pays royalties to our real estate franchise business. These intercompany royalties, which approximated $122 million and $158 million during the first six months of 2008 and 2007, respectively, are eliminated in consolidation. See “Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services” for a discussion as to the drivers related to this period over period revenue decrease for Real Estate Franchise Services.

The decrease in EBITDA was principally due to the reduction in revenues noted above as well as an increase of $11 million in reserves for accounts receivable, promissory notes and development advance notes as well as development advance note amortization. This was partially offset by a $7 million reduction in employee related costs and benefits.

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

Revenues decreased $597 million to $1,831 million and EBITDA decreased $78 million to a loss of $33 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared with the same period in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis.

The decrease in revenues was substantially comprised of reduced commission income earned on homesale transactions of $603 million, which was primarily driven by a 22% decline in the number of homesale transactions, and a 5% decrease in the average price of homes sold. We believe the 22% decline in homesale transactions is reflective of industry trends in the markets we serve. The reduction in commission income was partially offset by a $13 million increase in revenues from our Real Estate Owned (“REO”) asset management company. Our REO operations facilitate the maintenance and sale of foreclosed homes on behalf of lenders and the profitability of this business is countercyclical to the overall state of the housing market.

EBITDA decreased for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2007 due to the decrease in revenues discussed above offset by:

 

   

a decrease of $418 million in commission expenses paid to real estate agents as a result of the reduction in revenue and an improvement in the commission split rate;

 

   

a decrease of $36 million in royalties paid to our real estate franchise business, principally as a result of the reduction in revenues earned on homesale transactions;

 

   

a decrease in marketing costs of $22 million due to cost reduction initiatives; and

 

   

a decrease of $62 million of other operating expenses primarily as a result of restructuring and cost saving activities, net of inflation.

In addition, EBITDA decreased due to an increase in restructuring expenses of $18 million recognized in the first six months of 2008 compared to the first six months of 2007.

As noted above, the percentage decrease in EBITDA is greater then the percentage decrease in revenues due to the significant fixed costs associated with operating a full-service real estate brokerage business. To counteract the EBITDA decrease, the Company has implemented significant cost saving measures which have substantially reduced these costs, however, the realization of these cost saving measures have been unable to fully offset the overall decline in revenues less commission expenses for the current period.

 

62


Table of Contents

Relocation Services

Revenues decreased $27 million to $233 million and EBITDA decreased $28 million to $23 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared with the same period in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis.

The decrease in revenues was primarily driven by:

 

   

a $22 million decrease in referral fee revenue partially due to lower volume as a result of the increased time it is taking to sell homes in this market as well as decreased home values;

 

   

a $5 million decrease in at-risk revenue mainly due to lower transaction volume. We anticipate that the transaction volume will continue to decrease as we continue to wind down the government portion of our at-risk business as discussed below;

 

   

a reduction of $3 million of net interest income primarily due to the deterioration of the spread between the rate charged to customers compared to the rate incurred for our securitization borrowings and higher borrowing costs under the new securitization agreements;

partially offset by:

 

   

$6 million of incremental international revenue due to increased transaction volume.

EBITDA was also negatively impacted by $3 million of increased costs related to at-risk homesale transactions, $4 million of increased costs related to higher international transaction volume and $2 million of realized losses on foreign currency mark to market derivative contracts offset by a $7 million reduction in insurance accruals as a result of lower actuarial loss rates in 2008.

Title and Settlement Services

Revenues decreased $22 million to $175 million and EBITDA decreased $14 million to $3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 compared with the same six months in 2007 on a pro forma combined basis.

The decrease in revenues is primarily driven by $27 million of reduced resale volume consistent with the decline in overall homesale transactions noted in our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment and $3 million of a decrease in revenues from our short term investments, partially offset by $3 million related to the acquisition of a joint venture and $5 million of increased refinancing volume from the lender channel as this business expands and a net increase of $1 million in underwriting volume. EBITDA decreased due to the reduction in revenues partially offset by the reduction in related expenses. In addition, EBITDA decreased due to an increase in legal reserves of $2 million and increase in restructuring costs of $2 million.

2008 Restructuring Program

During the first half of 2008, the Company, primarily the Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment, committed to various initiatives targeted principally at reducing costs and enhancing organizational efficiencies while consolidating existing processes and facilities. The Company currently expects to incur restructuring charges of $37 million in 2008. As of June 30, 2008 the Company has recognized $23 million of this expense.

Total 2008 restructuring charges by segment are as follows:

 

     Opening
Balance
   Expense
Recognized
   Cash
Payments/
Other
Reductions
    Liability
as of
June 30,
2008

Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services

   $ —      $ 21    $ (10 )   $ 11

Title and Settlement Services

     —        2      (1 )     1
                            
   $ —      $ 23    $ (11 )   $ 12
                            

 

63


Table of Contents

The table below shows total 2008 restructuring charges and the corresponding payments and other reductions by category:

 

     Personnel
Related
    Facility
Related
    Asset
Impairments
    Total  

Restructuring expense

   $ 5     $ 14     $ 4     $ 23  

Cash payments and other reductions

     (3 )     (5 )     (3 )     (11 )
                                

Balance at June 30, 2008

   $ 2     $ 9     $ 1     $ 12  
                                

2007 Restructuring Program

During 2007, the Company committed to various initiatives targeted principally at reducing costs, enhancing organizational efficiencies and consolidating existing facilities. The Company recognized $35 million of restructuring expense in 2007 and the remaining liability at December 31, 2007 was $21 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2008, the Company recognized approximately $1 million of additional expense related to the 2007 restructuring activities and made cash payments and had other reductions of approximately $10 million. The remaining liability at June 30, 2008 is $12 million.

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

     June 30,
2008
   December 31,
2007
   Change  

Total assets

   $ 10,930    $ 11,172    $ (242 )

Total liabilities

     9,886      9,972      (86 )

Stockholder’s equity

     1,044      1,200      (156 )

For the six months ended June 30, 2008, total assets decreased $242 million primarily as a result of depreciation of equipment, a reduction in relocation properties held for sale due to the wind down of government at-risk homesale transactions and the amortization of intangible assets. These decreases were slightly offset by an increase in trade accounts receivable as a result of higher second quarter revenue compared to the fourth quarter of 2007. Total liabilities decreased $86 million principally due to the generation of approximately $142 million of deferred tax assets related to net operating losses, which are netted against deferred tax liabilities, decreased securitization obligations of $116 million and decreased accrued liabilities of $116 million offset by increased revolver credit facility borrowings of $205 million and increased accounts payable of $83 million. Total stockholders’ equity decreased $156 million primarily due to the net loss of $160 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations and funds available under the revolving credit facility under our senior secured credit facility. Our primary continuing liquidity needs will be to finance our working capital, capital expenditures and debt service.

Cash Flows

At June 30, 2008, we had $124 million of cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $29 million compared to the balance of $153 million at December 31, 2007. The following table summarizes our cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2008     2007     Change  

Cash provided by (used in):

      

Operating activities

   $ (72 )   $ 314     $ (386 )

Investing activities

     (12 )     (6,819 )     6,807  

Financing activities

     55       6,302       (6,247 )
                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (29 )   $ (203 )   $ 174  
                        

 

64


Table of Contents

During the six months ended June 30, 2008, we used $386 million of additional cash in operations as compared to the same period in 2007. Such change is principally due to weaker operating results and the period over period change in non-cash depreciation and amortization and deferred income taxes of $245 million and a $174 million decrease in cash flows from account payable and accrued expenses. These changes were offset by a $91 million change in other, net partially due to the funding of the rabbi trust in 2007 for $50 million of separation benefits payable to our former CEO.

During the six months ended June 30, 2008 versus the same period in 2007, we used $6,807 million less cash for investing activities. Such change is mainly due to $6,761 million of cash which was utilized to purchase the Company in 2007 as well as decreased cash outflows for property and equipment additions of $29 million and decreased acquisition activity of $31 million partially offset by $22 million related to proceeds from the sale of Affinion preferred stock and warrants in 2007 and $21 million of proceeds related to the corporate aircraft sale leaseback in 2007.

During the six months ended June 30, 2008 versus the same period in 2007, we received $6,247 million less cash from financing activities. The 2007 cash flows provided from financing activities is primarily the result of $5,032 of proceeds from the credit facility and issuance of notes as well as the $1,999 million investment by affiliates of Apollo and co-investors offset by the repayment of the old term loan facility of $600 million. The 2008 cash flows provided from financing activities is primarily the result of increased revolver credit facility borrowings of $205 million partially offset by decreased securitization obligation borrowings of $116 million.

Financial Obligations

Credit Facility

In connection with the closing of the Transactions on April 10, 2007, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility consisting of (i) a $3,170 million six-and-a-half year term loan facility, (ii) a $750 million six year revolving credit facility and (iii) a $525 million six-and-a-half year synthetic letter of credit facility. The term loan facility provides for quarterly amortization payments totaling 1% per annum of the principal amount with the balance due upon the final maturity date. The Company utilized $1,950 million of the term loan facility to finance a portion of the Merger. In the third and fourth quarter of 2007, the Company utilized $1,220 million of the delayed draw portion of the term loan facility to fund the purchase of the 2006 Senior Notes and pay related interest and fees. At June 30, 2008, the Company had $3,138 million outstanding under the term loan facility, $205 million under the revolving credit facility, $520 million of letters of credit outstanding under our synthetic letter of credit facility and an additional $131 million of outstanding letters of credit under our revolving credit facility.

Senior Notes

On April 10, 2007, the Company issued in a private placement $1,700 million aggregate principal amount of 10.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Fixed Rate Senior Notes”), $550 million aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2014 (the “Senior Toggle Notes”) and $875 million aggregate principal amount of 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes” and, together with the Fixed Rate Senior Notes and Senior Toggle Notes issued in April 2007, referred to as the “old notes”).

On February 15, 2008, we completed an exchange offer of exchange notes for the old notes. The exchange notes refer to the 10.50% Senior Notes due 2014, the 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2014 and the 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a Registration Statement filed on Form S-4 and declared effective by the SEC on January 9, 2008. The term “Notes” refers to the old notes and the exchange notes.

The Fixed Rate Senior Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company and will mature on April 15, 2014. Each Fixed Rate Senior Note bears interest at a rate per annum of 10.50% payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on April 1 and October 1 immediately preceding the interest payment dates of April 15 and October 15 of each year.

 

65


Table of Contents

The Senior Toggle Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company and will mature on April 15, 2014. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes is payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on April 1 or October 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

On April 11, 2008, the Company notified the holders of the Senior Toggle Notes of the Company’s intent to utilize the PIK Interest option to satisfy the October 2008 interest payment obligation. The impact of this election will increase the principal amount of our Senior Toggle Notes by $32 million on October 15, 2008.

The Senior Subordinated Senior Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and will mature on April 15, 2015. Each Senior Subordinated Note bears interest at a rate per annum of 12.375% payable semiannually to holders of record at the close of business on April 1 and October 1 immediately preceding the interest payment dates of April 15 and October 15 of each year.

Securitization Obligations

The Company issues secured obligations through Apple Ridge Funding LLC, U.K. Relocation Receivables Funding Limited and Kenosia Funding LLC. These entities are consolidated, bankruptcy remote special purpose entities that are utilized to securitize relocation receivables and related assets. These assets are generated from advancing funds on behalf of clients of the Company’s relocation business in order to facilitate the relocation of their employees. Assets of these special purpose entities, including properties held for sale, are not available to pay the Company’s general obligations. Provided no termination or amortization event has occurred, any new receivables generated under the designated relocation management agreements are sold into these securitization programs. As new relocation management agreements are entered into, the new agreements may also be designated for one of the securitization programs.

Certain of the funds that the Company receives from relocation receivables or relocation properties held for sale and related assets must be utilized to repay securitization obligations. Such securitization obligations are collateralized by $1,233 million and $1,300 million of underlying relocation receivables, relocation properties held for sale and other related assets at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Substantially all relocation related assets are realized in less than twelve months from the transaction date. Accordingly, all of the Company’s securitization obligations are classified as current in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Interest incurred in connection with borrowings under these facilities amounted to $11 million and $25 million, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively and $13 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007, $1 million for the period April 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007 and $13 million for the period January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. This interest is recorded within net revenues in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as related borrowings are utilized to fund relocation receivables, advances and properties held for sale within the Company’s relocation business where interest is generally earned on such assets. These securitization obligations represent floating rate debt for which the average weighted interest rate was 5.0% and 6.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Apple Ridge Funding LLC

The Apple Ridge Funding LLC securitization program is a revolving program with a five year term. This bankruptcy remote vehicle borrows from one or more commercial paper conduits and uses the proceeds to purchase the relocation assets. This asset backed commercial paper program is guaranteed by the sponsoring financial institution. This program is subject to termination at the end of the five year agreement and, if not renewed, would amortize. The program has restrictive covenants and trigger events, including performance triggers linked to the quality of the underlying assets, financial reporting requirements, restrictions on mergers and change of control, and cross defaults under Realogy’s senior secured credit facility, the Notes and other material indebtedness of Realogy. These trigger events could result in early amortization of this securitization obligation and termination of any further advances under the program.

Kenosia Funding LLC

Prior to the amendment discussed below, the Kenosia Funding LLC securitization program was a five year agreement and under this program, the Company obtains financing for the purchase of the at-risk homes and

 

66


Table of Contents

other assets related to those relocations under its fixed fee relocation contracts with certain U.S. Government and corporate clients. The program has restrictive covenants and trigger events, including performance triggers linked to the quality of the underlying assets, financial reporting requirements and restrictions on mergers and change of control. These trigger events could result in early amortization of this securitization obligation and termination of any further advances under the program.

On March 14, 2008, the Company notified the United States General Services Administration (“GSA”) that it had exercised its contractual termination rights with the GSA relating to the relocation of certain U.S. government employees. The termination of this contract significantly reduces the Company’s exposure to the purchase of at-risk homes, which, due to the downturn in the U.S. residential real estate market and the fixed fee nature of the at-risk home sale pricing structure, had become unprofitable in 2007. This termination does not apply to contracts with the FDIC, the U.S. Postal Service or to our government business in the United Kingdom, which operate under a different pricing structure.

In connection with the aforementioned termination, on March 14, 2008, the Company amended certain provisions of the Kenosia securitization program (the “Kenosia Amendment”). Prior to the Kenosia Amendment, termination of an agreement with a client which had more than 30% of the assets secured under the facility would trigger an amortization event of the Kenosia facility. The Kenosia Amendment permits the termination of a client with more than 30% of the assets in Kenosia without triggering an amortization event of this facility.

The Company will maintain limited at-risk activities with certain other customers, but in conjunction with the Kenosia Amendment the borrowing capacity under the Kenosia securitization program was reduced to $100 million in July 2008 and will be further reduced to $70 million in December 2008, $20 million in March 2009 and to zero in June 2009. The Kenosia Amendment also required that the maximum advance rate on the facility be lowered to 50%, increased the borrowing rate by 50 basis points to 150 basis points above LIBOR, and modified certain ratios tied to the performance of the underlying assets. These modifications allowed the program to modify certain ratios that may have resulted in an amortization event as the Company exits the government at-risk business and reduces the inventory of homes without replacing it with new home inventory.

U.K. Relocation Funding Limited

The U.K. Relocation Funding Limited securitization program is a revolving program with a five year term. This program is subject to termination at the end of the five year agreement and would amortize if not renewed. This program has restrictive covenants, including those relating to financial reporting, mergers and change of control, and events of default. The events of default include non-payment of the indebtedness and cross defaults under Realogy’s senior secured credit facility, the Notes and other material indebtedness of Realogy. Upon an event of default, the lending institution may amortize the indebtedness under the facility and terminate the program.

On May 12, 2008 the Company amended its U.K. Relocation Receivables Funding Limited securitization principally to include the following provisions: 1) to grant the bank a security interest in the relocation and related assets; 2) to allow funding through a commercial paper program guaranteed by the financial institution; and 3) to add servicer defaults and to modify the maximum advance rate levels, in each case tied to the performance of the underlying asset base.

As of June 30, 2008, this securitization program was fully utilized.

Short-Term Borrowing Facilities

Within the Company’s Title and Settlement Services and Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage operations, the Company acts as an escrow agent for numerous customers. As an escrow agent, the Company receives money from customers to hold on a short-term basis until certain conditions of the homesale transaction are satisfied. The Company does not have access to these escrow funds for its use and these escrow funds are not assets of the Company. However, because we have such funds concentrated in a few financial institutions, we are able to obtain short-term borrowing facilities that currently provide for borrowings of up to $460 million as of June 30, 2008. We

 

67


Table of Contents

invest such borrowings in high quality short-term liquid investments. Any outstanding borrowings under these facilities are callable by the lenders at any time and the Company bears the risk of loss on these borrowings. These facilities are renewable annually and are not available for general corporate purposes. Net amounts earned under these arrangements approximated $1 million and $3 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively, compared to $3 million for the period April 10, 2007 through June 30, 2007, less than $1 million for the period April 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007 and $3 million for the period January 1, 2007 through April 9, 2007. These amounts are recorded within net revenue in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations as they are part of the major ongoing operations of the business. There were no outstanding borrowings under these facilities at June 30, 2008 or December 31, 2007. The average amount of short term borrowings outstanding during the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 was approximately $184 million and $242 million, respectively.

AVAILABLE CAPACITY

As of June 30, 2008, the total capacity, outstanding borrowings and available capacity under the Company’s borrowing arrangements are as follows:

 

    

Expiration

Date

   Total
Capacity
   Outstanding
Borrowings
   Available
Capacity

Senior Secured Credit Facility:

           

Revolving credit facility (1)

   April 2013    $ 750    $ 205    $ 414

Term loan facility (2)

   October 2013      3,138      3,138      —  

Fixed Rate Senior Notes (3)

   April 2014      1,700      1,682      —  

Senior Toggle Notes (4)

   April 2014      550      545      —  

Senior Subordinated Notes (5)

   April 2015      875      861      —  

Securitization obligations:

           

Apple Ridge Funding LLC (6)

   April 2012      850      603      247

U.K. Relocation Receivables Funding Limited (6)

   April 2012      199      199      —  

Kenosia Funding LLC (6) (7)

   June 2009      175      96      79
                       
      $ 8,237    $ 7,329    $ 740
                       

 

(1) The available capacity under the revolving credit facility is reduced by $131 million of outstanding letters of credit at June 30, 2008.
(2) Total capacity has been reduced by the quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the loan balance as required under the term loan facility agreement. The interest rate on the term loan facility was 5.55% at June 30, 2008.
(3) Consists of $1,700 million of 10.50% Senior Notes due 2014, less a discount of $18 million.
(4) Consists of $550 million of 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2014, less a discount of $5 million.
(5) Consists of $875 million of 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, less a discount of $14 million.
(6) Available capacity is subject to maintaining sufficient relocation related assets to collateralize these securitization obligations.
(7) Effective with the Kenosia amendment completed in March 2008, the borrowing capacity was reduced to $100 million in July 2008 and will be further reduced to $70 million in December 2008, $20 million in March 2009 and to zero in June 2009.

Covenants under our Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Notes

Our senior secured credit facility and the Notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

   

incur debt that is junior to senior indebtedness and senior to the senior subordinated notes;

 

   

pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders;

 

68


Table of Contents
   

repurchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated indebtedness;

 

   

make loans, capital expenditures or investments or acquisitions;

 

   

incur restrictions on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to us;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; and

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt that is junior in right of payment to the Notes.

As a result of these covenants, we are limited in the manner in which we conduct our business and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs. In addition, the financial covenant in our senior secured credit facility, which commenced at March 31, 2008 and quarterly thereafter, requires us to maintain a senior secured leverage ratio not to exceed a maximum amount. Specifically our senior secured net debt to trailing 12 month Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the credit facility, may not exceed 5.6 to 1 during the first two quarters of the calculation period. The ratio steps down to 5.35 to 1 at September 30, 2008, further steps down to 5.0 to 1 at September 30, 2009 and to 4.75 to 1 at March 31, 2011 and thereafter. At June 30, 2008, the Company was in compliance with the senior secured leverage ratio as calculated in the table below. Based upon its current forecasts the Company expects to be in compliance with the senior secured leverage ratio through June 30, 2009. However, because the projected covenant calculation is based upon forecasted financial information there can be no assurance that such forecasts will be achieved or that the Company will continue to be in compliance with the senior secured leverage ratio.

A breach of the senior secured leverage ratio or any of the other restrictive covenants would result in a default under our senior secured credit facility. In the event of a breach of the senior secured leverage ratio, the Company has the right to cure the default through the issuance of Holdings equity securities for cash, which in turn is contributed to the capital of the Company in an amount sufficient to cure the breach. This cure is only available in three of any four consecutive quarters. Other events of default under the senior secured credit facility include, without limitation, nonpayment, material misrepresentations, insolvency, bankruptcy, certain judgments, change of control and cross-events of default on material indebtedness.

If we fail to maintain the senior secured leverage ratio or otherwise default under our senior secured credit facility, our financial condition, results of operations and business would be materially adversely affected. Should the occurrence of an event of default under our senior secured credit facility occur, the lenders:

 

   

will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;

 

   

could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable;

 

   

could require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings; or

 

   

could prevent us from making payments on the senior subordinated notes;

any of which could result in an event of default under the Notes and our Securitization Facilities.

If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our senior secured credit facility could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged the majority of our assets as collateral under our senior secured credit facility. If the lenders under our senior secured credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay our senior secured credit facility and our other indebtedness, including the Notes, or borrow sufficient funds to refinance such indebtedness. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms, or terms that are acceptable to us.

 

69


Table of Contents

Current industry forecasts indicate that during the third and fourth quarters of 2008, the year over year change in the number of homesale transactions and median homesale prices may decline by smaller percentages and/or may increase , as compared to actual year over year declines experienced in those two factors in the first two quarters of 2008. If those forecasts are not realized in the third and fourth quarters of 2008 and/or our results for the third and fourth quarters of 2008 do not follow those forecasted trends, we may have difficulty complying with the senior secured leverage ratio under our senior secured credit facility. In such event, we would anticipate initiating additional cost saving measures (which would increase our Adjusted EBITDA to give effect to such savings on a pro forma basis). Our parent company also has the right but not the obligation to issue additional Holdings equity for cash and to infuse such capital into the Company, which would have the effect of increasing our Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of the senior secured leverage ratio. There can be no assurance that our parent company would be able or willing to issue equity for cash and/or that such additional cost savings would be sufficient to comply with the senior secured leverage ratio.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

A reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008 is set forth in the following table:

 

     For the Twelve
Months Ended
June 30, 2008
 

Net loss (a)

   $ (807 )

Minority interest, net of tax

     1  

Provision for income taxes

     (448 )
        

Loss before income taxes and minority interest

     (1,254 )

Interest expense (income), net

     651  

Depreciation and amortization

     285  
        

EBITDA

     (318 )

Covenant calculation adjustments:

  

Merger costs, restructuring costs, separation costs, and former parent legacy costs (benefit), net (b)

     99  

2007 impairment of intangible assets and goodwill (c)

     667  

Pro forma cost savings for 2007 restructuring initiatives (d)

     20  

Pro forma cost savings for 2008 restructuring initiatives (e)

     20  

Pro forma effect of business optimization initiatives (f)

     82  

Non-cash charges (g)

     45  

Non-recurring fair value adjustments for purchase accounting (h)

     15  

Pro forma effect of NRT acquisitions and RFG acquisitions and new franchisees (i)

     15  

Apollo management fees (j)

     14  

Proceeds from WEX contingent asset (k)

     11  

Incremental securitization interest costs (l)

     5  

Better Homes and Gardens Real Estate start up costs

     4  
        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 679  
        

Total senior secured net debt (m)

   $ 3,328  

Senior secured leverage ratio

     4.9 x

 

(a) Net loss consists of a loss of: (i) $55 million for the third quarter of 2007; (ii) $593 million for the fourth quarter of 2007; (iii) $132 million for the first quarter of 2008 and (iv) $27 million for the second quarter of 2008.
(b) Consists of $9 million of merger costs, $56 million of restructuring costs, $5 million of separation benefits paid to our former CEO upon retirement, $3 million of separation costs and $25 million of former parent legacy costs.

 

70


Table of Contents
(c) Represents the non-cash adjustment for the 2007 impairment of goodwill and unamortized intangible assets.
(d) Represents actual costs incurred that are not expected to recur in subsequent periods due to restructuring activities initiated during the year ended December 31, 2007. From this restructuring, we expect to reduce our operating costs by approximately $58 million on a twelve month run-rate basis and estimate that $38 million of such savings were realized from the time they were put in place (primarily in the fourth quarter of 2007) through June 30, 2008. The adjustment shown represents the impact the savings would have had on the period from July 1, 2007 through the time they were put in place, had those actions been effected on July 1, 2007.
(e) Represents actual costs incurred that are not expected to recur in subsequent periods due to restructuring activities initiated during the first six months of 2008. From this restructuring, we expect to reduce our operating costs by approximately $24 million on a twelve month run-rate basis and estimate that $4 million of such savings were realized from the time they were put in place. The adjustment shown represents the impact the savings would have had on the period from July 1, 2007 through the time they were put in place, had those actions been effected on July 1, 2007.
(f) Represents the twelve month pro forma effect of business optimization initiatives that have been completed to reduce costs including: (i) $29 million related to the exit of the government at-risk homesale business; (ii) $17 million related to the elimination of the 401(k) employer match; (iii) $17 million related to the renegotiation of NRT contracts; and other initiatives
(g) Represents the elimination of non-cash expenses including $36 million for the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts and reserve for development advance notes and promissory notes from July 1, 2007 through June 30, 2008, $7 million of stock based compensation expense.
(h) Reflects the adjustment for the negative impact of $15 million of fair value adjustments for purchase accounting at the operating business segments primarily related to deferred revenue, referral fees, insurance accruals and at-risk homes for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008.
(i) Represents the estimated impact of acquisitions made by NRT and RFG acquisitions and new franchisees as if they had been acquired or signed on July 1, 2007. We have made a number of assumptions in calculating such estimate and there can be no assurance that we would have generated the projected levels of EBITDA had we owned the acquired entities or entered into the franchise contracts as of July 1, 2007.
(j) Represents the elimination of annual management fees payable to Apollo for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008.
(k) Wright Express Corporation (“WEX”) was divested by Cendant in February 2005 through an initial public offering (“IPO”). As a result of such IPO, the tax basis of WEX’s tangible and intangible assets increased to their fair market value which may reduce federal income tax that WEX might otherwise be obligated to pay in future periods. WEX is required to pay Cendant 85% of any tax savings related to the increase in fair value utilized for a period of time that we expect will be beyond the maturity of the notes. Cendant is required to pay 62.5% of these tax savings payments received from WEX to us.
(l) Incremental borrowing costs incurred as a result of the securitization facilities refinancing for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008.
(m) Represents total borrowings under the senior secured credit facility, including the revolving credit facility, of $3,343 million plus $14 million of capital lease obligations less $29 million of readily available cash as of June 30, 2008.

EBITDA is defined as net income before depreciation and amortization, interest (income) expense, net (other than relocation services interest for securitization assets and securitization obligations), income taxes and minority interest. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by adjusting EBITDA by the items described above. We believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful as supplemental measures in evaluating the performance of our operating businesses and provide greater transparency into our consolidated and combined results of operations. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are measures used by our management, including our chief operating decision maker, to perform such evaluation, and are factors in measuring compliance with debt covenants relating to certain of our borrowing arrangements. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income or other statement of operations data prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. A reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss is included in the table above.

 

71


Table of Contents

We believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA facilitate company-to-company operating performance comparisons by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting net interest expense), taxation and the age and book depreciation of facilities (affecting relative depreciation expense), which may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to operating performance. We further believe that EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies, many of which present an EBITDA measure when reporting their results. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled financial measures of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA as presented in this table corresponds to the definition of “Adjusted EBITDA” used in the senior secured credit facility to calculate the senior secured leverage ratio and substantially corresponds to the definition of “EBITDA” used in the indentures governing the notes to test the permissibility of certain types of transactions, including debt incurrence.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

these EBITDA measures do not reflect changes in, or cash requirement for, our working capital needs;

 

   

these EBITDA measures do not reflect our interest expense (except for interest related to our securitization obligations), or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

   

these EBITDA measures do not reflect our income tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA includes pro forma cost savings and the pro forma twelve month effect of NRT acquisitions and RFG acquisitions/new franchisees as well as the pro forma twelve month effect of certain cost cutting and business optimization activities. These adjustments may not reflect the actual cost savings or pro forma effect recognized in future periods;

 

   

these EBITDA measures do not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and these EBITDA measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate these EBITDA measures differently so they may not be comparable.

LIQUIDITY RISK

Our liquidity position may be negatively affected by continued unfavorable conditions in the real estate or relocation market, including adverse changes in interest rates, access to our relocation asset-backed facilities and access to the capital markets, which may be limited if we were to fail to renew any of the facilities on their renewal dates or if we were to fail to meet certain covenants.

As a result of the increased borrowings that were incurred to consummate the merger, the Company’s future financing needs were materially impacted by the Merger and the rating agencies downgraded our debt ratings. In November 2007, Standard & Poor’s lowered the Company’s corporate credit rating to ‘B’ from ‘B+’ and in March 2008 revised the ratings to reflect a negative outlook. On August 8, 2008 Moody’s downgraded the corporate family rating and probability of default from B3 to Caa1. Moody’s concurrently lowered the ratings by one notch on the (i) senior secured facility from Ba3 to B1; (ii) Fixed Rate Senior Notes from Caa1 to Caa2; (iii) Senior Toggle Notes from Caa1 to Caa2; and (iv) Senior Subordinated Notes from Caa2 to Caa3. The rating outlook is stable. These rating changes reflect the rating agency’s expectation that the Company will experience lower than previously expected cash flow generation as a result of their view as to the prolonged nature of the current residential real estate downturn. It is possible that the rating agencies may downgrade our ratings further based upon our results of operations and financial condition or as a result of national and/or global economic and political events aside from the Merger.

 

72


Table of Contents

Based on our current level of operations and forecasts, we believe that cash flows from operations and available cash, together with available borrowings under our senior secured credit facility will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs including debt service over the next 12 months.

Funding requirements of our relocation business are primarily satisfied through the issuance of securitization obligations to finance relocation receivables and advances and relocation properties held for sale. As of June 30, 2008, the U.K Relocation Funding Limited Securitization program was fully utilized. As a result, any future additional capital requirements cannot be funded through the issuance of securitization obligations under this facility and instead will need to be funded by operating capital or with borrowings under our revolving credit facility. The Company is undertaking several initiatives to address funding alternatives, but there can be no assurances that those initiatives will be successful.

We cannot assure you, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowing will be available to us under our senior secured credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the Notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. A continued decline in the residential real estate market, the overall U.S. economy, or the availability of affordable financing for homebuyers could adversely effect the Company’s cash flows from operations and its trailing twelve month Adjusted EBITDA measure which could limit our ability to borrow necessary funds under the Company’s revolving credit facility. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change of control, we could be required to repay or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility, and the Notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Certain of our borrowings, primarily borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, and our securitization obligations are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net loss would increase further. We have entered into interest rate swaps, involving the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments, to reduce interest rate volatility for a portion of our floating interest rate debt facilities. We believe our interest rate risk on our securitization borrowings is mitigated as the rate we incur and the rate we earn on our relocation receivables and advances are based on similar variable indices.

We may need to incur additional debt or issue equity to make strategic acquisitions or investments. We cannot assure that financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or that financing will be available at all. Our ability to make payments to fund working capital, capital expenditures, debt service, strategic acquisitions, joint ventures and investments will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Future indebtedness may impose various restrictions and covenants on us which could limit our ability to respond to market conditions, to provide for unanticipated capital investments or to take advantage of business opportunities.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Our future contractual obligations have not changed significantly from the amounts reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 except for the termination of the $28 million corporate aircraft capital lease agreement in April 2008 and $205 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2008.

POTENTIAL DEBT REPURCHASES

Our affiliates have purchased a portion of our indebtedness and we or our affiliates from time to time may purchase additional portions of our indebtedness. Any such future purchases may be made through open market or privately negotiated transactions with third parties or pursuant to one or more tender or exchange offers or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as we or any such affiliates may determine.

 

73


Table of Contents

SEASONALITY

Our businesses are subject to seasonal fluctuations. Historically, operating statistics and revenues for all of our businesses have been strongest in the second and third quarters of the calendar year. A significant portion of the expenses we incur in our real estate brokerage operations are related to marketing activities and commissions and are, therefore, variable. However, many of our other expenses, such as facilities costs and certain personnel-related costs are fixed and cannot be reduced during a seasonal slowdown.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

In presenting our financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported therein. Several of the estimates and assumptions we are required to make relate to matters that are inherently uncertain as they pertain to future events. However, events that are outside of our control cannot be predicted and, as such, they cannot be contemplated in evaluating such estimates and assumptions. If there is a significant unfavorable change to current conditions, it could result in a material adverse impact to our results of operations, financial position and liquidity. We believe that the estimates and assumptions we used when preparing our financial statements were the most appropriate at that time.

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included in the 2007 Form 10-K, which includes a description of our critical accounting policies that involve subjective and complex judgments that could potentially affect reported results.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”), which provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for interim periods within those years. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” which delayed for one year the applicability of SFAS No. 157’s fair value measurements to certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008, except as it applies to those nonfinancial assets and liabilities affected by the one-year delay. The partial adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting the remaining provisions of SFAS No. 157 on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R) “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”) and SFAS No. 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 introduced significant changes in the accounting for and reporting of business acquisitions and noncontrolling interests in a subsidiary. These pronouncements are effective for business acquisitions consummated after the fiscal year beginning on or after December 15, 2008. In addition, SFAS No. 160 requires retrospective application to the presentation and disclosure for all periods presented in the financial statements. The Company intends to adopt these pronouncements on January 1, 2009 and is currently evaluating the impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 161”) . The new standard is intended to improve financial reporting of derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures enabling investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial condition, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. SFAS No. 161 will impact disclosures only and will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

74


Table of Contents

In April 2008, The FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP 142-3”). This FSP allows an entity to use its own assumption or historical experience about renewal or extension of an arrangement for a recognized intangible asset when determining the useful life of the asset, even when there is likely to be substantial cost or material modifications to the arrangement. In the absence of past experience, the entity shall consider the assumptions that market participants would use about renewal and extension and adjust for the entity-specific factors. The FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company intends to adopt the guidance on January 1, 2009 and is currently evaluating the impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS No. 162”). The guidance addresses the sources of generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) by grouping them into four descending categories. It provides the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of non-governmental entities that are presented in conformity with the US GAAP. It is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . It is expected that SFAS No. 162 will not impact the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

Our principal market exposure is interest rate risk. Our primary interest rate exposure at June 30, 2008 was to interest rate fluctuations in the United States, specifically LIBOR, and in the United Kingdom, specifically UK commercial paper rates, due to their impact on variable rate borrowings. Due to our senior secured credit facility which is benchmarked to U.S. LIBOR, such rates in addition to the UK commercial paper rates will be the primary market risk exposure for the foreseeable future. We do not have significant exposure to foreign currency risk nor do we expect to have significant exposure to foreign currency risk in the foreseeable future.

We assess our market risk based on changes in interest rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis measures the potential impact in earnings, fair values and cash flows based on a hypothetical 10% change (increase and decrease) in interest rates. In performing the sensitivity analysis, we are required to make assumptions regarding the fair values of relocation receivables, advances and securitization borrowings, which approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these items. We believe our interest rate risk on our securitization borrowings is mitigated as the rate we incur and the rate we earn on our relocation receivables and advances are based on similar variable indices.

Our total market risk is influenced by factors including the volatility present within the markets and the liquidity of the markets. There are certain limitations inherent in the sensitivity analyses presented. While probably the most meaningful analysis, these analyses are constrained by several factors, including the necessity to conduct the analysis based on a single point in time and the inability to include the complex market reactions that normally would arise from the market shifts modeled.

At June 30, 2008 we had total debt of $6,431 million excluding $898 million of securitization obligations and letters of credit. Of the $6,431 million of debt, the Company has $3,343 million of variable interest rate debt primarily based on one-month LIBOR. We have entered into floating to fixed interest rate swap agreements with varying expiration dates with an aggregate notional value of $775 million and, effectively fixed our interest rate on that portion of variable interest rate debt. The variable interest rate debt is subject to market rate risk, as our interest payments will fluctuate as underlying interest rates change as a result of market changes. We have determined that the impact of a 100 bps (1%) change in LIBOR on our term loan facility variable rate borrowings would affect our interest expense by approximately $26 million. While these results may be used as benchmarks, they should not be viewed as forecasts.

At June 30, 2008, the fair value of our long term debt, excluding securitization obligations, approximated $4,790 million, which was determined based on quoted market prices. Since considerable judgment is required in

 

75


Table of Contents

interpreting market information, the fair value of the long-term debt is not necessarily indicative of the amount that could be realized in a current market exchange. A 10% decrease in market rates would have a $97 million impact on the fair value of our long-term debt.

 

Item 4T. Controls and Procedures

 

(a) We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, recognizes that any set of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

 

(b) As of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, we have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the “reasonable assurance” level.

 

(c) There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this quarterly report on Form 10-Q that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

76


Table of Contents

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

The following updates certain disclosures with respect to legal and regulatory proceedings contained in our 2007 Form 10-K.

Legal—Real Estate Business

The following litigation relates to our real estate business, and pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, we have agreed to be responsible for all of the related costs and expenses and are entitled to all recoveries under any such litigation, including the Homestore litigation described below.

Berger v. Property ID Corp., et al. , (CV 05-5373 GHK (CTx) (U.S.D.C., C.D. Cal.)). The original complaint was filed on July 25, 2005. Mark Berger filed an amended, class action lawsuit against Cendant, Century 21, Coldwell Banker Residential Brokerage Company, and related entities, among other defendants, who are parties to joint venture agreements with Property I.D. Corporation, which markets and sells natural hazard disclosure reports in the State of California. The complaint, as amended, names additional defendants, including certain Realogy subsidiaries and several Prudential Real Estate companies, which also had joint venture relationships with Property I.D.

The complaint, as amended to date, alleges, among other things, violations of RESPA, which restricts direct or indirect payments from real estate settlement service providers for the referral of business to other providers, and further alleged unlawful business practices under the California Business and Professions Code. Berger alleges that the joint ventures are sham arrangements that unlawfully receive payments or referral fees in exchange for business. Defendants have responded that they do not consider natural hazard disclosure reports to be settlement services and accordingly the provision of such services is not within the purview of RESPA. In December 2007, plaintiffs filed a motion to certify a class, which was granted by the court on April 28, 2008. Classes were certified against the Realogy defendants and the Pickford defendants, but not against the Silver Oak defendants or the RE/MAX defendants as plaintiffs had no class representative for those joint ventures.

At the May 9, 2008 mediation hearing, the parties agreed to settle this litigation as it relates to claims against the Company and its subsidiaries. The settlement provides for the reimbursement of the amounts paid to purchase a Property I.D. natural hazard disclosure report where the consumer was represented by an agent of a Realogy broker or franchisee in the transaction. Under the terms of the proposed settlement, the Company anticipates, based on its current assumptions including the expected redemption rate by class members, that the aggregate amount it will pay in the settlement (including attorneys’ fees and costs of claims administration) will approximate $4 million. The settlement is subject to execution of a written settlement agreement, court certification of a class and court approval. By order dated May 21, 2008, the Court stayed the case and directed that a motion to approve the settlement be filed by July 21, 2008. By Order dated July 24, 2008, the Court extended the deadline to file a motion to approve the settlement to August 4, 2008. The motion for preliminary approval was filed on August 4 th .

In Re Homestore.com Securities Litigation , No. 10-CV-11115 (MJP) (U.S.D.C., C.D. Cal.). On November 15, 2002, Cendant and Richard A. Smith, our Chief Executive Officer, President and Director, were added as defendants in a putative class action. The 26 other defendants in such action include Homestore.com, Inc., certain of its officers and directors and its auditors. Such action was filed on behalf of persons who purchased stock of Homestore.com (an Internet-based provider of residential real estate listings) between January 1, 2000 and December 21, 2001. The complaint in this action alleges violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act based on purported misconduct in connection with the accounting of certain revenues in financial statements published by Homestore during the class period. On March 7, 2003, the court granted Cendant’s motion to dismiss lead plaintiff’s claim for failure to state a claim upon which relief could be granted and dismissed the complaint, as against Cendant and Mr. Smith, with prejudice. On March 8, 2004, the court

 

77


Table of Contents

entered final judgment, thus allowing for an appeal to be made regarding its decision dismissing the complaint against Cendant, Mr. Smith and others. On June 30, 2006, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit affirmed the district court’s dismissal of the plaintiff’s complaint. The Court of Appeals also remanded the case back to the district court so that the plaintiff may seek leave in the district court to amend the complaint if that can be done consistent with the Ninth Circuit’s opinion. Cendant and Mr. Smith filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court. On December 19, 2006, the Court entered an order denying plaintiff’s motion for Leave to File a Second Amended Complaint against Cendant and Richard Smith, among other parties. Plaintiffs appealed this decision to the Ninth Circuit. On March 26, 2007, the United States Supreme Court issued a writ of certiorari in a case arising out of the Eighth Circuit, Stoneridge Investment Partners, LLC v.Scientific Atlanta, Inc. , that raises the same legal issue raised in the Ninth Circuit case involving Cendant and Mr. Smith.

On January 15, 2008, the Supreme Court held in Stoneridge Investment , that secondary actors cannot be held liable under Section 10(b) if their acts are not disclosed to the investing public because Section 10(b) plaintiffs cannot establish the necessary element of reliance with respect to such actors. On January 16, 2008, we made a written request that plaintiff withdraw its appeal in light of the Stoneridge ruling, to which we received no response. On March 26, 2008, the Ninth Circuit dismissed the appeal and remanded the case to the district court for further proceedings consistent with the holding in Stoneridge .

In connection with this litigation and related matters, various settlements have been entered into during the past several years in favor of plaintiffs and Cendant, as a holder of Homestore shares during the class period. The settlement proceeds payable to Cendant from such settlements, consisting of Homestore stock and cash proceeds, were placed in trust pursuant to a June 6, 2005 court order, subject to resolution of this litigation on appeal. These proceeds have a current market value of approximately $15 million at June 30, 2008.

A mediation to resolve outstanding matters relating to Cendant and its former officers, including Mr. Smith, was held on July 7, 2008, at which time the parties settled the matter. Under the settlement, which remains subject to notice to class members and court approval, Cendant will agree to waive its right to $4 million of stock and cash settlement proceeds held in escrow for Cendant. The balance of the proceeds in escrow will be payable to Cendant upon the Court’s final approval of the settlement. Under the terms of the Separation Agreement, Realogy will be entitled to 100% of the proceeds so payable to Cendant. Cendant will waive any right it may have to any settlement proceeds that may be distributed from a future settlement with defendant Stuart Wolf Settlement documents are being drafted and a motion to preliminarily approve the settlement will be filed with the Court shortly.

David Schott and Constance Schott v. Equity Title Company , (Case No. BC 374014, Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles), On or about June 1, 2007, plaintiffs filed suit against defendant, a company within our title and settlement services segment, alleging, among other things, breach of contract and fraud relating to an exchange of property under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Plaintiffs selected a qualified intermediary known as QES, which was acquired by Southwest Exchange shortly before the Plaintiffs hired QES. The Company acted as escrow agent for the property exchange and wired the 1031 exchange proceeds to an account designated by QES that was controlled by Southwest Exchange. Several weeks after the proceeds were sent, unknown parties affiliated with Southwest Exchange stole plaintiffs’ money, along with many other parties’ funds. The trial commenced on June 15, 2008. On July 3, 2008, the jury returned a verdict in favor of plaintiffs on their claim for breach of contract and intentional misrepresentation and awarded damages in the amount of approximately $2.9 million. The Judgment on Jury Verdict was entered by the Court on July 25, 2008. The Company is preparing and will file a motion requesting that the court overturn or mold in part the jury’s verdict and a motion for a new trial.

Legal—Cendant Corporate Litigation

The following litigation relates to Cendant Corporate Litigation, which, pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, we have agreed to be responsible for 62.5% of all of the related costs and expenses.

 

78


Table of Contents

CSI Investment et. al. vs. Cendant et. al. , (Case No. 1:00-CV-01422 (DAB-DFE) (S.D.N.Y.) (“Credentials Litigation) is an action for breach of contract and fraud arising out of Cendant’s acquisition of the Credentials business in 1998. The Stock Purchase Agreement provided for the sale of Credentials Services International to Cendant for a set price of $125 million plus an additional amount which was contingent on Credentials’ future performance. The closing occurred just prior to Cendant’s April 15, 1998 disclosure of potential accounting irregularities relating to CUC. Plaintiffs seek payment of certain “hold back” monies in the total amount of $6 million, as well as a contingent payment based upon future performance that plaintiffs contend should have been approximately $50 million.

In a written opinion issued on September 7, 2007, the Court granted summary judgment to dismiss plaintiffs’ fraud claims and to grant plaintiffs’ motion for the hold back monies. In addition, the Court granted summary judgment in favor of the plaintiffs motion, ruling that defendants’ breached the stock purchase agreement. The summary judgment award plus interest accrued through March 31, 2008, is approximately $97 million plus plaintiffs’ attorney fees.

In September 2007, Cendant filed a motion for reconsideration of the decision. The plaintiffs subsequently opposed the motion and cross moved for reconsideration of the Court’s dismissal of plaintiffs’ fraud claims. On May 7, 2008, the court denied Cendant’s and the plaintiffs’ motions for reconsideration.

Cendant filed a notice of appeal on May 23, 2008 and appellate bonds were posted in the aggregate amount of approximately $108.6 million (Realogy for the benefit of Cendant posting a bond for 62.5% thereof, or approximately $67.9 million, and Wyndham Worldwide Corporation for the benefit of Cendant posting a bond for 37.5% thereof, or approximately $40.7 million). On June 2, 2008, Plaintiffs filed a notice of cross appeal. Also on June 2, 2008, the Court stayed plaintiffs’ application for attorneys’ fees pending the outcome of the appeal.

Regulatory Proceedings

In September 2005, the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) commenced a regulatory investigation of the activities of Property I.D. Associates, LLC (“Associates”), a joint venture between Property I.D. Corporation, Cendant Real Estate Services Group LLC and Coldwell Banker Residential Brokerage Corporation, an NRT subsidiary. This regulatory investigation also included predecessor joint ventures of Associates, as well as other joint ventures formed by Property I.D. Corporation. Associates and its predecessors provided hazard reports in the California market. For reasons unrelated to the investigation, the joint venture was terminated by us effective July 1, 2006.

Subpoenas were issued seeking documents and information from Cendant, Coldwell Banker Residential Brokerage Corporation, Coldwell Banker Residential Brokerage and Century 21. According to these subpoenas, this investigation sought to determine whether the activities of Associates violate RESPA, 12 U.S.C. § 2607 et seq., and Section 5 of the Trade Commission Act, 12 U.S.C. § 45. Realogy has cooperated in the investigation, has responded to requests for information and document requests as well as produced employees for deposition. HUD had been conducting this investigation jointly with the FTC. On October 24, 2006, the FTC issued a letter to us advising that no further action was warranted by the FTC and that it was closing its file on this matter.

On May 23, 2007, HUD filed a lawsuit in the Central District of California, United States District Court, against Realogy, NRT, Coldwell Banker Residential Brokerage, Property I.D., several Prudential Real Estate franchisees, and the joint venture entities between Property I.D. and these former joint venture partners. The lawsuit alleges that Natural Hazard Disclosure Reports (NHD Reports) are settlement services under RESPA although acknowledging that they are not an enumerated service identified in the statute, or identified in the regulations. Because NHD Reports are allegedly settlement services, HUD further alleges that the defendants violated RESPA in their operation of the various joint ventures. On July 9, 2007, we filed a motion to dismiss the action on the basis that RESPA does not authorize HUD to seek disgorgement and that there is no further alleged

 

79


Table of Contents

unlawful activity to enjoin. On January 18, 2008, plaintiff filed opposition to the motions to dismiss that were filed by all defendants. On February 22, 2008, the Defendants filed their reply to HUD’s opposition. On March 24, 2008, the motion to dismiss was denied. On April 4, 2008, we filed a motion to certify an appeal to the court’s denial of the motion to dismiss with respect to disgorgement. We filed an answer to the complaint on April 7, 2008. On April 28, 2008, the motion to certify an appeal was denied.

In May 2008, the Realogy defendants agreed in principle to a settlement with HUD that would enjoin any future joint venture for the sale of natural hazard disclosure reports operated in violation of RESPA but does not provide for the payment of any monetary fine or penalty.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes a detailed discussion of our risk factors. The information presented below updates several of those risk factors and should be read in conjunction with the risk factors and other information disclosed in the 2007 Form 10-K.

Our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to incur additional borrowings under our existing facilities, raise additional capital to fund our operations, react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our debt instruments.

We are significantly leveraged. As of June 30, 2008, our total debt (including the current portion) was approximately $6,431 million (which does not include $520 million of letters of credit issued under our synthetic letter of credit facility and an additional $131 million of outstanding letters of credit). In addition, as of June 30, 2008, our current liabilities included $898 million of securitization obligations which were collateralized by $1,233 million of securitization assets that are not available to pay our general obligations. Moreover on April 11, 2008, the Company notified the holders of the Senior Toggle Notes of our intent to utilize the PIK Interest option to satisfy the October 2008 interest payment obligation. The impact of this election will increase the principal amount of our Senior Toggle Notes by $32 million on October 15, 2008. In addition, a substantial portion of our indebtedness bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain short-term prevailing interest rates.

On August 8, 2008 Moody’s downgraded the corporate family rating and probability of default from B3 to Caa1. Moody’s concurrently lowered the ratings by one notch on the (i) senior secured facility from Ba3 to B1; (ii) Fixed Rate Senior Notes from Caa1 to Caa2; (iii) Senior Toggle Notes from Caa1 to Caa2; and (iv) Senior Subordinated Notes from Caa2 to Caa3. The rating outlook is stable. These rating changes reflect the rating agency’s expectation that the Company will experience lower than previously expected cash flow generation as a result of their view as to the prolonged nature of the current residential real estate downturn. The ratings anticipate further revenue declines over the next few quarters as the real estate downturn continues into 2009.

Our substantial degree of leverage could have important consequences, including the following:

 

   

it may limit our ability to incur additional borrowings under our existing facilities, obtain additional debt or equity financing for working capital, capital expenditures, business development, debt service requirements, acquisitions or general corporate or other purposes;

 

   

a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations is dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness and is not available for other purposes, including our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

 

   

the debt service requirements of our other indebtedness could make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations under the notes;

 

   

certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, are at variable rates of interest, exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates;

 

   

it may limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

 

   

it may cause a further downgrade of our debt and long-term corporate ratings; and

 

   

we may be vulnerable to a downturn in general economic conditions or in our business, or we may be unable to carry out capital spending that is important to our growth.

 

80


Table of Contents

Restrictive covenants under our indentures and the senior secured credit facility may adversely affect our operations.

Our senior secured credit facility and the indentures governing the notes contain, and any future indebtedness we incur may contain, various covenants and conditions that limit our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

   

incur debt that is junior to senior indebtedness and senior to the senior subordinated notes;

 

   

pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders;

 

   

repurchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated indebtedness;

 

   

make loans, capital expenditures or investments or acquisitions;

 

   

incur restrictions on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to us;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; and

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt that is junior in right of payment to the notes.

As a result of these covenants, we are limited in the manner in which we conduct our business and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.

In addition, the restrictive covenants in our senior secured credit facility require us to maintain a specified senior secured leverage ratio. Based upon its current forecasts the Company expects to be in compliance with the senior secured leverage ratio through June 30, 2009. However, because the projected covenant calculation is based upon forecasted financial information there can be no assurance that such forecasts will be achieved or that the Company will continue to be in compliance with the senior secured leverage ratio. Current industry forecasts indicate that during the third and fourth quarters of 2008, the year over year change in the number of homesale transactions and median homesale prices may decline by smaller percentages and/or may increase, as compared to actual year over year declines experienced in those two factors in the first two quarters of 2008. If those forecasts are not realized in the third and fourth quarters of 2008 and/or our results for the third and fourth quarters of 2008 do not follow those forecasted trends, we may have difficulty maintaining the senior secured leverage ratio under our senior secured credit facility.

A failure to maintain the senior secured leverage ratio, or a breach of any of the other restrictive covenants would result in a default under our senior secured credit facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our senior secured credit facility, the lenders:

 

   

will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;

 

   

could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable;

 

   

could require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings; or

 

   

could prevent us from making payments on the senior subordinated notes;

any of which could result in an event of default under the notes and our Securitization Facilities.

 

81


Table of Contents

If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our senior secured credit facility could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our senior secured credit facility. If the lenders under our senior secured credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay our senior secured credit facility and our other indebtedness, including the notes, or borrow sufficient funds to refinance such indebtedness. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms, or terms that are acceptable to us.

If a material event of default is continuing under our senior secured credit facility, such event could cause a termination of our ability to obtain future advances and amortization of one or more of the Securitization Facilities.

Adverse developments in general business, economic and political conditions could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our results of operations.

Our business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. and worldwide. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, consumer confidence and the general condition of the U.S. and world economy.

A host of factors beyond our control could cause fluctuations in these conditions, including the political environment and acts or threats of war or terrorism. Adverse developments in these general business and economic conditions, including through recession, downturn or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our results of operations.

A recession is generally measured by two consecutive quarters of negative growth in the gross domestic product. The rate of growth of gross domestic product in the U.S. slowed considerably in the fourth quarter 2007 and the first half of 2008, indicating that the U.S. economy could be nearing a recession. The depth or length of this economic downturn is uncertain. A prolonged or deep recession or a period of economic stagflation in the U.S. economy would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our results of operations.

Our business is significantly affected by the monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. We are particularly affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the U.S. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies affect the real estate market through their effect on interest rates as well as the pricing on our interest-earning assets and the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. We are affected by any rising interest rate environment. As mortgage rates rise, the number of homesale transactions may decrease as potential home sellers choose to stay with their lower cost mortgage rather than sell their home and pay a higher cost mortgage and potential home buyers choose to rent rather than pay higher mortgage rates. As a consequence, the growth in home prices may slow as the demand for homes decreases and homes become less affordable. Changes in the Federal Reserve Board’s policies, the interest rate environment and mortgage market are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are negatively impacted by a downturn in residential real estate market.

The residential real estate market tends to be cyclical and typically is affected by changes in general economic conditions which are beyond our control. The U.S. residential real estate market is currently in a significant downturn due to various factors including downward pressure on housing prices, credit constraints inhibiting new buyers and an exceptionally large inventory of unsold homes at the same time that sales volumes are decreasing. We cannot predict when the market and related economic forces will return the U.S. residential real estate industry to a growth period.

 

82


Table of Contents

Any of the following could have a material adverse effect on our business by causing a general decline in the number of homesales and/or prices which, in turn, could adversely affect our revenues and profitability:

 

   

periods of economic slowdown or recession;

 

   

a continuing drop in consumer confidence and concern that the economy may fall into a deep or prolonged recession or a period of economic stagflation;

 

   

rising interest rates;

 

   

the general availability of mortgage financing, including:

 

   

the impact of the contraction in the subprime and mortgage markets generally;

 

   

the recent significant spread between conforming loan rates and “jumbo” loan rates; and

 

   

the effect of more stringent lending standards for home mortgages;

 

   

adverse changes in local or regional economic conditions;

 

   

a decrease in the affordability of homes;

 

   

local, state and federal government regulation;

 

   

shifts in populations away from the markets that we or our franchisees serve;

 

   

tax law changes, including potential limits or elimination of the deductibility of certain mortgage interest expense, the application of the alternative minimum tax, real property taxes and employee relocation expenses;

 

   

decreasing home ownership rates;

 

   

declining demand for real estate;

 

   

a negative perception of the market for residential real estate;

 

   

commission pressure from brokers who discount their commissions;

 

   

acts of God, such as hurricanes, earthquakes and other natural disasters; and/or

 

   

an increase in the cost of homeowners insurance.

Attrition among the Company’s key employees could adversely affect its financial performance.

The Company’s success is largely dependent on the efforts and abilities of its key employees. The Company’s ability to retain its employees is generally subject to numerous factors, including the compensation and benefits it pays, the mix between the fixed and variable compensation it pays its employees and prevailing compensation rates. Given the continued downturn in the real estate market and the cost cutting measures we have implemented, certain of our employees may be receiving less variable compensation in the near term. If the Company were to lose key employees and not promptly fill their positions with comparably qualified individuals, its business may be materially adversely affected. The Company cannot give assurance that it will not suffer significant attrition among its current key employees.

A continuing and prolonged decline in the number of homesales and/or prices could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

During the first half of this decade, based on information published by NAR, existing homesales volumes rose to their highest levels in history. That growth rate reversed in 2006 as NAR and FNMA both reported a 9% decrease in the number of existing homesale sides during 2006 compared to 2005. For 2007 compared to 2006, NAR and FNMA, as of March 2008, both reported a decline of 13% in existing homesale sides. For 2008 compared to 2007, NAR as of August 2008 and FNMA as of July 2008 are forecasting a decline of 9% and 14%, respectively, in existing homesale sides.

 

83


Table of Contents

Based upon information published by NAR, the national median price of existing homes increased from 2000 to 2005 at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 8.9% compared to a CAGR of 6.2% from 1972 to 2006. According to NAR, this rate of increase slowed significantly in 2006, declined in 2007 and is expected to decline further in 2008. For 2008 compared to 2007, NAR as of August 2008 and FNMA as of July 2008 are forecasting a decrease in the median price of existing homes of 6% and 9%, respectively.

The depth and length of the current downturn in the real estate industry has proved exceedingly difficult to predict. A continuing sustained decline in existing homesales, a sustained decline in home prices or a sustained or accelerated decline in commission rates charged by brokers, could further adversely affect our results of operations by reducing the royalties we receive from our franchisees and company owned brokerages, reducing the commissions our company owned brokerage operations earn, reducing the demand for our title and settlement services, reducing the referral fees earned by our relocation services business and increasing the risk that our relocation services business will continue to suffer losses in the sale of homes relating to its at-risk homesale service contracts (i.e., where we purchase the transferring employee’s home and assume the risk of loss in the resale of such home). For example, for 2007, a 100 basis point (or 1%) decline in either our homesale sides or the average selling price of closed homesale transactions, with all else being equal, would have decreased EBITDA by $4 million for our Real Estate Franchise Services segment and $14 million for our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment. The $14 million represents the total Company impact including $3 million of intercompany royalties paid by our Company Owned Real Estate Brokerage Services segment to our Real Estate Franchise Services segment.

Competition in the residential real estate and relocation business is intense and may adversely affect our financial performance.

Competition in the residential real estate services business is intense. As a real estate brokerage franchisor, our products are our brand names and the support services we provide to our franchisees. Competition among national brand franchisors in the real estate brokerage industry to grow their franchise systems is intense. Upon the expiration of a franchise agreement, a franchisee may choose to franchise with one of our competitors or operate as an independent broker. Competitors may offer franchisees whose franchise agreements are expiring similar products and services at rates that are lower than we charge. Our largest national competitors in this industry include Prudential, GMAC Real Estate, RE/MAX and Keller Williams real estate brokerage brands. Some of these companies may have greater financial resources than we do, including greater marketing and technology budgets. Regional and local franchisors provide additional competitive pressure in certain areas.

We believe that competition for the sale of franchises is based principally upon the perceived value and quality of the brand and services, which may vary from local market to local market, the nature of those services offered to franchisees and the fees the franchisees must pay. The perceived value and quality of the brands we offer may vary by brand and the revenues we receive from the franchising of our respective brands may be affected—positively or negatively—by that perception. To remain competitive in the sale of franchises and to retain our existing franchisees, we may have to reduce the fees we charge our franchisees to be competitive with those charged by competitors, which may accelerate if market conditions deteriorate. Our franchisees are generally in intense competition with franchisees of other systems and independent real estate brokers. Our revenue will vary directly with our franchisees’ revenue, but is not directly dependent upon our franchisees’ profitability. If competition results in lower average brokerage commission rates or lower sales volume by our franchisees, our revenues will be affected adversely. For example, our franchisees’ average homesale commission rate per side was 2.65% in 2002 and this rate has declined to 2.49% in 2007.

Our company owned brokerage business, like that of our franchisees, is generally in intense competition with franchisees of other systems, independent real estate brokerages, including discount brokers, owner-operated chains and, in certain markets, our franchisees. We face competition from large regional brokerage firms as well as local brokerage firms, but such competition is limited to the markets in which such competitors operate. Competition is particularly severe in the densely populated metropolitan areas in which we compete. In

 

84


Table of Contents

addition, the real estate brokerage industry has minimal barriers to entry for new participants, including participants pursuing non-traditional methods of marketing real estate, such as Internet-based brokerage or brokers who discount their commissions below the industry norms. Discount brokers have significantly increased their market share in recent years and they may increase their market share in the future. Real estate brokers compete for sales and marketing business primarily on the basis of services offered, reputation, personal contacts and brokerage commission. As with our real estate franchise business, a decrease in the average brokerage commission rate may adversely affect our revenues. We also compete for the services of qualified licensed sales associates. Such competition could reduce the commission amounts retained by our company after giving effect to the split with sales associates and possibly increase the amounts that we spend on marketing. Our average homesale commission rate per side in our company owned real estate segment has declined from 2.63% in 2002 to 2.47% in 2007.

In our relocation services business, we compete with in house operations, global and regional outsourced relocation service providers, human resource outsourcing companies and international accounting firms. The larger outsourced relocation service providers that we compete with include Prudential Real Estate and Relocation Services, Inc. and Weichert Relocation Resources, Inc.

The title and settlement services industry is highly competitive and fragmented. The number and size of competing companies vary in the different areas in which we conduct business. We compete directly with title insurers, title agents and other vendor management companies. While we are an agent for some of the large title insurers, we also compete with the owned agency operations of these insurers. Competition among underwriters of title insurance policies is much less fragmented, although also very intense.

We are subject to certain risks related to litigation filed by or against us, and adverse results may harm our business and financial condition.

We cannot predict with certainty the cost of defense, the cost of prosecution or the ultimate outcome of litigation and other proceedings filed by or against us, including remedies or damage awards, and adverse results in such litigation and other proceedings may harm our business and financial condition. Such litigation and other proceedings may include, but are not limited to, actions relating to intellectual property, commercial arrangements, vicarious liability based upon conduct of individuals or entities outside of our control, including franchisees and sales associates, and employment law, including claims challenging the classification of our sales associates as independent contractors. In the case of intellectual property litigation and proceedings, adverse outcomes could include the cancellation, invalidation or other loss of material intellectual property rights used in our business and injunctions prohibiting our use of business processes or technology that is subject to third party patents or other third party intellectual property rights. In addition, we may be required to enter into licensing agreements (if available on acceptable terms or at all) and pay royalties.

The weakening or unavailability of our intellectual property rights could adversely impact our business.

Our trademarks, domain names, trade dress and other intellectual property rights are fundamental to our brands and our franchising business. The steps we take to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate and, in particular, we may not own all necessary registrations for our intellectual property. Applications we have filed to register our intellectual property may not be approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. We may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property rights without our authorization or independently developing technology that is similar to ours. Third parties may own rights in similar trademarks. Our intellectual property rights, including our trademarks, may fail to provide us with significant competitive advantages in the US and in foreign jurisdictions that do not have or do not enforce strong intellectual property rights.

 

85


Table of Contents

Our license agreement with Sotheby’s Holdings, Inc. for the use of the Sotheby’s International Realty ® brand is terminable by Sotheby’s Holdings, Inc. prior to the end of the license term if certain conditions occur, including but not limited to the following: (i) we attempt to assign any of our rights under the license agreement in any manner not permitted under the license agreement, (ii) we become bankrupt or insolvent, (iii) a court issues non-appealable, final judgment that we have committed certain breaches of the license agreement and we fail to cure such breaches within 60 days of the issuance of such judgment or (iv) we discontinue the use of all of the trademarks licensed under the license agreement for a period of twelve consecutive months.

 

Item 6. Exhibits.

See Exhibit Index.

 

86


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

    REALOGY CORPORATION
Date: August 12, 2008    

/s/    A NTHONY E. H ULL        

 

   

Anthony E. Hull

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Date: August 12, 2008    

/s/    D EA B ENSON        

 

   

Dea Benson

Senior Vice President,

Chief Accounting Officer and

Controller

 

87


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

  

Description

  4.1    Supplemental Indenture No. 5 dated as of May 12, 2008 to the 10.50% Senior Notes Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007.
  4.2    Supplemental Indenture No. 5 dated as of May 12, 2008 to the 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007.
  4.3    Supplemental Indenture No. 5 dated as of May 12, 2008 to the 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007.
  4.4    Supplemental Indenture No. 6 dated as of June 4, 2008 to the 10.50% Senior Notes Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007.
  4.5    Supplemental Indenture No. 6 dated as of June 4, 2008 to the 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007.
  4.6    Supplemental Indenture No. 6 dated as of June 4, 2008 to the 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007.
10.1    Deed of Amendment, dated May 12, 2008 among Calyon S.A. London Branch, as lender, funding agent, calculation agent, administrative agent and arranger, UK Relocation Receivables Funding Limited, Realogy Corporation, Cartus Limited, Cartus Services Limited and Cartus Funding Limited.
10.2    Amendment executed July 8, 2008 and effective as of July 28, 2006 to the Tax Sharing Agreement, entered into as of July 28, 2006, by and between Avis Budget Group, Inc., formerly known as Cendant Corporation, Realogy Corporation, Wyndham Worldwide Corporation and Travelport Inc.
31.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
31.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
32       Certification pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350.

 

88

Exhibit 4.1

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 5

(SENIOR FIXED RATE NOTES)

Supplemental Indenture No. 5 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of May 12, 2008, among the new guarantor or guarantors on the signature page hereto (each, a “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), each a subsidiary of Realogy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Note Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 10, 2007, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 10.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.15 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause each Guaranteeing Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Note Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and


(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Note Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, the Indenture or any other Note Guarantee, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of either of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Note Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Note Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Note Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Note Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Note Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Note Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.


(j) This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer or any Note Guarantor for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer or Note Guarantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s or any Note Guarantor’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Note Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with all existing and future Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(b) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not, and the Issuer will not permit the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(1) either (a) such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Note Guarantor ”) and the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (b) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.10 of the Indenture;


(2) the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will not be released from its obligations under the Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness, Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not increased thereby and (2) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Guaranteeing Subsidiary or the Issuer.

(c) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “ Transfer ”) to (x) the Issuer or any Note Guarantor or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor; provided that at the time of each such Transfer pursuant to clause (y) the aggregate amount of all such Transfers since the Issue Date shall not exceed the greater of $625.0 million and 5.0% of Total Assets after giving effect to each such Transfer and including all Transfers of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Note Guarantors occurring from and after the Issue Date (excluding Transfers in connection with the Transactions).

(5) Releases .

The Note Guarantee of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the Issuer designating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under 4.07 of the Indenture and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) the release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from (x) its guarantee of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including by reason of the termination of the Credit Agreement) and/or (y) the guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (except in


each case a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee) that resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y) if the Guaranteeing Subsidiary would not then otherwise be required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to this Indenture; provided , that if such Person has incurred any Indebtedness or issued any Disqualified Stock in reliance on its status as a Note Guarantor under Section 4.09 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s obligations under such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09 of the Indenture; or

(d) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) in the case of clause (1)(a) above, the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its guarantee, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

In addition, a Note Guarantee will also be automatically released upon the Guaranteeing Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent (other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors (including any Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts/Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.


(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

[Signatures on following pages]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

REFERRAL NETWORK PLUS, INC.
By:   /s/ Seth Truwit
  Name:   Seth Truwit
  Title:   Senior Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Supplemental Indenture No. 5 (Senior Fixed Rate Notes)]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Franca M. Ferrera
  Name:   Franca M. Ferrera
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

[Supplemental Indenture No. 5 (Senior Fixed Rate Notes)]

Exhibit 4.2

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 5

(TOGGLE NOTES)

Supplemental Indenture No. 5 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of May 12, 2008, among the new guarantor or guarantors on the signature page hereto (each, a “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), each a subsidiary of Realogy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Note Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 10, 2007, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2014 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.15 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause each Guaranteeing Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Note Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated


maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Note Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, the Indenture or any other Note Guarantee, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of either of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Note Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Note Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Note Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Note Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Note Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Note Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.


(j) This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer or any Note Guarantor for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer or Note Guarantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s or any Note Guarantor’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Note Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with all existing and future Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(b) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not, and the Issuer will not permit the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(1) either (a) such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Note Guarantor ”) and the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (b) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.10 of the Indenture;


(2) the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will not be released from its obligations under the Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness, Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not increased thereby and (2) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Guaranteeing Subsidiary or the Issuer.

(c) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “ Transfer ”) to (x) the Issuer or any Note Guarantor or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor; provided that at the time of each such Transfer pursuant to clause (y) the aggregate amount of all such Transfers since the Issue Date shall not exceed the greater of $625.0 million and 5.0% of Total Assets after giving effect to each such Transfer and including all Transfers of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Note Guarantors occurring from and after the Issue Date (excluding Transfers in connection with the Transactions).

(5) Releases .

The Note Guarantee of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the Issuer designating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under 4.07 of the Indenture and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) the release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from (x) its guarantee of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including by reason of the termination of the Credit Agreement) and/or (y) the guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (except in each case a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee) that resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y) if the Guaranteeing Subsidiary would not then otherwise be required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to this Indenture; provided , that if


such Person has incurred any Indebtedness or issued any Disqualified Stock in reliance on its status as a Note Guarantor under Section 4.09 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s obligations under such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09 of the Indenture; or

(d) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) in the case of clause (1)(a) above, the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its guarantee, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

In addition, a Note Guarantee will also be automatically released upon the Guaranteeing Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent (other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors (including any Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts/Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.


(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

[Signatures on following pages]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

REFERRAL NETWORK PLUS, INC.
By:   /s/ Seth Truwit
  Name:   Seth Truwit
  Title:   Senior Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Supplemental Indenture No. 5 (Toggle Notes)]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Franca M. Ferrera
  Name:   Franca M. Ferrera
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

[Supplemental Indenture No. 5 (Toggle Notes)]

Exhibit 4.3

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 5

(SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES)

Supplemental Indenture No. 5 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of May 12, 2008, among the new guarantor or guarantors on the signature page hereto (each, a “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), each a subsidiary of Realogy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Note Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 10, 2007, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.15 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause each Guaranteeing Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Note Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated


maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Note Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, the Indenture or any other Note Guarantee, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of either of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Note Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Note Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Note Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Note Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Note Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Note Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, this new Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.


(j) This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer or any Note Guarantor for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer or Note Guarantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s or any Note Guarantor’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Note Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior subordinated obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and shall be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(b) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not, and the Issuer will not permit the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(1) either (a) such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Note Guarantor ”) and the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (b) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.10 of the Indenture;


(2) the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will not be released from its obligations under the Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness, Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not increased thereby and (2) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Guaranteeing Subsidiary or the Issuer.

(c) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “ Transfer ”) to (x) the Issuer or any Note Guarantor or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor; provided that at the time of each such Transfer pursuant to clause (y) the aggregate amount of all such Transfers since the Issue Date shall not exceed the greater of $625.0 million and 5.0% of Total Assets after giving effect to each such Transfer and including all Transfers of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Note Guarantors occurring from and after the Issue Date (excluding Transfers in connection with the Transactions).

(5) Releases .

The Note Guarantee of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the Issuer designating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under 4.07 of the Indenture and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) the release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from (x) its guarantee of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including by reason of the termination of the Credit Agreement) and/or (y) the guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (except in each case a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee) that resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y) if the Guaranteeing Subsidiary would not then otherwise be required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to this Indenture; provided , that if


such Person has incurred any Indebtedness or issued any Disqualified Stock in reliance on its status as a Note Guarantor under Section 4.09 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s obligations under such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09 of the Indenture; or

(d) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) in the case of clause (1)(a) above, the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its guarantee, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

In addition, a Note Guarantee also will be automatically released upon the Guaranteeing Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent (other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors (including any Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts/Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 11.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.


(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

REFERRAL NETWORK PLUS, INC.
By:   /s/ Seth Truwit
  Name:   Seth Truwit
  Title:   Senior Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Supplemental Indenture No. 5 (Senior Subordinated Notes)]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Franca M. Ferrera
  Name:   Franca M. Ferrera
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

[Supplemental Indenture No. 5 (Senior Subordinated Notes)]

Exhibit 4.4

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 6

(SENIOR FIXED RATE NOTES)

Supplemental Indenture No. 6 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of June 4, 2008, among the new guarantor on the signature page hereto (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Realogy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Note Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 10, 2007, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 10.50% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.15 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause each Guaranteeing Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Note Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and


(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Note Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, the Indenture or any other Note Guarantee, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of either of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Note Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Note Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Note Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Note Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Note Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Note Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.


(j) This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer or any Note Guarantor for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer or Note Guarantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s or any Note Guarantor’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Note Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with all existing and future Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(b) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not, and the Issuer will not permit the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(1) either (a) such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Note Guarantor ”) and the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (b) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.10 of the Indenture;


(2) the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will not be released from its obligations under the Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness, Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not increased thereby and (2) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Guaranteeing Subsidiary or the Issuer.

(c) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “ Transfer ”) to (x) the Issuer or any Note Guarantor or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor; provided that at the time of each such Transfer pursuant to clause (y) the aggregate amount of all such Transfers since the Issue Date shall not exceed the greater of $625.0 million and 5.0% of Total Assets after giving effect to each such Transfer and including all Transfers of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Note Guarantors occurring from and after the Issue Date (excluding Transfers in connection with the Transactions).

(5) Releases .

The Note Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the Issuer designating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under 4.07 of the Indenture and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) the release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from (x) its guarantee of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including by reason of the termination of the Credit Agreement) and/or (y) the guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (except in


each case a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee) that resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y) if the Guaranteeing Subsidiary would not then otherwise be required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to this Indenture; provided , that if such Person has incurred any Indebtedness or issued any Disqualified Stock in reliance on its status as a Note Guarantor under Section 4.09 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s obligations under such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09 of the Indenture; or

(d) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) in the case of clause (1)(a) above, the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its guarantee, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

In addition, a Note Guarantee will also be automatically released upon the Guaranteeing Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent (other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts/Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.


(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

[Signatures on following pages]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

REOEXPERTS LLC
By:   /s/ Seth Truwit
  Name:   Seth Truwit
  Title:   Senior Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Supplemental Indenture No. 6 (Senior Fixed Rate Notes)]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Franca M. Ferrera
  Name:   Franca M. Ferrera
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

[Supplemental Indenture No. 6 (Senior Fixed Rate Notes)]

Exhibit 4.5

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 6

(TOGGLE NOTES)

Supplemental Indenture No. 6 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of June 4, 2008, among the new guarantor on the signature page hereto (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Realogy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Note Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 10, 2007, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 11.00%/11.75% Senior Toggle Notes due 2014 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.15 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause each Guaranteeing Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Note Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so


guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Note Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, the Indenture or any other Note Guarantee, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of either of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Note Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Note Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Note Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Note Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Note Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Note Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.


(j) This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer or any Note Guarantor for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer or Note Guarantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s or any Note Guarantor’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Note Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with all existing and future Senior Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(b) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not, and the Issuer will not permit the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(1) either (a) such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Note Guarantor ”) and the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (b) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.10 of the Indenture;


(2) the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will not be released from its obligations under the Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness, Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not increased thereby and (2) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Guaranteeing Subsidiary or the Issuer.

(c) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “ Transfer ”) to (x) the Issuer or any Note Guarantor or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor; provided that at the time of each such Transfer pursuant to clause (y) the aggregate amount of all such Transfers since the Issue Date shall not exceed the greater of $625.0 million and 5.0% of Total Assets after giving effect to each such Transfer and including all Transfers of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Note Guarantors occurring from and after the Issue Date (excluding Transfers in connection with the Transactions).

(5) Releases .

The Note Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the Issuer designating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under 4.07 of the Indenture and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) the release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from (x) its guarantee of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including by reason of the termination of the Credit Agreement) and/or (y) the guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (except in each case a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee) that resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y) if the Guaranteeing Subsidiary would not then otherwise be required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to this Indenture; provided , that if


such Person has incurred any Indebtedness or issued any Disqualified Stock in reliance on its status as a Note Guarantor under Section 4.09 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s obligations under such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09 of the Indenture; or

(d) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) in the case of clause (1)(a) above, the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its guarantee, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

In addition, a Note Guarantee will also be automatically released upon the Guaranteeing Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent (other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts/Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.


(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

[Signatures on following pages]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

REOEXPERTS LLC
By:   /s/ Seth Truwit
  Name:   Seth Truwit
  Title:   Senior Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Supplemental Indenture No. 6 (Toggle Notes)]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Franca M. Ferrera
  Name:   Franca M. Ferrera
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

[Supplemental Indenture No. 6 (Toggle Notes)]

Exhibit 4.6

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 6

(SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES)

Supplemental Indenture No. 6 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of June 4, 2008, 2008, among the new guarantor on the signature page hereto (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Realogy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Note Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 10, 2007, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 12.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.15 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause each Guaranteeing Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Note Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so


guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Note Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, the Indenture or any other Note Guarantee, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of either of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Note Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Note Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Note Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Note Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Note Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Note Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, this new Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.


(j) This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer or any Note Guarantor for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer or Note Guarantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s or any Note Guarantor’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Note Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior subordinated obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and shall be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(b) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not, and the Issuer will not permit the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(1) either (a) such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Note Guarantor ”) and the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (b) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.10 of the Indenture;


(2) the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture; and

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Successor Note Guarantor (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s applicable Note Guarantee, but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will not be released from its obligations under the Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness, Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not increased thereby and (2) a Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Guaranteeing Subsidiary or the Issuer.

(c) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “ Transfer ”) to (x) the Issuer or any Note Guarantor or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor; provided that at the time of each such Transfer pursuant to clause (y) the aggregate amount of all such Transfers since the Issue Date shall not exceed the greater of $625.0 million and 5.0% of Total Assets after giving effect to each such Transfer and including all Transfers of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Note Guarantors occurring from and after the Issue Date (excluding Transfers in connection with the Transactions).

(5) Releases .

The Note Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (a) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary if such sale, disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the Issuer designating the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under 4.07 of the Indenture and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(c) the release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from (x) its guarantee of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including by reason of the termination of the Credit Agreement) and/or (y) the guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the repayment of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (except in each case a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee) that resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y) if the Guaranteeing Subsidiary would not then otherwise be required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to this Indenture; provided , that if


such Person has incurred any Indebtedness or issued any Disqualified Stock in reliance on its status as a Note Guarantor under Section 4.09 of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s obligations under such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09 of the Indenture; or

(d) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) in the case of clause (1)(a) above, the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its guarantee, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

In addition, a Note Guarantee also will be automatically released upon the Guaranteeing Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent (other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts/Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 11.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.


(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

REOEXPERTS LLC
By:   /s/ Seth Truwit
  Name:   Seth Truwit
  Title:   Senior Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Supplemental Indenture No. 6 (Senior Subordinated Notes)]


THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Franca M. Ferrera
  Name:   Franca M. Ferrera
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

[Supplemental Indenture No. 6 (Senior Subordinated Notes)]

Exhibit 10.1

Deed of Amendment

 

12 May, 2008

CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH

(in its capacity as Administrative Agent , as Arranger ,

as Funding Agent , as Lender , as Alternative Funding Provider , as Security Agent

and as Calculation Agent )

UK RELOCATION RECEIVABLES FUNDING LIMITED

(in its capacity as Purchaser )

REALOGY CORPORATION

(in its capacity as Parent )

CARTUS LIMITED

(in its capacity as Servicer and as Seller )

CARTUS SERVICES LIMITED

(in its capacity as Seller )

CARTUS FUNDING LIMITED

(in its capacity as Seller )

 

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT

 

 

LOGO

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP

65 Fleet Street

London EC4Y 1HS

 

Page 1


Deed of Amendment

 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

        PAGE
1.    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    1
2.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    2
3.    AMENDMENT TO MASTER SCHEDULE OF DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION    2
4.    THIRD PARTY RIGHTS    3
5.    CONFIDENTIALITY    3
6.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION    4
SCHEDULE 1 MASTER SCHEDULE OF DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION    12

 

FS


Deed of Amendment

THIS DEED OF AMENDMENT (this Deed ) is executed as a deed on 12 May, 2008

B ETWEEN :

 

(1) CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH (in its capacity as Administrative Agent );

 

(2) CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH (in its capacity as Arranger );

 

(3) CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH (in its capacity as Funding Agent );

 

(4) CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH (in its capacity as Lender );

 

(5) CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH (in its capacity as Security Agent );

 

(6) CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH (in its capacity as Calculation Agent );

 

(7) CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH (in its capacity as Alternative Funding Provider );

 

(8) UK RELOCATION RECEIVABLES FUNDING LIMITED (in its capacity as Purchaser );

 

(9) REALOGY CORPORATION (in its capacity as Parent );

 

(10) CARTUS LIMITED (in its capacity as Servicer );

 

(11) CARTUS LIMITED (in its capacity as Seller );

 

(12) CARTUS SERVICES LIMITED (in its capacity as Seller ); and

 

(13) CARTUS FUNDING LIMITED (in its capacity as Seller and, together with Cartus Limited and Cartus Services Limited, the Sellers ).

B ACKGROUND :

The parties to this Deed have agreed to make certain amendments to the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction.

N OW THIS D EED WITNESSES AND IT IS AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

 

1. D EFINITIONS AND I NTERPRETATION

Incorporation of Definitions

1.1 This Deed shall have expressly and specifically incorporated into it the Definitions set out in the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction entered into between, among others, the parties to this Deed and originally dated 4 April 2007 and as amended at the date hereof (and as further amended, supplemented or varied from time to time) (the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction ) as though the same were set out in full in this Deed. Except where the context otherwise requires, and save where otherwise defined in this Deed, the Definitions, shall have the same meanings where used in this Deed.

 

Page 1


Deed of Amendment

 

Incorporation of Principles of Interpretation and Construction

1.2 This Deed shall have expressly and specifically incorporated into it the principles of interpretation and construction set out in the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction as though they were set out in full in this Deed. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Deed and the principles of interpretation and construction, the provisions of this Deed shall prevail.

 

2. C ONDITIONS PRECEDENT

2.1 The effectiveness of this Deed shall be subject to the following documentary conditions having been delivered to the Funding Agent in a form acceptable to the Funding Agent:

 

(a) a legal opinion of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP, in its capacity as counsel to the Funding Agent;

 

(b) a legal opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, in its capacity as counsel to each Seller Party and the Purchaser, covering such matters (without limitation) as corporate capacity, authority of, and due execution by, the Seller Parties and the Purchaser and that no insolvency step has been taken in respect of any one of them; and

 

(c) a legal opinion of in-house counsel to the Parent, covering such matters (without limitation) as corporate capacity and authority of the Parent.

 

3. A MENDMENTS

Amendments to the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction

3.1 Each of the parties to the Master Schedule of Definitions agrees that, with effect from the date hereof, the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction shall be amended so that, following amendment, it will be in the form which would result from the incorporation of all of the underlined text and the deletion of all of the struck-out text shown in the relevant pages of the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction attached as Schedule 1 ( Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction ).

3.2 Each of the parties to the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction agrees, upon the request in writing by any other party to the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction, to execute a version of the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction incorporating the amendments set out in Schedule 1 ( Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction ) to further evidence the amendments effected by Clause 3.1.

Amendments to the Receivables Servicing Agreement

3.3 Each of the parties to the Receivables Servicing Agreement agrees that, with effect from the date hereof, the Receivables Servicing Agreement shall be amended so that, following amendment, it will be in the form which would result from the incorporation of all of the underlined text and the deletion of all of the struck-out text shown in the relevant pages of the Receivables Servicing Agreement attached as Schedule 2 ( Receivables Servicing Agreement ).

 

Page 2


Deed of Amendment

 

3.4 Each of the parties to the Receivables Servicing Agreement agrees, upon the request in writing by any other party to the Receivables Servicing Agreement, to execute a version of the Receivables Servicing Agreement incorporating the amendments set out in Schedule 2 ( Receivables Servicing Agreement ) to further evidence the amendments effected by Clause 3.3.

 

4. C ONFIRMATION

4.1 The parties to this Deed confirm that the Transaction Documents remain in full force and effect in accordance with their provisions on the date of this Deed, as amended by this Deed, and references to the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction and the Receivables Servicing Agreement will be construed as references to the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction and the Receivables Servicing Agreement as amended by this Deed.

4.2 For the avoidance of doubt, each Seller confirms that any and all amounts paid or payable by the Purchaser pursuant to Clause 9 ( Indemnification; Expenses; related matters ) of the Note Issuance Facility Agreement shall be included within the indemnity provided by the Sellers to the Purchaser under clause 8.1(a) of the ( Indemnities by the Sellers ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

4.3 The Parent hereby agrees and acknowledges that:

 

(a) on and from the execution date of a Seller Security Document, the Supported Obligations as described in the Parent Undertaking Agreement will be extended to include the obligations of the relevant Seller under such Seller Security Document; and

 

(b) the Parent Undertaking Agreement will remain in full force and effect in accordance with its provisions on the date of this Deed, as amended by this Deed, and references to the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction will be construed as references to the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction as amended by this Deed.

4.4 The parties to this Deed agree and acknowledge that each obligation of the relevant Party in any Transaction Document (i) to keep the Receivables and other Affected Assets free and clear of all Adverse Claims and (ii) not to create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claims upon or with respect to the Receivables and other Affected Assets, shall be subject to such Adverse Claims being Relevant Adverse Claims (as defined in each of the Seller Security Documents).

 

5. C OUNTERPARTS

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, including facsimile counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. Such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Page 3


Deed of Amendment

 

6. T HIRD P ARTY R IGHTS

A person who is not a party to this Deed shall not have any rights under or in connection with it by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

7. C ONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Each party agrees that it will not disclose the contents of this Deed or any other proprietary or confidential information of or with respect to another party except:

 

(a) to its auditors and attorneys, employees or financial advisors (other than any commercial bank) and any nationally recognised statistical rating organisation, provided such auditors, attorneys, employees, financial advisors or rating agencies are informed of the highly confidential nature of such information;

 

(b) as otherwise required by applicable Law or order of a court of competent jurisdiction; or

 

(c) if the Parent, acting reasonably, determines that the Purchaser is required by, or pursuant to, The United States Securities Exchange Act 1934 to disclose any of the same.

 

8. G OVERNING LAW AND J URISDICTION

Governing Law

8.1 This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

Jurisdiction

8.2 Each of the parties irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim that arises out of or in connection with this Deed or its subject matter.

 

Page 4


Deed of Amendment

 

I N WITNESS of which this Deed has been executed and delivered as a deed by each of the parties hereto and entered into the day and year first above written.

 

Administrative Agent          
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )       
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )       
by Nathalie Esnault    )     /s/ Nathalie Esnault   
and Glen Barnes    )     /s/ Glen Barnes   
In the presence of:          
Signature of Witness:        /s/ San-Ling Foong   
Name of Witness:        San-Ling Foong   
Occupation of Witness:        Legal Counsel   
       Calyon Credit Agricole CIB   
Arranger          
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )       
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )       
by Nathalie Esnault    )     /s/ Nathalie Esnault   
and Glen Barnes    )     /s/ Glen Barnes   
In the presence of:          
Signature of Witness:        /s/ San-Ling Foong   
Name of Witness:        San-Ling Foong   
Occupation of Witness:        Legal Counsel   
       Calyon Credit Agricole CIB   

 

Page 5


Deed of Amendment

 

Funding Agent         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )      
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )      
by Nathalie Esnault    )     /s/ Nathalie Esnault  
and Glen Barnes    )     /s/ Glen Barnes  
In the presence of:         
Signature of Witness:        /s/ San-Ling Foong  
Name of Witness:        San-Ling Foong  
Occupation of Witness:        Legal Counsel  
       Calyon Credit Agricole CIB  
Lender         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )      
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )      
by Nathalie Esnault    )     /s/ Nathalie Esnault  
and Glen Barnes    )     /s/ Glen Barnes  
In the presence of:         
Signature of Witness:        /s/ San-Ling Foong  
Name of Witness:        San-Ling Foong  
Occupation of Witness:        Legal Counsel  
       Calyon Credit Agricole CIB  
Calculation Agent         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )      
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )      
by Nathalie Esnault    )     /s/ Nathalie Esnault  
and Glen Barnes    )     /s/ Glen Barnes  
In the presence of:         
Signature of Witness:        /s/ San-Ling Foong  
Name of Witness:        San-Ling Foong  
Occupation of Witness:        Legal Counsel  
       Calyon Credit Agricole CIB  

 

Page 6


Deed of Amendment

 

Alternative Funding Provider         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )      
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )      
by Nathalie Esnault    )     /s/ Nathalie Esnault  
and Glen Barnes    )     /s/ Glen Barnes  
In the presence of:         
Signature of Witness:        /s/ San-Ling Foong  
Name of Witness:        San-Ling Foong  
Occupation of Witness:        Legal Counsel  
       Calyon Credit Agricole CIB  
Security Agent         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )      
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )      
by Nathalie Esnault    )     /s/ Nathalie Esnault  
and Glen Barnes    )     /s/ Glen Barnes  
In the presence of:         
Signature of Witness:        /s/ San-Ling Foong  
Name of Witness:        San-Ling Foong  
Occupation of Witness:        Legal Counsel  
       Calyon Credit Agricole CIB  

 

Page 7


Deed of Amendment

 

Purchaser         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )     /s/ Debra Parsall  
UK RELOCATION RECEIVABLES    )     Debra Parsall  
FUNDING LIMITED    )     per pro SFM Directors Limited  
acting by two directors    )     as Director  
   )      
       /s/ Claudia Wallace  
       Claudia Wallace  
       per pro SFM Directors Limited  
       as Director  

 

Page 8


Deed of Amendment

 

Parent         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )      
REALOGY CORPORATION    )      
a company organised and existing under the    )      
laws of the State of Delaware,    )     /s/ Anthony E. Hull  
by    )     Anthony E. Hull  
and    )     EVP, CFO & Treasurer  
being persons who, in accordance with the    )      
laws of that territory, are acting under the    )      
authority of the company    )      

 

Page 9


Deed of Amendment

 

Servicer         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )     /s/ Jeremy Spring  
CARTUS LIMITED    )     Jeremy Spring  
acting by two directors/a director    )      
and the secretary:    )     /s/ Richard Tucker  
       Richard Tucker  
In the presence of:         
Signature of Witness:         
Name of Witness:         

 

Page 10


Deed of Amendment

 

Sellers         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )     /s/ Jeremy Spring  
CARTUS LIMITED    )     Jeremy Spring  
acting by two directors/a director    )      
and the secretary:    )     /s/ Richard Tucker  
       Richard Tucker  
In the presence of:         
Signature of Witness:         
Name of Witness:         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )     /s/ Jeremy Spring  
CARTUS LIMITED    )     Jeremy Spring  
acting by two directors/a director    )      
and the secretary:    )     /s/ Richard Tucker  
       Richard Tucker  
In the presence of:         
Signature of Witness:         
Name of Witness:         
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )     /s/ Jeremy Spring  
CARTUS LIMITED    )     Jeremy Spring  
acting by two directors/a director    )      
and the secretary:    )     /s/ Richard Tucker  
       Richard Tucker  
In the presence of:         
Signature of Witness:         
Name of Witness:         

 

Page 11


Deed of Amendment

 

SCHEDULE 1

MASTER SCHEDULE OF DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION AND

CONSTRUCTION

 

Page 12


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Dated 4 April 2007

and amended and restated on 12 May, 2008

UK RELOCATION RECEIVABLES FUNDING LIMITED

( as Purchaser )

CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH

( as Lender )

CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH

( as Funding Agent, Administrative Agent, Calculation Agent, Alternative Funding

Provider and Arranger)

CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH

( as Security Agent )

CARTUS LIMITED

( as Servicer )

REALOGY CORPORATION

(as Parent )

THE PERSONS PARTY HERETO AS SELLERS

 

 

MASTER SCHEDULE OF DEFINITIONS,

INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION

 

 

LOGO

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP

65 Fleet Street

London EC4Y 1HS


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

   PAGE

1.      SCHEDULE DOCUMENTS

   1

SCHEDULE 1 ADDRESS AND PAYMENT INFORMATION

   46

APPENDIX

   51

(Term Sheet setting out the principles of the Stage 2A Structure and the Stage 2B Structure)

   51

 

Page 1


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

THIS MASTER SCHEDULE OF DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION is dated 4 April 2007 and amended and restated on 12 May, 2008 and made between:

 

(1) the parties whose signatures appear on the signature pages of this Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretations and Constructions (the Schedule of Definitions ); and

 

(2) certain other parties that become party to one or more of the Transaction Documents.

I T IS A GREED as follows:

 

1. SCHEDULE DOCUMENTS

1.1 Capitalised terms used in each of the following documents (the Schedule Documents ) shall, unless otherwise defined in those documents or where the context requires a different meaning, have the meanings provided in this Schedule of Definitions:

 

(a) the Receivables Funding Agreement;

 

(b) the Servicing Agreement;

 

(c) the Parent Undertaking Agreement;

 

(d) the Receivables Transfer Agreement;

 

(e) the Security Agreement;

 

(f) the Mandate Letter; and

 

(g) each other Transaction Document and each other instrument, document and other agreement from time to time executed in connection with the above.

Certain Defined Terms

1.2 Except where the context otherwise requires, the following terms used in the Schedule Documents have the following meanings:

Adjusted Eligible Billed and Unbilled Receivables Balance means, as of each Monthly Reporting Date, an amount equal to (i) the Eligible Billed and Unbilled Receivables Balance less (ii) the Unpaid Balance of all Billed Receivables that were Eligible Receivables at the time of their Transfer pursuant to the Receivables Transfer Agreement but have thereafter become Defaulted Receivables.

Adjusted Eligible Billed Receivables Balance means, as of each Monthly Reporting Date, an amount equal to (i) the Eligible Billed Receivables Balance less (ii) the Unpaid Balance of all Billed Receivables that were Eligible Receivables at the time of their Transfer pursuant to the Receivables Transfer Agreement but have thereafter become Defaulted Receivables.

 

FS


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Adjusted Eligible Receivables Balance means, as of each Monthly Reporting Date, an amount equal to (i) the Eligible Receivables Balance less (ii) the Unpaid Balance of all Receivables that were Eligible Receivables at the time of their Transfer pursuant to the Receivables Transfer Agreement but have thereafter become Defaulted Receivables;

Administrative Agent means Calyon S.A., London Branch, in its capacity as general administrator of the Lender, and each of its successors and assigns.

Advance is defined in Clause 2.1 ( Advance Facility and Commitments ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement.

Advance Purchase Price has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.4 ( Payment of Advance Purchase Price ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Adverse Claim means a lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance (including any lien by attachment, retention of title and any form of extended retention of title), or other right or claim in, of or on any Person’s assets or properties in favour of any other Person.

Affected Assets means, collectively and to the extent applicable:

 

(a) the Receivables;

 

(b) all right, title and interest in, to and under the Contracts with respect to, and all other agreements relating to or evidencing, the Receivables;

 

(c) all Related Security;

 

(d) the relevant Seller’s beneficial interest in the trust of the sale proceeds of each Residential Property declared by the relevant Employee;

 

(e) all rights and remedies of the Purchaser under the Receivables Transfer Agreement;

 

(f) all financing statements, charges or other similar documents or instruments filed or otherwise recorded by or on behalf of the Purchaser against any Seller;

 

(g) all of the Purchaser’s rights and interests (if any) in and to the accounts of the Sellers into which the Collections are received; and

 

(h) all proceeds of the above.

Affiliate means as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, owns, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, in each case whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or membership interests, by contract, or otherwise.

 

Page 2


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Aggregate Unpaids means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(a) the aggregate unpaid Interest and, following the Conduit Funding Date discount in respect of the Notes accrued and to accrue with respect to all Relevant Periods at such time;

 

(b) the Net Funding at such time;

 

(c) all other amounts owed (whether or not then due and payable) under each of the Transaction Documents by the Purchaser and/or any Seller Party to the Funding Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lender or the Indemnified Parties at such time.

Alternative Funding Provider means Calyon S.A., London Branch, and each of its successors and assigns in its capacity as alternative funding provider under the Note Issuance Facility Agreement.

Amendment Agreements means the documents set out in Schedule 1 ( December 2007 Amendment Documents ) to the Deed of Novation and Amendment.

Arranger means Calyon S.A., London Branch, and each of its successors and assigns.

Asset Interest means the right, title and interest of the Lender in and to the Affected Assets, the security created over the Affected Assets pursuant to the Security Agreement and otherwise in, to and under the Receivables Funding Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

Assignable Receivable means any Receivable other than an Excluded Receivable in relation to which the applicable Contract does not contain any prohibition or restriction on assignment that has not been complied with or waived.

Audit Expenses means the fees and expenses (together with any value added taxes or similar Taxes payable in respect thereof) payable by the Purchaser to its auditors in connection with the annual audit of the Purchaser’s financial statements and any other activities carried out by the auditors in relation to the Purchaser or its assets and liabilities which have been approved in writing by the Funding Agent.

Auditors means the auditors for the time being of the Purchaser.

Average Loss Ratio means, as of any Calculation Date, the fraction expressed as a percentage obtained by dividing (a) the aggregate of the Loss Ratio calculated as at that Calculation Date and the preceding two Calculation Dates by (b) three.

 

Page 3


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Average Time in Inventory means, on any Calculation Date, the amount calculated as:

A

B

where:

A is the aggregate of the products, calculated in respect of each of the Residential Properties then beneficially owned by the Sellers, of (a) the Time in Inventory for each Residential Property then beneficially owned by the Seller and (b) the Unpaid Balance of the GSA Receivable in respect of that Residential Property, as reported in the most recent Monthly Servicer Report; and

B is the aggregate of the Unpaid Balances of all GSA Receivables, as reported in the most recent Monthly Servicer Report.

Back-up Servicer Reserve Amount means £500,000.

Back-up Servicer Reserve Rate means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated by dividing (a) the Back-up Servicer Reserve Amount by (b) the Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base.

Bank Account Management Fee means the fixed annual fee of £180 (together with any value added taxes or similar Taxes payable in respect thereof) payable by the Purchaser to Barclays Bank Plc or any other bank with which the Purchaser Accounts are held in accordance with the Servicing Agreement on a monthly basis in twelve payments of £15 payable in arrears on each Monthly Settlement Date.

Beneficiary means the Purchaser in its capacity as beneficiary under the Transaction Trusts and the trusts declared under Clause 2.6(b)(i) ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Collection Accounts ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement and Clause 3.1(b) ( Purchase Price ) of the Servicing Agreement.

Beneficiary Entitlement shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 2.6(a)(i) ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Collection Accounts ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Billed and Unbilled Receivables means the Billed Receivables and the Unbilled Receivables.

Billed and Unbilled Receivables Ongoing Costs Percentage means, as at any Calculation Date:

(A x 2 x B)

      365

where:

 

A

   =    the Stressed Fixed Margin; and

B

   =    the Billed Receivables DSO disclosed in the Monthly Servicer Report delivered on the Monthly Reporting Date immediately preceding that Calculation Date.

 

Page 4


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Billed and Unbilled Receivables Ongoing Costs Reserve means the amount calculated as of each Calculation Date as:

(A x B) - C

where:

 

A

   =      the Eligible Billed and Unbilled Receivables Balance;

B

   =      the Billed and Unbilled Receivables Ongoing Costs Percentage; and

C

   =      D x E   x F
        365  

 

where:

 

D

   =      the Fixed Margin;

E

   =      the Billed Receivables DSO; and

F

   =      the aggregate of (a) the invoiced amount of all Billed Receivables which arose during the Monthly Reporting Period ending on the Monthly Reporting Date immediately preceding that Calculation Date and (b) the newly originated Unbilled Receivables which arose during that Monthly Reporting Period.

Billed Receivables means any Receivable of any Seller, other than a GSA Receivable, arising under a Contract that has been billed to the relevant Obligor.

Billed Receivables DSO means an amount disclosed as at each Monthly Reporting Date in the Monthly Servicer Report delivered on that date.

Borrowing Request means each request substantially in the form of Schedule 2 ( Form of Borrowing Request ) to the Receivables Funding Agreement.

BTM means Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, UFJ Limited.

BTM Facility means the Facility provided to the Purchaser by BTM and Albion Capital Corporation S.A. and under a Funding Agreement dated September 2005.

Business Day means:

 

(a) in respect of a Reporting Date, any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banks in London, England are authorised or required by law to close; and

 

(b) in respect of a Calculation Date or a Settlement Date, any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banks in London, New York and Paris are authorised or required by law to close.

Calculation Agent means Calyon S.A., London Branch, acting as calculation agent for the Purchaser and which will, among other things, for each Monthly Reporting Period, determine the maximum amount of the Advances to be made or which may remain outstanding based on the most recent Servicer Report provided by the Servicer.

 

Page 5


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Calculation Agent Fee means a fixed annual fee of £35,000 payable by the Purchaser to the Calculation Agent on a monthly basis in twelve payments of £2,917 payable in arrears on each Monthly Settlement Date.

Calculation Date means:

 

(a) no later than 12 noon Paris time on the second Business Day following each Monthly Reporting Date; or

 

(b) any other day as the Servicer, the Purchaser and the Funding Agent may from time to time mutually agree, provided that the initial Calculation Date shall occur on 23 April 2007.

Calculation Period means the same as Reporting Period.

Category 1 Non-Assignable Receivables means those Receivables other than Excluded Receivables where the Contract under which they arise contains a restriction on assignment of the Receivable but no broader restriction on the transfer, disposal or other dealing in the Receivables or the rights of the relevant Seller under the Contract, which has not been complied with or waived.

Category 2 Non-Assignable Receivables means those Receivables other than Excluded Receivables where the Contract under which they arise contains a restriction on the transfer, disposal or other dealing in the Receivables or the rights of the relevant Seller under the Contract which is broader than a simple restriction on assignment, which has not been complied with or waived.

Change of Control means, with respect to:

 

(a) the Purchaser, the failure of SFM Corporate Services Limited to own, free and clear of any Adverse Claim and on a fully diluted basis, 100% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Purchaser;

 

(b) any Seller, the failure of the Parent to own, directly or indirectly, free and clear of any Adverse Claim and on a fully diluted basis, at least 100% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of each Seller, provided that the creation of security over the shares in Cartus Holdings Limited by its immediate parent company shall be deemed not to constitute a Change of Control, without prejudice to any Change of Control which may arise on the enforcement of that security.

CL means Cartus Limited, a company incorporated under the law of England and Wales.

Closing Date means 4 April 2007.

Collection Account means, in respect of each Seller, the accounts specified in relation to it in Schedule 2 ( The Collection Accounts ) to the Receivables Transfer Agreement, provided that by 15 January 2008, such accounts shall no longer be held with National Westminster Bank Plc and shall instead be held with Barclays Bank Plc, and any other accounts designated as such with the written consent of the Funding Agent.

 

Page 6


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Collection Account Trust Property has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.6(a) ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Collection Accounts ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Collections means, with respect to any Receivable, all cash collections and other cash proceeds of such Receivable, including all finance or similar charges, if any, cash proceeds of Related Security, all Dilution Amounts, Warranty Amounts and any amounts payable pursuant to Clause 4.4 ( Repurchase under certain circumstances ) (or any corresponding Clause) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Commitment means, with respect to the Lender (i) the commitment of the Lender to make Advances in accordance with the Receivables Funding Agreement such that after giving effect to any such Advances or (ii) following the Conduit Funding Date, the commitment of the Conduit Assignee to subscribe for Notes in accordance with the Note Issuance Facility Agreement such that after giving effect to the issue of any Notes, the portion of the Net Funding funded by the Lender will not exceed the Facility Limit.

Commitment Fee has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.11 ( Commitment Fee ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Conduit Assignee means any commercial paper conduit administered by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates and whose commercial paper is rated A2/P2 or better or any special purpose entity which issues notes some of which carry a rating of at least A or any intermediate entity which is wholly or partly funded by a conduit, securitisation or other special purpose entity, as described above.

Conduit Funding Date means the date on which conduit funding is first provided by the Conduit Assignee or the Alternative Funding Provider to the Purchaser pursuant to the Note Issuance Facility Agreement.

Contract means any Home Purchase Contract, Home Sale Contract, Relocation Management Agreement, Repossession Agreement or Supplier Network Agreement.

Corporate Services Agreement means the agreement dated 27 September 2005 under which Structured Finance Management Limited has agreed to provide corporate administration services to the Purchaser.

Corporate Services Provider means any company designated by the Purchaser and whose role is defined under the Corporate Services Agreement.

Corporate Services Provider Fee means the fee payable to the Corporate Services Provider as set out in a letter dated September 2005 between the Purchaser and the Corporate Services Provider.

 

Page 7


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Costs of Funds means, with respect to:

 

(a) a Note subscribed by the Conduit Assignee to be issued on a Note Issue Date, the discount applicable to such Note which is equal to (without double counting) the sum of:

 

  (i) as applicable where the Conduit Assignee funds the purchase of that Note via the commercial paper market, the applicable cost of funds in respect of the commercial paper to be issued by the Conduit Assignee to fund the purchase of that Note;

 

  (ii) as applicable where the Conduit Assignee funds the purchase of that Note via the LAPA, the amount of the “Drawing Costs” payable to CALYON S.A. by the Conduit Assignee in accordance with the LAPA in respect of the Relevant Period immediately preceding the relevant Note Issue Date (with such amounts to be calculated on the basis set out in Schedule 2 ( Extracts from LAPA ) of this Schedule of Definitions unless otherwise notified by CALYON S.A. to the Conduit Assignee and the Note Issuer);

 

  (iii) the amount of the “Commitment Fee” payable to CALYON S.A. by the Conduit Assignee in accordance with the LAPA in respect of the Relevant Period immediately preceding the relevant Note Issue Date (with such amounts to be calculated on the basis set out in Schedule 2 ( Extracts from LAPA ) of this Schedule of Definitions unless otherwise notified by CALYON S.A. to the Conduit Assignee and the Note Issuer); and

 

  (iv) the Management Costs; and

 

(b) a Note subscribed by the Alternative Funding Provider to be issued on a Note Issue Date, the discount applicable to such Note which is equal to (without double counting) the sum of:

 

  (i) an amount equal to the product of (A) LIBOR as published the Note Issue Date; (B) the Day Count Fraction and (C) the Subscription Price of the Note;

 

  (ii) the amount of the “Commitment Fee” payable to CALYON S.A. by the Conduit Assignee in accordance with the LAPA in respect of the Relevant Period immediately preceding the relevant Note Issue Date (with such amounts to be calculated on the basis set out in Schedule 2 ( Extracts from LAPA ) of this Schedule of Definitions unless otherwise notified by CALYON S.A. to the Conduit Assignee and the Note Issuer); and

 

  (iii) the Management Costs.

 

Page 8


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Credit and Collection Policy means, with respect to each Seller, the credit and collection policy or policies, procedures and practices of such Seller relating to the Receivables and the Contracts.

Cumulative Amount has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.13(c)(ii) of the Servicing Agreement.

Current Regional Market Index Value means, in respect of each Residential Property and each Monthly Reporting Date, the value specified in the Regional Market Index for the region in which the Residential Property is located for the quarter immediately preceding that Monthly Reporting Date, as disclosed in the Monthly Servicer Report delivered on that Monthly Reporting Date.

Day Count Fraction means the actual number of days in the Relevant Period divided by 365 days.

December 2007 Amendment Documents means the documents set out in Schedule 1 to the December 2007 Deed of Amendment.

December 2007 Deed of Amendment means the deed of amendment, dated on the New Amendment Date, among inter alia, the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Funding Agent, the Lender, the Purchaser, the Parent, the Servicer and the Sellers.

Deed of Novation and Amendment means the deed of novation and amendment, dated on the Closing Date, among inter alia, the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Funding Agent, the Lender, BTM, Albion Capital Corporation S.A., the Purchaser, the Parent, the Servicer and the Sellers.

Default Rate means, in relation to any Advance or any other amount payable under the Transaction Documents, a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate plus one percent (1%) per annum.

Defaulted Receivable means a Receivable:

 

(a) as to which any payment, or part of such payment, remains unpaid for more than 120 days after the original due date of such Receivable;

 

(b) as to which an Event of Bankruptcy has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Obligor of such payment; or

 

(c) which, consistent with the applicable Seller’s Credit and Collection Policy, should be written off as uncollectible.

Deferred Purchase Price or DPP means, on any Reporting Date and in respect of each Transferred Receivable in respect of which Collections were received during the Reporting Period ending on that Reporting Date (the Relevant Receivable ), the amount which is the greater of (i) zero and (ii):

 

(A - B) x    D    - C
   E   

 

Page 9


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

where:

 

A is the aggregate amount received for the account of the Purchaser into all Collection Accounts or Purchaser Account 1 in respect of Transferred Receivables during the Reporting Period ending on that Reporting Date;

 

B is the aggregate Programme Costs expected to be payable on the immediately following Settlement Date;

 

C is the Initial Purchase Price in respect of such Transferred Receivable;

 

D is the Unpaid Balance of the Relevant Receivable; and

 

E is the aggregate of the Unpaid Balances of the Transferred Receivables in respect of which Collections were received during the Reporting Period ending on that Reporting Date.

Dilution means any reduction of the face value of any Receivable (other than as a result of circumstances related to credit risk) due to or on account of:

 

(a) any cash discount or any adjustment by a Seller;

 

(b) a set-off in respect of an Obligor; or

 

(c) any rebate or refund,

provided that the face value of any credit note raised in accordance with the relevant Seller’s Credit and Collection Policy shall not be a Dilution, unless that credit note was raised in relation to a “concession” or a “write-off” (as those terms are understood in the relevant Credit and Collection Policy); in which case the face value of that credit note shall be a Dilution.

Dilution Amount means, with respect to any Reporting Date, the aggregate amount of all Dilutions that occurred during the preceding Reporting Period ending on that Reporting Date and, following the occurrence of an Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event, with respect to any Business Day means the amount of each Dilution in respect of a Receivable that occurred on the preceding Business Day.

Dilution Horizon Ratio means, as at any Calculation Date, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) determined as (a) the aggregate of (i) the aggregate invoiced amount of all Billed Receivables which arose during the two consecutive Monthly Reporting Periods ending on the Monthly Reporting Date immediately preceding that Calculation Date and (ii) the product of (A) the aggregate invoiced amount of all Billed Receivables which arose during the third Monthly Reporting Period preceding such Monthly Reporting Date and (B) 12/30 divided by (b) the Adjusted Eligible Billed Receivables Balance at such Monthly Reporting Date.

Dilution Peak means, as at any Calculation Date, the highest Dilution Ratio calculated as of any Calculation Date for the twelve consecutive Calculation Dates ending with (and including) such Calculation Date.

 

Page 10


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Dilution Ratio means, as at any Calculation Date, the fraction (expressed as a percentage) calculated for the Monthly Reporting Period ending on the Monthly Reporting Date immediately preceding that Calculation Date by dividing:

 

(a) the Dilution Amount in respect of that Monthly Reporting Date or, in respect of a Monthly Reporting Date following the occurrence of an Intramonth Cash Trapping Event, the aggregate of the Dilution Amount in respect of each day during the Monthly Reporting Period ending on such Monthly Reporting Date; by

 

(b) the invoiced amount of all Billed Receivables which arose during the second Monthly Reporting Period immediately preceding the Monthly Reporting Period ending on such Monthly Reporting Date.

Dilution Reserve Amount means, as of any Calculation Date, the product of (a) the Eligible Billed and Unbilled Receivables Balance as of that Calculation Date and (b) the Dynamic Dilution Reserve Percentage as of that date.

Dilution Reserve Rate means, as of any Calculation Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated by dividing: the Dilution Reserve Amount as of that date by (b) the Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base as at that date.

Dilution Volatility Factor means, as at any Calculation Date, a percentage equal to the product of (a) the Dilution Peak minus the Expected Dilution and (b) the Dilution Peak divided by the Expected Dilution.

Discount means, on the relevant Transfer Date and in respect of a Transferred Receivable, the amount calculated by multiplying the Unpaid Balance of that Transferred Receivable by the Discount Percentage as at the immediately preceding Calculation Date.

Discount Excess means the amount, if any, calculated as at each Calculation Date, by which the Discount calculated as at the immediately preceding Calculation Date exceeds the Programme Costs calculated as at the Calculation Date in question.

Discount Percentage means the percentage calculated on any Calculation Date in respect of (i) Billed and Unbilled Receivables and (ii) GSA Receivables, respectively, as follows:

 

A + B

  x C + D

  365

 

where:

 

A

   =    LIBOR as at that Calculation Date;

B

   =    the Fixed Margin;

C

   =    (i) in relation to Billed and Unbilled Receivables, the DSO for Billed Receivables as reported in the most recent Monthly Servicer Report; and (ii) in relation to GSA Receivables, the Average Time in Inventory as reported in the most recent Monthly Servicer Report; and

 

Page 11


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

D

   =    the Excess / Shortfall Discount Adjustment.

Discount Shortfall means the amount, if any, calculated as at each Calculation Date, by which the Discount calculated as at the immediately preceding Calculation Date is less than the Programme Costs calculated as at the Calculation Date in question.

Dollar or the symbol $ means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

Dynamic Dilution Reserve Percentage means, as of any Calculation Date, the product of:

 

(a) the sum of:

 

  (i) the product of:

 

  (A) 2.25; multiplied by

 

  (B) the Expected Dilution as of such Calculation Date; plus

 

  (ii) the Dilution Volatility Factor as of such Calculation Date; multiplied by

 

(b) the Dilution Horizon Ratio as of such Calculation Date.

Dynamic Enhancement Percentage means, on any Calculation Date, or on such date on which this is otherwise requested to be calculated, the greater of (a) the Minimum Enhancement Percentage and (b) the sum of:

 

(i) the Loss Reserve Rate;

 

(ii) the Dilution Reserve Rate;

 

(iii) the GSA Reserve Rate;

 

(iv) the Interest Reserve Rate;

 

(v) the Ongoing Costs Reserve Rate; and

 

(vi) the Back-up Servicer Reserve Rate;

each calculated as at such Calculation Date or, if such date is not a Calculation Date, as at the immediately preceding Calculation Date.

Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base means, on any Calculation Date, the amount calculated as:

 

(i) the Total Receivables Balance as at the Reporting Date preceding such Calculation Date; less

 

Page 12


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

(ii) the Total Ineligible Receivables Balance as at the Reporting Date preceding such Calculation Date.

Dynamic Enhancement Reserves Amount means, as at any Calculation Date, the product of:

 

(i) the Dynamic Enhancement Percentage as at such Calculation Date; and

 

(ii) the Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base as at such Calculation Date.

Dynamic Interest Reserve Percentage means, as of any Calculation Date, the product calculated as follows:

 

(1.5 x A) x

   2 x B
    365

where:

 

A

   =    LIBOR as at that Calculation Date; and

B

   =    the Billed Receivables DSO as reported in the most recent Monthly Servicer Report.

Dynamic Loss Reserve Percentage means, as of any Calculation Date, the product of:

 

(a) 2.25; multiplied by

 

(b) the Loss Horizon Ratio as of such date; multiplied by

 

(c) the Maximum Loss Ratio as of such date.

Election Date means the date on which the Funding Agent on behalf of the Lender gives notice to the Seller making the Stage 2 Election.

Eligible Billed Receivables Balance means, at any time, the aggregate Unpaid Balance of all Transferred Receivables which are both (a) Eligible Receivables and (b) Billed Receivables;

Eligible Billed and Unbilled Receivables Balance means, at any time, the aggregate Unpaid Balance of all Transferred Receivables which are both (a) Eligible Receivables and (b) Billed and Unbilled Receivables.

Eligible GSA Receivables Balance means, at any time, an amount equal to the aggregate Unpaid Balance of all Transferred Receivables which are both (a) Eligible Receivables and (b) GSA Receivables.

Eligible Investments means any demand or time deposits or certificates of deposit or bearer securities or commercial paper rated at least A-1+ by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s which mature prior to the date and time for any payments to be made on the Advances and which are held with or issued by any person whose short term unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated at least A-1+ by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s.

 

Page 13


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Eligible Receivable means, at any time, any Receivable:

 

(a) the Obligor of which is not:

 

  (i) an Excluded Obligor,

 

  (ii) in respect of a Billed Receivable or Unbilled Receivable, an individual; or

 

  (iii) subject to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding;

 

(b) which was originated in the Sellers’ ordinary course of business and:

 

  (i) satisfies all material requirements of the Sellers’ Credit and Collection Policy and related procedures (including those procedures relating to the invoicing of Unbilled Receivables) and, in particular, is not considered to be bad or doubtful under such Servicing Standard;

 

  (ii) satisfies or complies with each other requirement as the parties may from time to time mutually agree; and

 

  (iii) has not been compromised, adjusted, amended or otherwise modified except as permitted by the Receivables Funding Agreement and the Servicing Agreement;

 

(c) which is governed by the Law of England and Wales and denominated in Sterling;

 

(d) the applicable Contract of which is in one of the Sellers’ or the Employer’s standard forms and is governed by the laws of England and Wales;

 

(e) which, if an Assignable Receivable, the applicable Contract does not contain any restriction on assignment and, if a Non-Assignable Receivable, either:

 

  (i) consent to assignment has been obtained from the relevant Obligor; or

 

  (ii) the applicable Contract does not contain any restriction against the applicable declaration of trust;

 

(f) which is unencumbered other than pursuant to the Transaction Documents;

 

(g) the Sellers of which are not in default under the applicable Contract;

 

(h) which, together with any related Contract, is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor and is not, to the actual knowledge of the relevant Seller, subject to any litigation, dispute, set-off, counterclaim or other defence;

 

(i) if an Assignable Receivable, the Transfer, if a Non-Assignable Receivable, the appropriate declaration of a trust is effected pursuant to the Receivables Transfer Agreement and will not violate any law or any agreement by which the Sellers may be bound;

 

Page 14


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

(j) which, upon Transfer, will not be available to the creditors of the Sellers in the event of their liquidation;

 

(k) which is identifiable as being in existence or if a GSA Receivable, a Guaranteed Sale Price Advance has been made;

 

(l) which is not, at the time of Transfer, a Defaulted Receivable or a disputed Receivable;

 

(m) which is not subject to any Adverse Claim, other than pursuant to the Transaction Documents;

 

(n) which is not (other than in respect of Sale Proceeds) due from an Obligor whose outstanding Receivable balance exceeds its assigned credit limit or which has breached the Sellers’ Servicing Standard in any other way;

 

(o) which, if an Unbilled Receivable, has been fully earned by performance and the relevant Obligor is unconditionally obligated (subject to receiving an invoice) to pay such Unbilled Receivable to the relevant Seller (prior to Transfer) and to the Purchaser (following Transfer);

 

(p) which, if a Billed Receivable, has been fully earned by performance and is evidenced by an invoice delivered to the relevant Obligor and the relevant Obligor is unconditionally obligated to pay such Billed Receivable to the relevant Seller (prior to Transfer) and to the Purchaser (following Transfer);

 

(q) once billed, the due date for payment of which is no later than 65 days after the date of the invoice;

 

(r) as to which at the time of purchase by the Purchaser pursuant to the Receivables Transfer Agreement the Funding Agent has not notified the Purchaser that the Funding Agent has in good faith reasonably determined that such Receivable or any class of Receivables of which such Receivable is a part is not acceptable for purchase under a Receivables Transfer Agreement;

 

(s) which is a right to payment of a monetary obligation for (A) a Residential Property that has been sold, assigned or otherwise transferred, or (B) services rendered by such Seller to an Obligor, and which is not evidenced by an instrument, note, agreement or other writing the delivery or endorsement of which is necessary to transfer or otherwise perfect an ownership interest in such Receivable;

 

(t) the Related Security related to which has been the subject of a valid grant of a first priority perfected security interest in it by the Purchaser to the Funding Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, of all of the Purchaser’s right, title and interest in such Receivable, as security for the Secured Obligations, and such grant does not violate, conflict or contravene any applicable Law or any contractual or other restriction, limitation or encumbrance; and

 

Page 15


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

(u) if a GSA Receivable:

 

  (i) the Residential Property in respect of the Guaranteed Sale Price Advance giving rise to such GSA Receivable is located in England or Wales;

 

  (ii) if:

 

  (A) the Residential Property is registered at a land registry; and

 

  (B) the relevant Seller has registered a Restriction (using Form RX1) at the relevant land registry in respect of that Residential Property,

the solicitor acting on behalf of such Seller has acknowledged and agreed that, it holds a release of such Form RX1 and will, following being notified that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, hold that release on behalf of the Purchaser and the other Secured Parties;

 

  (iii) if:

 

  (A) the Residential Property is unregistered; and

 

  (B) the relevant Seller has registered a caution against first registration at the land registry (using Form CT1),

the solicitor acting on behalf of such Seller has acknowledged and agreed that, it holds a release of such Form CT1 and will, following being notified that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, hold that release on behalf of the Purchaser and the other Secured Parties; and

 

  (iv) where physical deeds to a Residential Property exist, the relevant Seller (or its conveyancer) holds the deeds to such property or where the Residential Property is held leasehold, the relevant Seller (or its conveyancer) holds all leasehold documentation.

Eligible Receivables Balance means, at any time, the aggregate Unpaid Balance of all Transferred Receivables which are Eligible Receivables.

Employee means certain individuals employed by Employers.

Employer means certain corporations and government agencies with whom a Seller has entered into a Contract.

 

Page 16


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Event of Bankruptcy means, with respect to any Person, the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a) that Person:

 

  (i) is unable or is deemed to be unable to pay its debts within the meaning of s123(1)(e) of the Insolvency Act 1986; or

 

  (ii) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally;

 

(b) that Person shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(c) the commencement of any voluntary case or other proceeding by that Person seeking to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, administration, reorganisation, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any Insolvency Law (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any corporate reorganisation not pursuant to any Insolvency Law to which the Funding Agent has given its prior written consent, that consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property or that Person shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, administrator or other similar official for that Person or for any substantial part of its property;

 

(d) the commencement of any case or other proceeding against such Person without such Person’s application or consent seeking to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, administration, reorganisation, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any Insolvency Law, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator or other similar official for it or any other substantial part of its property and such case or proceeding shall have continued undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of 75 days or an order for relief in respect of such Person shall be entered in an involuntary case under an Insolvency Law; or

 

(e) such Person shall take any corporate, partnership or other similar appropriate action to authorise any of the actions set out in (a), (b), (c) or (d).

Event of Default has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 ( Events of Default ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement.

Excess has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.13(c)(i) ( Weekly Cash Allocation Report ) of the Servicing Agreement.

Excess / Shortfall Discount Adjustment means the percentage calculated on any Calculation Date equal to:

 

(a) if there is a Discount Excess at such Calculation Date:

  - A  

    B  

 

Page 17


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

where:

 

A

   =    the Discount Excess amount; and

B

   =    the aggregate Unpaid Balance of the Transferred Receivables to be Transferred on the Transfer Date immediately following that Calculation Date;

 

(b) if there is a Discount Shortfall at such Calculation Date:

  A  

  B

where:

 

A

   =    the Discount Shortfall amount; and

B

   =    the aggregate Unpaid Balance of the Receivables to be Transferred on the Transfer Date immediately following that Calculation Date.

Excess Amount over Facility Limit means, as of any Calculation Date, the amount of the aggregate Initial Purchase Price in excess of the Facility Limit.

Excluded Obligor means an Obligor which is:

 

(a) an Affiliate or employee of any of the Sellers; or

 

(b) a Person as to which the funding of Receivables of such Obligor by the Lender or the Funding Agent would be restricted or prohibited under applicable Law.

Excluded Receivable means any Receivable the invoice in relation to which is denominated in a currency other than Sterling.

Excluded Taxes has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.3(a) ( Taxes ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement, or as appropriate, Clause 8.2(a) ( Taxes ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Expected Dilution means, on any Calculation Date, the fraction expressed as a percentage obtained by dividing (A) the aggregate of the Dilution Ratios on that Reporting Date and the preceding 11 Reporting Dates by (B) 12.

Facility Limit means the amount in Sterling specified as such in Schedule 1 ( Facility Amount ) to the Receivables Funding Agreement under the heading “Facility Limit”, or such amount that may be increased or reduced from time to time pursuant to the Receivables Funding Agreement.

Final Payout Date means the date, after the Termination Date, on which the Net Funding, all accrued Servicing Fees and all other Aggregate Unpaids have, in each case, been fully and irrevocably paid.

Fixed Margin means 0.95 per cent.

 

Page 18


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Funding Agent means Calyon S.A., London Branch in its capacity as:

 

(a) agent for the Lender under the Receivables Funding Agreement; and

 

(b) agent for the Secured Parties under the Security Agreement, as the case may be,

and in each case any successor appointed pursuant to such Agreements.

Funding Agent - Related Person means the Funding Agent, together with its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and their respective Affiliates.

GAAP means, with respect to:

 

(a) the Parent and its Subsidiaries, generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the United States of America, except that in relation to the audited financial statements of Cartus Holdings Limited and its Subsidiaries (including the Servicer and the Sellers) required to be delivered pursuant to Clause 6.1(a)(i) ( Annual reporting ) of the Servicing Agreement, generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the United Kingdom;

 

(b) the Purchaser, generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the United Kingdom; and

 

(c) any Servicer other than the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person, generally accepted accounting principles applicable to that Person or the consolidated group of which it is a member.

GSA Receivable means any Receivable of a Seller owing by an Obligor arising or which is expected to arise in the normal conduct of that Seller’s business as a result of the making of a Guaranteed Sales Price Advance (including pursuant to the sale of a Residential Property under a Home Sale Contract).

GSA Receivables Ongoing Costs Percentage means a percentage calculated as at each Calculation Date equal to:

 

(A x 2 x B)  
365  

where:

 

A    =    the Fixed Margin; and
B    =    the Average Time in Inventory as of that Calculation Date.

GSA Receivables Ongoing Costs Reserve means the amount calculated as of each Calculation Date as:

(A x B) - C

 

Page 19


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

where:

 

A    =    the Eligible GSA Receivables Balance as at that Calculation Date;
B    =    the GSA Receivables Ongoing Costs Percentage; and
C    =        (D x E)   x F
      365  
where:
D    =    the Stressed Fixed Margin;
E    =    the Average Time in Inventory as that Calculation Date; and
F    =    the aggregate Unpaid Balance of all GSA Receivables which arose during the Monthly Reporting Period ending on the Monthly Reporting Date immediately preceding that Calculation Date.

GSA Reserve Amount means, in respect of each Calculation Date the aggregate of the Individual Market Decline Values in respect of all of the Residential Properties beneficially owned by the relevant Seller and recorded in the Seller’s inventory, as disclosed in the Monthly Servicer Report delivered on the Monthly Reporting Date immediately preceding that Calculation Date.

GSA Reserve Rate means, as of any Calculation Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated by dividing (a) the GSA Reserve Amount as of that date by (b) the Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base as at that date.

Guaranteed Sales Price Advance means, in respect of a Home Purchase Contract, an advance made by a Seller to a Person in payment of a guaranteed purchase price for the Residential Property to be sold by or on behalf of such Person pursuant to such Home Purchase Contract.

Guaranty means, with respect to any Person, any agreement by which such Person assumes, guarantees, endorses, contingently agrees to purchase or provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise becomes liable upon, the obligation of any other Person, or agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other financial condition of any other Person or otherwise assures any other creditor of such other Person against loss, including any comfort letter, operating agreement or take or pay contract and shall include the contingent liability of such Person in connection with any application for a letter of credit.

Hazardous Materials means any radioactive emissions, noise, any natural or artificial substance (whether in the form of a solid, liquid, gas or vapour) the generation, transportation, storage, treatment, use or disposal of which (whether alone or in combination with any other substance) including (without limitation) any controlled, special, hazardous, toxic, radioactive or dangerous substance or waste, gives rise to a risk of causing harm to man or any other living organism or damaging the environment or public health or welfare.

 

Page 20


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Home Deed shall mean, with respect to any Residential Property, a deed or other instrument of conveyance executed by the related owner that effects and/or evidences the conveyance of that Residential Property pursuant to the related Home Purchase Contract.

Home Purchase Contract means a contract by which a Residential Property is purchased from a Person pursuant to, or in connection with, a Relocation Management Agreement.

Home Sale Contract means, with respect to any Residential Property, the contract by which such Residential Property is sold to an Ultimate Buyer.

Indebtedness of any Person means, in the aggregate, without duplication:

 

(a) all indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities of that Person and its Subsidiaries that are, at the date as of which Indebtedness is to be determined, includable as liabilities in a consolidated balance sheet of that Person and its Subsidiaries, other than:

 

  (i) accounts payable and accrued expenses;

 

  (ii) advances from clients obtained in the ordinary course of the relocation management services business of that Person; and

 

  (iii) current and deferred income taxes and other similar liabilities;

 

(b) the maximum aggregate amount of all liabilities of that Person or any of its Subsidiaries under any guarantee, indemnity or similar undertaking given or assumed of or in respect of, the indebtedness, obligations or other liabilities, assets, revenues, income or dividends of any Person other than that Person or one of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(c) all other obligations or liabilities of that Person or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the discharge of the obligations of any Person other than itself or one of its Subsidiaries.

Indebtedness for Borrowed Money means, in relation to any Person any Indebtedness of that person, contingent or otherwise, in respect of borrowed money including all principal, interest, fees and expenses with respect thereto (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of that Person or only to a portion of those assets), or evidenced by bonds, notes, acceptances, debentures or other instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) but excluding capitalised lease obligations and excluding obligations representing the deferred but unpaid purchase price of any property.

Indemnified Amounts has the respective meanings given to it in Clause 7.1 ( Indemnities by the Purchaser ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement and Clause 8.1 ( Indemnities by the Sellers ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

 

Page 21


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Indemnified Parties has the respective meanings given to it in Clause 7.1 ( Indemnities by the Purchaser ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement and Clause 8.1 ( Indemnities by the Sellers ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Individual Concentration Limit means with respect to an Obligor as at any Calculation Date, the amount equal to:

 

(a) if the Obligor has a Rating Benchmark Rate of 100%, the aggregate of (i) the Adjusted Eligible Billed Receivables Balance and (ii) the Adjusted GSA Receivables Balance, for such Obligor (calculated taking into account only the Receivables in respect of which that Obligor is an Obligor), as at such Calculation Date; otherwise

 

(b) the aggregate of:

 

  (i) 95 per cent of the difference between (A) the Adjusted GSA Receivables Balance for such Obligor (calculated taking into account only the Receivables in respect of which that Obligor is an Obligor), as at such Calculation Date and (B) the Individual Market Decline Value for each Residential Property in respect of which that Obligor is an Obligor; and

 

  (ii) the product of (A) the Rating Benchmark Rate for such Obligor and (B) the Total Unpaid Balance as at such Calculation Date.

Individual Market Decline Value means, in relation to each Residential Property beneficially owned by a Seller which is recorded in the Seller’s inventory, the amount calculated by the Calculation Agent as of each Calculation Date, based on the information contained in the Monthly Servicer Report delivered on the immediately preceding Monthly Reporting Date, as:

A x B

where

 

A   is the greater of (a) C x       (D - E)      and (b) zero;
     D  
B   is the Loss Factor for the related GSA Receivable;
C   is the Unpaid Balance of the related GSA Receivable;
D   is the Starting Regional Market Index Value;
E   is the Current Regional Market Index Value.

Individual Overconcentration Amount means with respect to an Obligor as at any Calculation Date, the amount defined as:

(a) the aggregate of (i) the Adjusted Eligible Billed Receivables Balance and (ii) the Adjusted GSA Receivables Balance, for such Obligor (calculated taking into account only the Receivables in respect of which that Obligor is an Obligor), as at such Calculation Date; less

 

Page 22


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

(b) the Individual Concentration Limit, as at such Calculation Date, for such Obligor.

Ineligible Receivable means any Receivable which is not an Eligible Receivable.

Initial Purchase Price or IPP means, in respect of each Transferred Receivable:

A x (1-B)

where:

 

A is the Purchase Price of that Transferred Receivable; and

 

B is the Total Credit Enhancement Rate as calculated as at the Calculation Date immediately preceding the relevant Transfer Date.

Insolvency Law means any law, rule or regulation relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganisation, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts.

Interest means, at any time for any Relevant Period, interest calculated in accordance with the Receivables Funding Agreement.

Interest Payment Date means, in respect of a Relevant Period, the Monthly Settlement Date on which that Relevant Period ends.

Interest Period means Relevant Period.

Interest Reserve Amount means, as of any Calculation Date, the amount calculated as follows:

(A x B) - C

where:

 

A    =    the Eligible Billed and Unbilled Receivables Balance as at that Calculation Date;
B    =    the Dynamic Interest Reserve Percentage as of that Calculation Date; and
C    =      (D x E)     x F
      365  
where:
D    =    LIBOR as at that Calculation Date;
E    =    the Billed Receivables DSO; and

 

Page 23


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

F    =   the aggregate of (a) the invoiced amount of all Billed Receivables which arose during the Monthly Reporting Period ending on the Monthly Reporting Date immediately preceding that Calculation Date and (b) the newly originated Unbilled Receivables which arose during that Monthly Reporting Period.

Interest Reserve Rate means, as of any Calculation Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated by dividing (a) the Interest Reserve Amount as of that date by (b) the Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base as at that date.

Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) on more than three occasions in any period of two months (A) the Servicer fails to provide the Weekly Cash Allocation Report or, following the occurrence of a Weekly Reporting Event, the Weekly Servicer Report on any Weekly Reporting Date and that failure continues for one Business Day, or (B) the Sellers fail to pay to the Purchaser any amount which they are required to pay in accordance with Clause 3.13 ( Weekly Cash Allocation Report ) of the Servicing Agreement, (ii) the Billed Receivables DSO being greater than 70 days or the Average Time in Inventory being greater than 360 days, (iii) an Event of Default, (iv) the Termination Date or (v) a Servicer Default.

LAPA means the Notes Purchase and Sale Commitment Agreement between CALYON S.A. and LMA S.A. dated 12 May, 2008.

Law means any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, injunction, writ, decree, judgment or award of any Official Body or any fiscal, monetary or other authority having jurisdiction over or the ability (either directly or indirectly) to otherwise control, regulate or bind any Person or its property or assets.

Lender means Calyon S.A., London Branch and, upon and after the Conduit Funding Date, shall mean the Conduit Assignee and the Alternative Funding Provider.

Lender Account has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.9 (a) ( Lender Account ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement.

Leverage Ratio shall mean on any date, the ratio of (a) Total Senior Secured Net Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended as of such date, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that EBITDA shall be determined for the relevant Test Period on a Pro Forma Basis. Capitalised terms used in this definition shall have the meaning set forth in the Realogy Credit Agreement as in effect on 10 April 2007, without giving effect to any subsequent amendments.

LIBOR means the offered quotation to leading banks in the London interbank market for 1 month sterling deposits (or in respect of the first or last Relevant Period an annual rate obtained by linear interpolation of such offered quotation for sterling deposits for the next shorter period and the next longer period, respectively), by reference to the display designated as the British Bankers Association’s Interest Settlement Rate as quoted on the Reuters Screen No. LIBOR01 ((or (A)) such other page as may replace Reuters Screen No. LIBOR01 on that service for the purpose of

 

Page 24


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

displaying such information or (B) if that service ceases to display such information, such page as displays such information on such service (or, if more than one, that one previously approved in writing by the Funding Agent) as may replace Reuters Screen No. LIBOR01), in each case as at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on that date.

Lien means, when used with respect to any Person, any interest in any real or personal property, asset or other right held, owned or being purchased or acquired by such Person for its own use, consumption or enjoyment in its business that secures payment or performance of any obligation, and includes any mortgage, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge, retained security title of a conditional vendor or lessor or other security interest of any kind, whether arising under a security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, chattel mortgage, assignment, pledge, retention of security title, financing or similar statement or notice or arising as a matter of law, judicial process or otherwise.

Loss Factor means, as at any Calculation Date, (a) in respect of any GSA Receivable which is an Assignable Receivable, the Average Loss Ratio as at that Calculation Date and, (b) in respect of any GSA Receivable which is a Non-Assignable Receivable, a percentage depending on the S&P public rating as at such Calculation Date of the Seller (or the Seller’s Parent Company, as the case may be) corresponding to the cumulative probability of default at a two-year horizon, as set out in the S&P default tables for Corporates as at such Calculation Date (in the case no rating is available, a rating of B- shall be considered by default). For the avoidance of doubt, November 2007 S&P default tables values are disclosed in the table below:

 

AAA      0.005%
AA+      0.009%
AA      0.039%
AA-      0.048%
A+      0.064%
A      0.080%
A-      0.121%
BBB+      0.427%
BBB      0.684%
BBB-      1.805%
BB+      2.915%
BB      4.506%
BB-      6.624%
B+      8.124%
B    10.833%
B-    16.559%

For the avoidance of doubt, initial Loss Factor value shall be 10.833% from 14 December 2007.

Loss Horizon Ratio means, on any Calculation Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated by dividing (a) the aggregate of (i) the aggregate invoiced amounts of all Billed Receivables which arose during the period of five (5)

 

Page 25


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

consecutive Monthly Reporting Periods ending on the Monthly Reporting Date immediately preceding that Calculation Date and (ii) the product of (A) the aggregate invoiced amount of all Billed Receivables which arose during the sixth Monthly Reporting Period preceding that Monthly Reporting Date and (B) 13/30 by (b) the Adjusted Eligible Billed Receivables Balance as at such Calculation Date.

Loss Ratio means, as at any Calculation Date, the fraction (expressed as a percentage) calculated as:

 

(a) the sum of:

 

  (i) the aggregate Unpaid Balance of Transferred Receivables which are Billed Receivables that were more than 120 days past their original due date but equal to or less than 150 days past their original due date; plus

 

  (ii) the aggregate Unpaid Balance of Transferred Receivables which are Billed Receivables that were less than or equal to 120 days past their original due date and were written off during the Monthly Reporting Period ending on the Monthly Reporting Date immediately preceding that Calculation Date;

divided by

(b) the aggregate invoiced amount of all Billed Receivables which arose during the sixth complete Monthly Reporting Period which occurred prior to that Monthly Reporting Date.

Loss Reserve Amount means, as at any Calculation Date, the product of:

 

(a) the Eligible Billed and Unbilled Receivables Balance as of that Calculation Date; and

 

(b) the Dynamic Loss Reserve Percentage as of that date.

Loss Reserve Rate means, as of any Calculation Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated by dividing (a) the Loss Reserve Amount as of that date by (b) the Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base as at that date.

Management Costs means, with respect to a Relevant Period, the greater of:

 

(a) £500; and

 

(b) the product of (i) 0.06 per cent.; (ii) 102 per cent; (iii) the Subscription Price of the relevant Note and (iv) the Day Count Fraction.

Mandate Letter means the letter dated 28 March 2007 between Cartus Limited and Calyon S.A.;

 

Page 26


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Margin means

 

(a) (i) prior to the Step-up Date and (ii) if the Stage 2A Structure or the Stage 2B Structure is implemented prior to the Step-up Date, from the date on which it is implemented, 0.785% per annum; and

 

(b) (i) from and including the Step-up Date unless either the Stage 2A Structure or the Stage 2B Structure has been implemented by that date, or (ii) from any date on which the Funding Agent, acting reasonably, determines that the Sellers are not in good faith complying with their obligations under Clause 6.2(p) ( Interpretation of Stage 2 Structure and other changes ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement or that the Purchaser is not in good faith complying with its obligations under Clause 5.1(1) ( Note Issuance Facility Agreement ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement, 2.50% per annum.

Material Adverse Effect means any event or condition which would have a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the collectibility of the Receivables;

 

(b) the condition (financial or otherwise), businesses or properties of the Purchaser, the Servicer or any Seller, including any material adverse development in any litigation or arbitration relating to, or involving, such Person;

 

(c) the ability of the Purchaser, the Servicer or any Seller to perform its respective obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(d) the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document or any part of such Transaction Document;

 

(e) the Purchaser’s, the Funding Agent’s, the Lender’s or any other Secured Party’s interest in the Receivables, any Collections with respect thereto or any other Affected Assets with respect thereto; or

 

(f) the interests of the Funding Agent or the Lender under the Transaction Documents.

Maximum Loss Ratio means, as at any Calculation Date, the highest Average Loss Ratio as at the twelve (12) consecutive Calculation Dates ending with (and including) that Calculation Date.

Minimum Enhancement Percentage means:

 

(a) 5.5 per cent., if the Average Time in Inventory is less than 200 days;

 

(b) 6 per cent., if the Average Time in Inventory is between 200 and less than 250 days;

 

(c) 6.5 per cent., if the Average Time in Inventory is between 250 and less than 300 days; and

 

(d) 7 per cent., if the Average Time in Inventory is 300 days or greater.

 

Page 27


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Monthly Reporting Date means, in respect of each Monthly Reporting Period, the 11 th Business Day after the end of that Monthly Reporting Period;

Monthly Reporting Period means the period of one calendar month.

Monthly Servicer Report means a report in a form mutually agreed to by the Purchaser, the Servicer and the Funding Agent from time to time and furnished, or to be furnished, by the Servicer to the Funding Agent, the Purchaser and the Administrative Agent on each Monthly Reporting Date pursuant to Clause 3.2 ( Reports ) of the Servicing Agreement.

Monthly Settlement Date means:

 

(a)

the 3 rd Business Day following each Calculation Date; or

 

(b) any other day as the Servicer, the Purchaser and the Funding Agent may from time to time mutually agree;

Net Funding at any time means:

 

(a) Prior to the Conduit Funding Date:

 

  (i) the aggregate of the principal amounts of the Advances made to the Purchaser by the Lender pursuant to Clauses 2.1 ( Advance Facility and Commitments ) and 2.2 ( Borrowing Procedures ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement, less

 

  (ii) the aggregate amount received by the Lender on or prior to such time and applied as repayments of the principal amount of Advances pursuant to Clause 2.3 ( Lender Acceptance or Rejection, Borrowing Request Irrevocable ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement; provided that the Net Funding shall be restored and reinstated to the extent any such payment of principal is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason; and

 

(b) with effect from the Conduit Funding Date, the part of the face value of the Notes outstanding from time to time.

Net Advances means Net Funding.

New Amendment Date means 14 December 2007.

Non-Assignable Receivable means a Category 1 Non-Assignable Receivable or a Category 2 Non-Assignable Receivable.

Note Issuance Facility Agreement means the note issuance facility agreement to be entered into by no later than 1 March 2008 by and among the Conduit Assignee, the Alternative Funding Provider, the Purchaser, the Funding Agent and the Arranger, which shall provide for a revolving note issuance facility to be provided by the Conduit Assignee to the Purchaser.

 

Page 28


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Notes means the discounted notes issued by the Purchaser to the Conduit Assignee or the Alternative Funding Provider pursuant to the Note Issuance Facility Agreement.

Obligor means with respect to any Receivable, the Person obligated to make payments in respect of that Receivable pursuant to a Contract or otherwise and in respect of each GSA Receivable or Residential Property, includes the relevant Employer.

Official Body means any government or political subdivision or any agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission (including, without limitation, the Commission Bancaire), department or instrumentality of any such government or political subdivision, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, or any accounting board or authority (whether or not part of government) which is responsible for the establishment or interpretation of national or international accounting principles or any recognised stock exchange or listing authority, in each case whether foreign or domestic.

Ongoing Costs Reserve Amount means the aggregate of:

 

(a) the Eligible Billed and Unbilled Receivables Ongoing Costs Reserve Amount; and

 

(b) the GSA Receivables Ongoing Costs Reserve Amount.

Ongoing Costs Reserve Rate means, as of any Calculation Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated by dividing (a) the Ongoing Costs Reserve Amount by (b) the Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base.

Operational Account means, in respect of each Seller, the account to be established by one of the Sellers with Barclays Bank Plc by no later than 15 January 2008 into which all amounts to which each Seller is entitled to withdraw from its Collection Account from time to time shall be transferred, and any other account designated as such with the written consent of the Funding Agent.

Organic Documents of any Person means its memorandum and articles of association, articles or certificate of incorporation and by laws, limited liability agreement, partnership agreement or other comparable charter or organisational documents as amended from time to time.

Origination and Servicing Affiliate has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.1(f) ( Appointment of Servicer ) of the Servicing Agreement.

Overconcentration Amount means, as of any Calculation Date, the aggregate of the Individual Overconcentration Amount for each of the 15 (fifteen) biggest Obligors (measured by the aggregate Unpaid Balance of the Transferred Receivables in respect of which it is an Obligor) for the Assignable Receivables and for each of the 10 (ten) biggest Obligors (measured by the aggregate Unpaid Balance of the Transferred Receivables in respect of which it is an Obligor) for the Non-Assignable Receivables, as reported in the most recent Monthly Servicer Report.

 

Page 29


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Overnight Rate means the Sterling Over Night Index Average appearing on the Telerate Service on the page designated 3937 or the Reuters page designated SONIA 1 and if no such rate is available for the Relevant Period, the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Funding Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market.

Parent means Realogy Corporation, a corporation formed and existing under the laws of Delaware.

Parent’s Credit Facility means the credit agreement dated as of April 10, 2007 among Domus Intermediate Holdings, Corp. the Parent, the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

Parent Undertaking Agreement means the Parent Undertaking Agreement, dated on or before the Closing Date, among the Parent, the Purchaser and the Funding Agent.

Parties means, in relation to each Transaction Document, the Persons who are party to that document.

Permitted Advance Date means, with respect to:

 

(a) the initial Advance, 10 April 2007, or such other day as may be agreed to by the Funding Agent and the Purchaser;

 

(b) the second Advance, 25 April 2007; and

 

(c) any other Advance, any date set out in the definition of Settlement Date, or such other day as may be agreed to by the Funding Agent and the Purchaser.

Permitted Exceptions means, with respect to any representation, warranty or covenant with respect to the interest of the Purchaser and its assignees regarding the Affected Assets or any Servicer Default that:

 

(a) legal title to Residential Property may remain in the name of the related employee, and no mortgage or conveyance pursuant to the related Home Purchase Contract or Home Sale Contract in favour of any Party or any of the Purchaser’s assignees pursuant to this Agreement will be made; and

 

(b) for so long as Clause 3 ( Duties of Servicer ) of the Servicing Agreement is being complied with, no delivery of any Home Purchase Contracts or Home Deeds to any custodian (acting on behalf of the Funding Agent) will be required.

Permitted Payments has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.9 ( Subordination ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

 

Page 30


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Permitted Reorganisation means a solvent and voluntary reorganisation involving, alone or with others, any of the Sellers, the Parent or any other Seller Party, and whether by way of consolidation, amalgamation, merger, transfer of all or substantially all its business or assets, or otherwise; provided that:

 

(a) the reorganisation would not in the reasonable opinion of the Funding Agent have a material adverse effect on the ability of any Seller Party or the Purchaser to comply with its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b) the successor entity to that reorganisation is either a party to the relevant Transaction Documents or becomes party to those documents on or prior to the effective date of that reorganisation.

Person means an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint stock company, trust (including a business trust), unincorporated association, joint venture, firm, enterprise, Official Body or any other entity.

Potential Event of Default means an event which but for the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Potential Servicer Default means an event which but for the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Servicer Default.

Programme Costs means the aggregate, calculated on each Calculation Date, of each of the following amounts which will be payable on the next Monthly Settlement Date:

 

(a) (i) prior to the Conduit Funding Date, the interest and other amounts (other than principal) which will be payable by the Purchaser to the Lender under the Receivables Funding Agreement on the next Monthly Settlement Date; or

 

  (ii) with effect from the Conduit Funding Date, the Costs of Funds;

 

(b) prior to the Conduit Funding Date, the Commitment Fee;

 

(c) the Calculation Agent Fee;

 

(d) the Servicing Fee;

 

(e) the Corporate Services Provider Fee;

 

(f) the Audit Expenses;

 

(g) the Bank Account Management Fee.

 

Page 31


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Purchase Price means, in respect of each Transferred Receivable:

A x (1-B)

where:

 

A is the Unpaid Balance of such Transferred Receivable on its Transfer Date appearing on the relevant invoice or otherwise recorded on the computer system or records of the relevant Seller; and

 

B is the relevant Discount Percentage for such Transferred Receivable as at the most recent Calculation Date.

Purchaser means UK Relocation Receivables Funding Limited, a limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales.

Purchaser Account 1 means the account with account number 57628491 and sort code 60-21-40 held in the name of the Purchaser with National Westminster Bank Plc at its branch at 84 Commercial Road, Swindon SN1 5NW provided that by 15 January 2008, such account shall be held in the name of the Purchaser with Barclays Bank Plc, with sort code 20-00-00 at its branch at 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP, the account number of which shall be agreed by the Servicer with the Funding Agent, and any other account designated as such with the written consent of the Funding Agent.

Purchaser Account 2 means the account established pursuant to Clause 3.6 of the Servicing Agreement, such account to be established by 15 January 2008 and to be held in the name of the Purchaser with Barclays Bank Plc, with sort code 20-00-00 at its branch at 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP, the account number of which shall be agreed by the Servicer with the Funding Agent, and any other account designated as such with the written consent of the Funding Agent.

Purchaser Account means Purchaser Account 1, Purchaser Account 2 and any other account in the name of the Purchaser which is designated as a Purchaser Account with the written consent of the Funding Agent.

Rating Agency means each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. ( S&P ) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. ( Moody’s ), or any successor to either such agency that is a nationally recognised statistical rating organisation.

Rating Benchmark Rate means, for each Obligor, with the exception of National Air Traffic Service for which the percentage shall be 100%, the percentage depending on the S&P rating assigned to such Obligor, as listed in the table below:

 

AAA

   100.0 %

AA+

   100.0 %

AA

   100.0 %

AA-

   100.0 %

A+

   100.0 %

A

   2.0 %

A-

   2.0 %

BBB+

   2.0 %

BBB

   1.0 %

BBB-

   0.5 %

BB+

   0.5 %

BB-

   0.5 %

B+

   0.5 %

B

   0.5 %

B-

   0.5 %

NR

   0.5 %

 

Page 32


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Realogy Credit Agreement means that certain credit agreement dated as of 10 April 2007 among Domus Intermediate Holdings, Corp., the Parent, the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent.

Receivable means any indebtedness (whether by way of principal or interest) or other obligation owing by any Obligor to any Seller (prior to giving effect to any Transfer under the Receivables Transfer Agreement) or any right of the Seller to payment from or on behalf of an Obligor, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of products or services by such Seller to such Obligor or an Affiliate of such Obligor or the sale of Residential Properties to Ultimate Buyers including any amount payable to a Seller by an Obligor in connection with the termination of a Contract, and includes the obligation to pay any fees and other charges (including interest) with respect to such Receivable. By way of further clarification and for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(a) Receivables include the Billed and Unbilled Receivables (which comprise fees in respect of relocation services, fees in respect of repossession services and any amounts payable by Employers under Relocation Management Agreements including, but not limited to, in respect of Shortfall Amounts, membership fees from suppliers in respect of the supplier network and fees in respect of repossession services) and the GSA Receivables in respect of the Residential Properties; and

 

(b)

(i) the Billed and Unbilled Receivables arise under the Relocation Agreements, the Supplier Network Agreements and the Repossession Agreements; and (ii) the GSA Receivables arise from the Guaranteed Sales Price Advances made periodically to solicitors representing Employees in

 

Page 33


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

 

respect of Residential Properties purchased under Home Purchase Contracts and include amounts payable by Ultimate Buyers under Home Sale Contracts to the extent such amounts are payable to any Seller.

Receivables Funding Agreement means the Receivables Funding Agreement, dated on or before the Closing Date, by and among the Lender, the Purchaser, and the Funding Agent, as Funding Agent and Arranger.

Receivables Transfer Agreement means the Receivables Transfer Agreement and Trust Deed dated on or before the Closing Date, between the Purchaser and the Sellers.

Receivables Transfer Termination Date means the date which is sixty days after the Termination Date.

Records means all Contracts, if any, and other documents, purchase orders, invoices, agreements, books, records and any other media, materials or devices for the storage of information (including tapes, disks, punch cards, computer programs and databases and related property) maintained by the Purchaser, the Parent, any Seller or the Servicer with respect to the Receivables, any other Affected Assets or the Obligors.

Regional Market Index means the quarterly index of house prices on a region-by-region basis published by Nationwide Building Society on its website at www.nationwide.co.uk.

Related Security means with respect to any Receivable, all of the applicable Seller’s (prior to giving effect to any Transfer) or the Purchaser’s rights, title and interest in, to and under:

 

(a) all security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to a Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements and other filings signed by an Obligor relating thereto;

 

(b) any Contract and all guarantees, indemnities, warranties, insurance (and proceeds and premium refunds of the above) or other agreements or arrangements of any kind from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to a Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise;

 

(c) all Records related to such Receivable; and

 

(d) all Collections on and other proceeds of any of the foregoing.

Relevant Period means the period from (and including) 10 April 2007 to (but excluding) the first Settlement Date after 29 May 2007 and each subsequent period from (and including) a Settlement Date to (but excluding) the next Settlement Date; provided that the last Relevant Period shall end on the Final Payout Date.

 

Page 34


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Relocation Management Agreement means an agreement pursuant to which a Seller agrees to provide relocation, asset management or other services to an Obligor, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, including any and all supplements thereto, and any similar agreement, howsoever denominated, and any agreement for intercultural services.

Reporting Date means a Weekly Reporting Date or a Monthly Reporting Date, as the context permits or requires.

Reporting Period means a Weekly Reporting Period or a Monthly Reporting Period, as the context permits or requires.

Repossession Agreements means agreements in respect of repossession services with Employers.

Residential Property means any residential property subject to a Home Purchase Contract.

Round-Up Reserve Amount means the amount, calculated as of each Calculation Date as the difference between (a) the Total Borrowing Base Before Round-up and (b) the Total Borrowing Base.

Round-Up Reserve Rate means, as of any Calculation Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated by dividing (a) the Round-Up Reserve Amount as of that date by (b) the Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base as at that date.

Sale Proceeds means, with respect to any Residential Property, the cash sale proceeds received upon the sale of such Residential Property to an Ultimate Buyer, net of (if any) unpaid mortgage loan amounts, closing costs, brokerage costs, commissions owed to third parties and any other amounts payment of which are necessary to clear title to such Residential Property and which have been deducted from the cash sale proceeds received from the Ultimate Buyer on completion of the sale of that Residential Property.

Secured Obligations means all obligations from time to time of the Purchaser to the Lender, the Funding Agent and the other Secured Parties under the Security Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents, of whatever nature and whenever arising.

Secured Parties means the Lender, the Funding Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, any administrative or corporate services provider in relation to services provided to the Purchaser and the other Indemnified Parties.

Security Agreement means the security agreement, dated on or before the Closing Date, between the Purchaser and the Funding Agent.

Security Documents means the Security Agreement, the Supplemental Security Agreement and each other security agreement, deed of charge or other agreement executed or delivered from time to time by the Purchaser pursuant to the Security Agreement.

 

Page 35


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Seller Account means, in respect of each Seller, the account nominated by it (which may be an account in the name of another Seller) to which amounts payable by the Purchaser to it are to be paid.

Seller Entitlement shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 2.6(a)(ii) ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Collection Accounts ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Seller Party means the Parent, each Seller and each Affiliate of the Parent from time to time party to a Transaction Document.

Sellers means, as the context requires, all or any one of Cartus Limited, Cartus Services Limited and Cartus Funding Limited, each a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, and each other Person identified as a Seller for purposes of the Transaction Documents by the Parent, the Purchaser, the Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent.

Seller Security Documents means each of:

 

(a) the Security Agreement between the CALYON, London Branch (as security trustee), Cartus Limited and the Purchaser dated 12 May 2008;

 

(b) the Security Agreement between the CALYON, London Branch (as security trustee), Cartus Funding Limited and the Purchaser dated 12 May 2008; and

 

(c) the Security Agreement between the CALYON, London Branch (as security trustee), Cartus Services Limited and the Purchaser dated 12 May 2008.

Senior Obligations means all moneys, obligations and liabilities which may at any time be due, owing to, or incurred by, the Purchaser to the Funding Agent (whether for its own account or as trustee for the Secured Parties) or to the Secured Parties of any kind, however arising and in any currency under the Transaction Documents, whether or not immediately payable, whether present or future, actual or contingent, and whether incurred alone, severally or jointly as principal, guarantor, surety or otherwise and including interest, commission, fees, costs, charges and expenses charged by the Lender and/or the Funding Agent.

Servicer means CL in its capacity as Servicer under the Servicing Agreement, and each other Person as may from time to time be appointed as Servicer pursuant to Clause 2.1 ( Appointment of Servicer ) of the Servicing Agreement.

Servicer Default has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.1 ( Servicer Default ) of the Servicing Agreement.

Servicer Report means a Monthly Servicer Report or a Weekly Servicer Report, as the context permits or requires.

Servicing Agreement means the Receivables Servicing Agreement, dated on or before the Closing Date, among the Purchaser, the Servicer and the Funding Agent.

 

Page 36


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Servicing Fee means the fee payable to the Servicer in respect of Receivables, in an amount payable in arrears on each Monthly Settlement Date equal to:

 

(a) at any time when the Servicer is CL or any of its Affiliates, £6,666.67; or

 

(b) at any time when the Servicer is not CL or any of its Affiliates, the fee agreed on an arm’s length basis by the Purchaser and the Funding Agent with that Servicer and payable, subject to and in accordance with the priority of payments set out in, Clause 4.2 of the Servicing Agreement.

Settlement Date means a Weekly Settlement Date or a Monthly Settlement Date, as the context permits or requires;

Shortfall Amount means the amount, if any, of any shortfall between the Guaranteed Sales Price Advances made in respect of a Residential Property and the amount of the Sale Proceeds of a sale of that Residential Property to an Ultimate Buyer.

Stage 2 Election means the election by the Funding Agent on behalf of the Lender, pursuant to the Receivables Transfer Agreement at any time after 15 June 2007 (following due consultation with the Sellers) by written notice to the Sellers to require the Sellers and the Parent either (i) to agree certain further amendments to the Transaction Documents specified by the Funding Agent on behalf of the Lender (including but not limited to those referred to in the description of the Stage 2A Structure in the Term Sheet), and take all other action reasonably required by the Funding Agent on behalf of the Lender for the purpose of implementing the Stage 2A Structure or (ii) to implement the Stage 2B Structure described in the Term Sheet, including in either case any other terms, and any action, reasonably required by the Funding Agent on behalf of the Lender for the purpose.

Stage 2A Structure has the meaning given to it in the Term Sheet, attached hereto as the Appendix.

Stage 2B Structure has the meaning given to it in the Term Sheet, attached hereto as the Appendix.

Starting Regional Market Index Value means, in respect of each Residential Property and each Calculation Date, the value specified in the Regional Market Index of the region in which the Residential Property is located for the quarter during which the Residential Property is first beneficially owned by the relevant Seller and recorded in the Seller’s inventory, as disclosed in the Monthly Servicer Report delivered on that Monthly Reporting Date.

Step-up Date means:

 

(a) two months after the Election Date; or

 

(b) 1 March 2008, whichever is earlier.

Sterling and £ means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

Page 37


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Stressed Fixed Margin means, in respect of any Reporting Period during any part of which the Total Receivables Balance is less than £80,000,000, 1.22 per cent., and otherwise 1.54 per cent.

Subordinated Obligations means all obligations which may now or in the future be owing by the Purchaser or any of its successors or assigns to any Seller or any Seller’s successors or assigns (including, but not limited to, the obligation to pay the Transfer Price of any Assignable Receivable and interest thereon).

Sub-Servicer means any Person appointed by the Servicer as sub-servicer in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Appointment of Sub-Servicer ) of the Servicing Agreement.

Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other Person (a) of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, or (b) that is directly or indirectly controlled by such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or membership interests, by contract, or otherwise.

Supplier Network Agreement means each contract or other agreement between a Seller and a Person acting as a supplier of goods and/or services to that Seller.

Supplemental Security Agreement means the supplemental security agreement to the Security Agreement, dated 12 May, 2008, between the Purchaser and the Funding Agent.

Supported Obligations has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.1 ( Performance of Supported Obligations ) of the Parent Undertaking Agreement.

Supported Parties has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.1 ( Performance of Supported Obligations ) of the Parent Undertaking Agreement.

Taxes has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.3(a) ( Taxes ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement or, as appropriate, Clause 8.2(a) ( Taxes ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Termination Date means:

 

(a) prior to the Conduit Funding Date, the earliest of:

 

  (i) the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date;

 

  (ii) the date on which the Termination Date is declared or automatically occurs pursuant to Clause 6 ( Events of Default ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement;

 

Page 38


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

  (iii) the date on which it becomes unlawful for the Lender to provide or maintain the Facility provided under the Receivables Funding Agreement or the Net Funding; and

 

  (iv) the date on which a notice of termination expires in accordance with Clause 7.1(e) ( Term ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement; and

 

(a) upon or after the Conduit Funding Date, the Note Termination Date (as defined in the Note Issuance Facility Agreement).

Term Sheet means the term sheet for the facility provided by the Funding Agreement dated 28 March 2007.

Time in Inventory means, on any Calculation Date, in respect of each Residential Property then beneficially owned by a Seller and recorded in that Seller’s inventory, the period commencing on the date when the Residential Property is first beneficially owned by the Seller and recorded in its inventory and ending on the last day of the Monthly Reporting Period immediately preceding that Calculation Date.

Total Borrowing Base Before Round-Up means, at any time during a Relevant Period, an amount equal to:

 

(a) the Adjusted Eligible Receivable Balance, multiplied by

 

(b) 1 minus the Total Credit Enhancement Rate.

Total Borrowing Base means, at any time during a Relevant Period, an amount equal to the Total Borrowing Base Before Round-Up rounded down to the nearest multiple of £100,000.

Total Credit Enhancement means, as of any Calculation Date, the sum of:

 

(a) the Dynamic Enhancement Reserves Amount;

 

(b) the Overconcentration Amount;

 

(c) the Round-Up Reserve Amount; and

 

(d) the Excess Amount over Facility Limit.

Total Credit Enhancement Rate means, as of any Calculation Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated by dividing (i) the Total Credit Enhancement and (ii) the Dynamic Enhancement Receivables Base as at that date.

Total Ineligible Receivables Balance means, at any time, the aggregate Unpaid Balance of all Ineligible Receivables as reported in the most recently provided Servicer Report.

Total Receivables Balance means, at any time, the aggregate Unpaid Balance of all Receivables.

 

Page 39


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Transaction Costs has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.4 ( Other costs and expenses ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement.

Transaction Documents means, collectively, this Schedule of Definitions, the Receivables Funding Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Parent Undertaking Agreement, the Security Documents, the Seller Security Documents, the Receivables Transfer Agreement, the Mandate Letter, the Note Issuance Facility Agreement (with effect from the date on which the Note Issuance Facility Agreement is executed by the parties thereto) and all of the other instruments, documents and other agreements from time to time executed and delivered by the Parties pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing.

Transaction Trust Property means, in relation to each Seller and the trusts declared by it under Clauses 2.2 ( Declaration of trust in respect of Category 1 Non-Assignable Receivables ) and 2.3 ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Proceeds of Receivables ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement, the property declared to be held on trust under Clauses 2.2 ( Declaration of trust in respect of Category 1 Non-Assignable Receivables ) and 2.3 ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Proceeds of Receivables ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Transaction Trusts means the trusts declared by each of the Sellers in favour of the Beneficiary under Clauses 2.2 ( Declaration of trust in respect of Category 1 Non-Assignable Receivables ) and 2.3 ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Proceeds of Receivables ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Transfer means, in relation to:

 

(a) an Assignable Receivable and its related other Affected Assets, the sale of that Receivable (and all such related other Affected Assets) by the relevant Seller to the Purchaser under Clause 2.1 ( Sale of Assignable Receivables ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the creation of an absolute beneficial interest in the proceeds of that Receivable (and all such related other Affected Assets) by the relevant Seller in favour of the Purchaser pursuant to the declaration of trust in Clause 2.3 ( Declaration of trust in respect of the Proceeds of Receivables ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement ;

 

(b) a Category 1 Non-Assignable Receivable and its related other Affected Assets, the creation of an absolute beneficial interest in that Receivable (and all such related other Affected Assets) by the relevant Seller in favour of the Purchaser pursuant to the declaration of trust in Clause 2.2 ( Declaration of trust in respect of Category 1 Non-Assignable Receivables ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the creation of an absolute beneficial interest in the proceeds of that Receivable (and all such related other Affected Assets) by the relevant Seller in favour of the Purchaser pursuant to the declaration of trust in Clause 2.3 ( Declaration of trust in respect of the Proceeds of Receivables ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement; and

 

(c)

a Category 2 Non-Assignable Receivable and its related other Affected Assets, the creation of an absolute beneficial interest in the proceeds of that Receivable (and all such related other Affected Assets) by the relevant Seller

 

Page 40


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

 

in favour of the Purchaser pursuant to the declaration of trust in Clause 2.3 ( Declaration of trust in respect of the Proceeds of Receivables ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement

and Transferred shall be construed accordingly.

Transfer Date means the date on which a Receivable is Transferred to the Purchaser in accordance with the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Transferred Receivable means a Receivable which is Transferred to the Purchaser pursuant to the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Transfer Termination Date means the date falling sixty days after the Termination Date.

Treaty Person means any Person which is, under a double taxation agreement in force on the relevant date (subject to completion of any necessary procedural formalities), entitled to a payment under any Transaction Document without a deduction or withholding.

Ultimate Buyer shall mean the ultimate buyer of a Residential Property under a Home Sale Contract.

Unbilled Receivables means any Receivable of any Seller, other than a GSA Receivable, arising under a Contract that has not been billed to the Obligor.

Unpaid Balance means, with respect to any Receivable at any time, the unpaid amount of such Receivable at such time or, in respect of any GSA Receivable where the relevant Seller has not yet entered into a Home Sale Contract to sell the relevant Residential Property, an amount equal to the price paid or payable by the Seller to the Employee under the relevant Home Purchase Contract.

Warranty Amount has the meaning provided in Clause 4.2(b) ( Dilution; breach of warranty ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Weekly Billings means, in respect of a Weekly Reporting Period, the estimated aggregate amount during that Weekly Reporting Period of earnings in respect of services provided by the Sellers to Employers and which will comprise Billed Receivables as at the next Monthly Reporting Date.

Weekly Cash Allocation Report has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.13 ( Weekly Cash Allocation Report ) of the Servicing Agreement.

Weekly Reporting Date means, in respect of each Weekly Reporting Period, the 4 th Business Day after the end of that Weekly Reporting Period.

Weekly Servicer Report shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 3.3 of the Servicing Agreement.

Weekly Servicer Reporting Commencement Date shall mean (i) with respect to any Weekly Servicer Reporting Event which occurs during the calendar year 2007 or if

 

Page 41


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

the first such Weekly Servicer Reporting Event occurs as of the end of a fiscal years, the week immediately following the 135 th calendar day after the end of the relevant fiscal quarter and (ii) if the first such Weekly Servicer Reporting Event occurs after the calendar year 2007, the week immediately following the 90 th calendar day after the end of the relevant fiscal quarter other than year-end quarters, and following the 135 th day after the year end quarter.

Weekly Reporting Period means the period of one calendar week, except that the first Weekly Reporting Period shall commence (i) for GSA Receivables on the date of the Initial Advance under the Receivables Funding Agreement and end on 20 April 2007 and (ii) for the Billed Receivables, 30 days after 10 April 2007.

Weekly Servicer Reporting Event shall mean that, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending 30 June 2007, the Leverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal quarter exceeds the applicable ratio set forth below:

 

Fiscal quarter ending

   Leverage Ratio

30 June 2007

   6.00:1.00

30 September 2007

   6.00:1.00

31 December 2007

   6.00:1.00

31 March 2008

   5.35:1.00

30 June 2008

   5.35:1.00

30 September 2008

   5.10:1.00

31 December 2008

   5.10:1.00

31 March 2009

   5.10:1.00

30 June 2009

   5.10:1.00

30 September 2009

   4.75:1.00

31 December 2009

   4.75:1.00

31 March 2010

   4.75:1.00

30 June 2010

   4.75:1.00

30 September 2010

   4.75:1.00

31 December 2010

   4.75:1.00

31 March, 2011 and thereafter

   4.50:1.00

 

Page 42


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Weekly Settlement Date means the 2 nd Business Day following each Weekly Reporting Date or any other day as the Servicer, the Purchaser and the Funding Agent may from time to time mutually agree;

Certificates and documents delivered pursuant to the Transaction Documents

1.3 All terms defined directly or by incorporation in this Schedule of Definitions shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document delivered pursuant to the Transaction Documents unless otherwise defined in the Transaction Documents.

Interpretation and construction

1.4 For purposes of the Transaction Documents and all certificates and other documents, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) accounting terms not otherwise defined in this Schedule of Definitions, and accounting terms partly defined in this Schedule of Definitions to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under, and shall be construed in accordance with, the relevant GAAP;

 

(b) references to any Clause or Schedule are references to Clauses and Schedules in or to any Transaction Document (or the certificate or other document in which the reference is made) and references to any paragraph, sub-clause, clause or other subdivision within any Clause or definition refer to such paragraph, sub-clause, clause or other subdivision of such Clause or definition;

 

(c) the term “including” means “including without limitation”;

 

(d) references to any Law refer to that Law as amended from time to time and include any successor Law;

 

(e) references to any Person’s Organic Documents refer to such Organic Documents as amended and otherwise in effect as of the Closing Date;

 

(f) references to any agreement or other document refer to that agreement or other document as from time to time amended or supplemented or as the terms of such agreement are waived or modified in accordance with its terms;

 

(g) references to any Person include that Person’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

(h) headings in any Transaction Document are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of those Transaction Documents;

 

(i) unless otherwise specifically provided with respect to any computation of a period of time, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding”, and the word “within” means “from and excluding a specified date and to and including a later specified date”; and

 

Page 43


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

(j) unless otherwise defined or unless the context otherwise requires, capitalised terms defined in any Transaction Document in the singular form shall have a corresponding meaning when used in the plural form, and vice versa.

Amendments

1.5 Any provision of this Schedule of Definitions may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Purchaser, the Servicer, the Parent, the Lender and the Funding Agent; provided that no such amendment shall:

 

(a) change any term used in the Receivables Transfer Agreement unless it is in addition signed by each Seller which is a party to the Receivables Transfer Agreement;

 

(b) increase the Commitment (other than with appropriate credit and other internal approvals).

Notices; payment information

1.6 Except as provided below, all communications and notices provided for under the Transaction Documents shall be in writing (including facsimile or electronic transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to the other party at its address or facsimile number set out in Schedule 1 ( Address and Payment Information ) to this Schedule of Definitions or at such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purposes of notice to such party. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective:

 

(a) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Clause 1.6 and confirmation is received;

 

(b) if given by overnight courier, two Business Days after deposit of such notice with an international overnight courier service; or

 

(c) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this Clause 1.6; provided that each Borrowing Request shall only be effective upon receipt by the Funding Agent.

Computations

1.7 All computations of Interest (or, following the Conduit Funding Date, discount in respect of any Notes issued under the Note Issuance Discount Facility), per annum fees and other amounts payable under any Transaction Document shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days for the actual number of days (including the first but excluding the last day) elapsed. Any computations by the Funding Agent of such amounts payable shall be binding absent manifest error.

 

Page 44


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Governing law

1.8 This Schedule of Definitions shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

Counterparts; facsimile delivery

1.9 This Schedule of Definitions may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties to it in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery by facsimile of an executed signature page of this Schedule of Definitions shall be effective as delivery of an executed counterpart of this Schedule of Definitions.

Default continuing

1.10 An Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, Servicer Default or Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event is continuing if it has not been remedied in accordance with the Transaction Documents or waived.

Payments

1.11 Unless otherwise expressly referred to in any Transaction Document, or inconsistent with the context of any Transaction Document, all payments or references to payments as set out in any Transaction Document will mean payments for value on the due date and shall be paid in Sterling.

E XECUTION

The Parties have shown their acceptance of the terms of this Schedule of Definitions by executing it at the end of the Schedules.

 

Page 45


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

SCHEDULE 1

ADDRESS AND PAYMENT INFORMATION

If to the Purchaser:

UK Relocation Receivables Funding Limited

 

Address:

  

35 Great St. Helen’s

London EC3A 6AP

Attention:

   Claudia Wallace

Telephone:

   (020) 7398 6300

Facsimile:

   (020) 7398 6325

Payment Information:

Prior to the date on which the Purchaser Accounts are held with Barclays Bank Plc

 

Pay to:    National Westminster Bank Plc
For Account of:    UK Relocation Receivables Funding Limited
Account:    57628491
Sort Code:    60-21-40

From the date on which the Purchaser Accounts are held with Barclays Bank Plc

 

Pay to:    Barclays Bank Plc
For Account of:    UK Relocation Receivables Funding Limited
Account:    Not established as yet, but to be established by 15 January 2008
Sort Code:    20-00-00

If to the Funding Agent, the Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Calculation Agent or the Arranger:

Calyon S.A., London Branch

 

Address:

  

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2DA

Attention:    Isaac Maria-Martin

Telephone:

   00 33 01 41 89 32 79

Facsimile:

   00 33 01 57 87 17 58

Attention:

   Mohand Khamis

Telephone:

   00 33 01 57 87 17 69

 

Page 46


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Facsimile:

   00 33 01 57 87 17 58

Attention:

   Don Finkel

Telephone:

   00 44 20 72 14 66 54

Facsimile:

   00 44 20 72 14 68 16

E-mail:

   don.finkel@uk.calyon.com / syndloans@uk.calyon.com

Attention:

   Anna Lugovkin

Telephone:

   00 44 20 72 14 56 23

Facsimile:

   00 44 20 72 14 66 97

E-mail:

   anna.lugovkin@uk.calyon.com

Payment Information:

 

Pay to:    HSBC Bank Plc
For Account of:    Calyon London
Account:    00492443
Swift Code:    MIDL GB22
Sort Code:    50-10-32

If to the Servicer:

Cartus Limited

 

Address:   

Frankland Road, Blagrove

Swindon, Wiltshire, SN5 8NS

Attention:    Kate Miles
Telephone:    01793 756 000
Facsimile:    01793 756 050

Payment Information:

Prior to the date on which such account is held with Barclays Bank Plc

 

Pay to:    National Westminster Bank Plc
For Account of:    Cartus Limited
Account:    06377130
Sort code:    60-21-40

From the date on which such account is held with Barclays Bank Plc

 

Pay to:    Barclays Bank Plc
For Account of:    Cartus Limited
Account:    30075655
Sort code:    20-00-00

If to the Sellers

 

Address:   

Frankland Road, Blagrove

Swindon, Wiltshire, SN5 8NS

Attention:    Kate Miles
Telephone:    01793 756 000
Facsimile:    01793 756 050

 

Page 47


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

Payment Information:

Prior to the date on which such account is held with Barclays Bank Plc

 

Pay to:    National Westminster Bank Plc
For Account of:    Cartus Limited
Account:    06377130
Sort Code:    60-21-40

From the date on which such account is held with Barclays Bank Plc

 

Pay to:    Barclays Bank Plc
For Account of:    Cartus Limited
Account:    30075655
Sort Code:    20-00-00

If to the Parent:

 

Address:   

1, Campus Drive,

Parsippany,

New Jersey 07054

USA

Attention:    Anthony E. Hull, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Telephone:    973-407-6644
Facsimile:    973-407-6988
Attention:    David Sandomenico, Director Treasury
Facsimile:    973-407-6988

 

Page 48


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

SCHEDULE 2

EXTRACTS FROM LAPA

 

8. F EES

In respect of each Relevant Period, the Agent shall determine, 3 Business Days before any Settlement Date, the amount of fees due to the Commitment Provider in respect of the Commitment Fee and the Drawing Costs, calculated in accordance with Clauses 8.1 ( Commitment Fee ) and 8.2 ( Drawing Costs ).

 

8.1 Commitment Fee

As consideration for the Commitment to Purchase and the Commitment to Sell under this Agreement, the Commitment Provider shall receive a Commitment Fee. Such Commitment Fee shall be equal to the sum of:

 

(a) the product of (i) 0.725; (ii) 102 per cent.; (iii) the Net Funding; (iv) the Day Count Fraction; and

 

(b) the product of (i) 0.40; (ii) 102 per cent.; (iii) (£100,000,000 less the Net Funding to the extent such amount is a positive number); (iv) the Day Count Fraction.

 

8.2 Drawing Costs

For each Relevant Period, the Agent shall determine the amount of the Drawing Costs which shall be calculated in accordance with Sub-clauses 8.2.1 or 8.2.2.

8.2.1 The Drawing Costs due to the Commitment Provider as remuneration for the exercise of the Commitment to Purchase, for a Relevant Period shall be equal to the product of:

 

(a) LIBOR as published 2 Business Days before the exercise of said Commitment to Purchase, increased by 2% per annum; and

 

(b) the exact number of days of the Relevant Period during which said Notes are held by the Commitment Provider, divided by 365 days; and

 

(c) the Purchase Price of the Notes paid by the Commitment Provider during the Relevant Period and of the Notes held by the Commitment Provider, less any amount paid in principal in relation to such Notes, since their purchase by the Commitment Provider.

8.2.2 Notwithstanding Sub-clause 8.2.1, the Drawing Costs due to the Commitment Provider for any part of a Relevant Period being less than 1 month, shall be equal to the product of:

 

(a) SONIA as published on each Business Day during the Relevant Period during which the Notes were held by the Commitment Provider, increased by 2% per annum;

 

Page 49


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

(b) the exact number of days of the Relevant Period during which said Notes are held by the Commitment Provider, divided by 365 days; and

 

(c) the Purchase Price of the Notes paid by the Commitment Provider during the Relevant Period and of the Notes held by the Commitment Provider, less any amount paid in principal in relation to such Notes, since their purchase by the Commitment Provider.

 

Page 50


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

APPENDIX

(Term Sheet setting out the principles of the Stage 2A Structure and the Stage 2B

Structure)

 

Page 51


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

EXECUTION of the Schedule of Definitions

The Purchaser

 

SIGNED  by  SFM DIRECTORS LIMITED    )   
acting by                            , a director,    )   
duly authorised for and on behalf of  UK    )   
RELOCATION RECEIVABLES    )   
LIMITED    )   
The Lender      
SIGNED by    )   
and    )   
acting as Authorised Signatories for    )   
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )   

The Funding Agent, Administrative Agent, Calculation Agent and Arranger

 

SIGNED  by    )   
and    )   
acting as Authorised Signatories for    )   
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )   

The Security Agent

 

SIGNED  by    )   
and    )   
acting as Authorised Signatories for    )   
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )   

 

Page 52


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

The Alternative Funding Provider

 

SIGNED  by    )   
and    )   
acting as Authorised Signatories for    )   
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH    )   

 

Page 53


Amended and restated Schedule of Definitions

 

The Sellers

 

SIGNED by                                 , Director,

   )

duly authorised for and on behalf of

   )

CARTUS LIMITED

   )

SIGNED by                                 , Director,

   )

duly authorised for and on behalf of

   )

CARTUS SERVICES LIMITED

   )

SIGNED by                                 , Director,

   )

duly authorised for and on behalf of

   )

CARTUS FUNDING LIMITED

   )

The Parent

 

SIGNED by                                 , Director,

   )

duly authorised for and on behalf of

   )

REALOGY CORPORATION

   )

The Servicer

 

SIGNED by                                 , Director,

   )

duly authorised for and on behalf of

   )

CARTUS LIMITED

   )

 

Page 54


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Dated 4 April 2007

and amended and restated on 12 May 2008

UK RELOCATING RECEIVABLES FUNDING LIMITED

(as Purchaser )

CARTUS LIMITED

(as Servicer )

CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH

(as Funding Agent, Calculation Agent and Administrative Agent )

 

 

RECEIVABLES SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

 


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

   PAGE
1.    DEFINED TERMS; INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION    1
2.    APPOINTMENT OF SERVICER    1
3.    DUTIES OF SERVICER    4
4.    PAYMENTS BY THE PURCHASER    11
5.    REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES    14
6.    COVENANTS    16
7.    SERVICER DEFAULT    21
8.    FEES    22
9.    INDEMNIFICATION    23
10.    MISCELLANEOUS    26
SCHEDULE 1 PURCHASER POWER OF ATTORNEY    31
SCHEDULE 2 FORM OF WEEKLY SERVICER REPORT    34

 

Page 1


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 4 April 2007 and amended and restated on 12 May 2008 and made between:

 

(1) UK RELOCATION RECEIVABLES FUNDING LIMITED (the Purchaser );

 

(2) CARTUS LIMITED ( CL or the Servicer ); and

 

(3) CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH as Funding Agent to the Lender (the Funding Agent ), as Calculation Agent to the Lender (the Calculation Agent ) and as Administrative Agent to the Lender (the Administrative Agent ).

IT IS AGREED that:

1. D EFINED T ERMS ; I NTERPRETATION AND C ONSTRUCTION

1.1 Terms defined in the Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretations and Construction (the Schedule of Definitions ) but not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Agreement as in the Schedule of Definitions. The principles of interpretation set out in Clause 1.4 ( Interpretations and Construction ) of the Schedule of Definitions apply to this Agreement as if fully set out in this Agreement.

1.2 The Servicer acknowledges that (i) the Funding Agent is a party to this Agreement to take the benefit of the representation, warranties and covenants by the Servicer and the Purchaser under this Agreement and for the better preservation and enforcement of its rights and (ii) in so doing it is acting as trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties and (iii) it shall incur no liability of any kind to the Servicer or the Purchaser as a consequence of so doing.

2. A PPOINTMENT OF S ERVICER

Appointment of Servicer

2.1 (a) The servicing, administration and collection of the Receivables shall be conducted by the Person so designated from time to time as Servicer in accordance with this Clause 2.1 ( Appointment of Servicer ).

 

(b) Each of the Purchaser and the Funding Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lender, appoints as its agent the Servicer, from time to time designated pursuant to this Clause 2.1 ( Appointment of Servicer ), to enforce their respective rights and interests in and under the Affected Assets.

 

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each of the Purchaser and CL (to the extent not then acting as Servicer under this Agreement) agrees to grant to any Servicer appointed under this Agreement an irrevocable power of attorney in that Person’s name and on behalf of that Person to take:

 

  (i)

the actions set out in Clause 3.1 ( Duties of Servicer ) to collect all amounts due under any and all Receivables and take such other actions

 

Page 1


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

 

(including endorsing the Purchaser’s name on cheques and other instruments representing Collections) as may be required in the course of completing the collection process contemplated in Clause 3.1 ( Duties of Servicer ); and

 

  (ii) all such other actions set out in this Agreement.

 

(d) Unless and until the Funding Agent gives notice to CL (in accordance with Clause 2.1(e)) of the designation of a new Servicer, CL is designated as, and agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e) Upon the occurrence of a Servicer Default, the Funding Agent may, and upon the direction of the Lender shall, designate as Servicer any Person (including itself) to succeed CL or any successor Servicer, on the condition, in each case, that the Person so designated shall enter into a receivables servicing agreement with the Purchaser and the Funding Agent in substantially the same form as this Agreement and agree to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms of that agreement.

 

(f) Upon the designation of a successor Servicer as set out in Clause 2.1(e), CL agrees that it will terminate its activities as Servicer under this Agreement in any manner necessary, or which the Funding Agent reasonably determines is desirable, to facilitate the transition of the performance of such activities to the new Servicer, and CL shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates that is a Seller or a Sub-Servicer or that performs any operations or other action related to the origination or servicing of the Affected Assets (each such Person, an Origination and Servicing Affiliate ) to, cooperate with and assist that new Servicer in any manner necessary, or which the Funding Agent or such new Servicer reasonably determines is desirable, to collect the Receivables or to service the Affected Assets. Such cooperation shall include:

 

  (i) the endorsement of any cheque or other instrument representing Collections or other Affected Assets;

 

  (ii) the execution of any power of attorney or other similar instrument necessary or desirable in connection with the enforcement or servicing of the Receivables and other Affected Assets; and

 

  (iii) providing access to and transferring Records (such Records to be transferred within thirty Business Days of the successor Servicer being designated in accordance with Clause 2.1(e) above) and otherwise permitting the use by the new Servicer of any records, licenses, hardware or software necessary or reasonably desirable to collect the Receivables and otherwise service the other Affected Assets, provided however that, with respect to any records, licenses, hardware or software arising out of contracts of the Servicer with third parties, that access and transfer will be provided only to the extent that provision of the same would not violate the terms of any of those contracts.

 

Page 2


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

(g) CL acknowledges that the Purchaser, the Funding Agent and the Secured Parties have relied on CL’s agreement to act as Servicer under this Agreement in making their decision to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which they are a party. Accordingly, CL agrees that it will not voluntarily resign as Servicer, unless an Affiliate of CL or any other person acceptable to the Funding Agent shall first have been appointed as Servicer.

 

(h) CL agrees that it shall cause each of its Origination and Servicing Affiliates to cooperate and assist the Servicer (including any successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Clause 2.1(e)) in any manner that the Servicer or the Funding Agent reasonably determines will facilitate the performance of its duties under this Agreement, including:

 

  (i) endorsing any cheque or other instrument representing Collections or other Affected Assets;

 

  (ii) executing any power of attorney or other similar instrument necessary or desirable in connection with the enforcement, servicing, administration and/or collection of the Receivables and the other Affected Assets; and

 

  (iii) providing access to and upon request transferring, and otherwise permitting use by the Servicer of, any records, licenses, hardware or software necessary or reasonably desirable to collect the Receivables and otherwise service the other Affected Assets, provided however that, with respect to any records, licenses, hardware or software arising out of contracts of the Servicer with third parties, that access and transfer will be provided only to the extent that provision of the same would not violate the terms of any of those contracts.

 

(i) If at any time CL shall cease to be the Servicer under this Agreement, CL irrevocably agrees to, and agrees to cause each Origination and Servicing Affiliate to, act (if the Funding Agent or then current Servicer so requests) as the data-processing agent of that Servicer and, in that capacity, CL and any Origination and Servicing Affiliate shall conduct the data processing functions of the administration of the Receivables and the Collections on those Receivables in substantially the same way that CL conducted such data processing functions while it acted as the Servicer;

Appointment of Sub-Servicer

2.2 (a) The Servicer may at any time appoint a Sub-Servicer to perform all or any portion of its obligations as Servicer under this Agreement; provided that, in each case:

 

  (i) the Administrative Agent and the Funding Agent shall have given their prior written consent to that appointment (provided that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and that no such consent shall be required for the appointment of any Seller Party or Cartus Property Services Limited as a Sub-Servicer);

 

Page 3


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

  (ii) upon the termination of the then-acting Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the appointment of any Sub-Servicer appointed by that Servicer shall also terminate, provided that that Sub-Servicer may continue to act as Sub-Servicer if it and the Funding Agent agree;

 

  (iii) the Servicer shall remain obligated and liable to the Purchaser, the Funding Agent and the Secured Parties for the servicing and administration of the Receivables in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement without diminution of such obligation and liability by virtue of the appointment of the Sub-Servicer and to the same extent and under the same terms and conditions as if the Servicer alone were servicing and administering the Receivables; and

 

  (iv) the Servicer shall not appoint a Sub-Servicer to perform any portion of its obligations if, in the opinion of counsel, such appointment would cause the Purchaser to become subject to tax in the jurisdiction in which that Sub-Servicer is located solely by reason of that appointment.

 

(b) The Servicer shall require that any Sub-Servicer make the representations and warranties set out in Clause 5 ( Representations and Warranties ) and adopt the covenants of the Servicer set out in Clause 6.1 ( Positive covenants of the Servicer ) and Clause 6.2 ( Negative covenants of the Servicer ), in each case mutatis mutandis.

 

(c) The fees and expenses of any Sub-Servicer shall be solely for the account of the Servicer and none of the Purchaser, the Funding Agent, the Administrative Agent or the Lender shall have any responsibility for such fees and expenses.

3. D UTIES OF S ERVICER

Duties of Servicer

3.1 (a) The Servicer shall collect each Receivable from time to time, and perform all its other obligations under this Agreement, with reasonable care and diligence and in accordance with all applicable Law and the Credit and Collection Policy.

 

(b)

The Servicer shall set aside (and segregate) and hold in trust for the Purchaser until transferred to Purchaser Account 1 or another Purchaser Account designated by the Purchaser with the prior approval in writing of the Funding Agent all Collections in respect of Transferred Receivables which are received by it and which are not otherwise held on trust for the Purchaser in accordance with Clause 2.3 ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Proceeds of Receivables ) or 2.6 ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Collection Accounts ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement. The Servicer shall pay those Collections to the Purchaser on the same basis, with the necessary

 

Page 4


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

 

changes, as is set out in Clause 2.4 ( Distribution of Transaction Trust Property ) and 2.6(b)(i) ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Collection Accounts ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement. Any payment by a Seller to the Purchaser of Collections in accordance with Clause 2.4 ( Distribution of Transaction Trust Property ) or 2.6(b)(i) ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Collection Accounts ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement will discharge the obligation of the Servicer to pay those collections to the Purchaser under this Agreement.

 

(c) The Servicer shall not extend the maturity of any Receivable or adjust the Unpaid Balance of any Receivable, other than in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy and provided that that extension or adjustment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d) The Purchaser shall deliver to the Servicer and the Servicer shall hold in trust for the Purchaser all Records which evidence or relate to any Affected Asset. The Servicer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, make the Administrative Agent, the Funding Agent or any of the other Secured Parties or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, the Funding Agent or the other Secured Parties a party to any litigation with any third party arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, without the prior written consent of that Person.

 

(e) The Servicer shall, as soon as practicable following receipt by it of any amounts which do not represent Collections, in respect of Receivables or other Affected Assets, or which do not otherwise constitute Affected Assets, Transferred to the Purchaser, subject to and in accordance with the Transaction Trust, remit those amounts to the applicable Seller. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Clause 3 ( Duties of Servicer ), the Servicer, (if not the Purchaser), CL or any Affiliate of CL, shall have no obligation to collect, enforce or take any other action described in Clause 3 ( Duties of Servicer ) with respect to any such amounts.

 

(f)

The Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent, no more frequently than once a year prior to the occurrence of a Servicer Default, and no more frequently than four times a year with effect from the occurrence of a Servicer Default, shall cause a firm of independent auditors or other independent firm or person selected by the Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent and approved in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) by CL (provided that if CL does not approve the firm first selected by the Funding Agent or Administrative Agent they shall endeavour to agree with CL an alternative firm, provided further that if they are unable to reach agreement with CL within 10 Business Days of proposing the alternative firm, the Funding Agent or Administrative Agent shall be entitled to select the firm in its sole discretion and that discretion will be binding on CL, the Servicer and the Sellers) to deliver to the Funding Agent and the Lender, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event not later than 120 days after the date of the request, a report, addressed to the Funding Agent and the Lender, summarising the results of certain procedures with respect to certain documents and records relating to

 

Page 5


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

 

the servicing and administering of the Receivables during the period requested by the Funding Agent or the Lender. The procedures to be performed and reported upon by the independent auditors shall be those requested by the Funding Agent or the Lender and approved in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) by CL (provided that if CL does not approve the procedures first selected by the Funding Agent or the Lender they shall endeavour to agree with CL alternative procedures, provided further that if they are unable to reach agreement with CL within 10 Business Days of proposing the procedures, the Funding Agent or the Lender shall be entitled to select the procedures in its sole discretion and that discretion shall be binding on CL, the Servicer and the Sellers).

 

(g) Any payment by an Obligor in respect of any Indebtedness owed by it to a Seller shall, except as otherwise specified by that Obligor, required by contract or Law or clearly indicated by facts or circumstances (including, by way of example, an equivalence of a payment and the amount of a particular invoice), be applied in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy.

Reports

3.2 (a) The Servicer shall, by no later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on each Monthly Reporting Date, prepare and forward to the Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent a Servicer Report, certified by the Servicer.

 

(b) The Calculation Agent shall make any calculations required for the purposes of any payment of Advance Purchase Price to be made by the Purchaser to the Seller based on information provided in the Servicer Report and shall notify the Servicer of the result of those calculations no later than 10.00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day preceding the relevant Calculation Date.

3.3 The Servicer shall, no later than by 10.00 a.m. (London time) on the relevant Calculation Date either:

 

(a) approve the calculations provided by the Calculation Agent and notify the Funding Agent of the amount of any Advance to be made by the Lender on the relevant Settlement Date; or

 

(b) consult with the Calculation Agent if it is of the reasonable opinion that the results of the calculations provided by the Calculation Agent are not correct, with the aim of agreeing such calculation by no later than 10.00 a.m. on the Business Day following the Calculation Date.

If as of the end of any fiscal quarter a Weekly Servicer Reporting Event has occurred, the Servicer shall, commencing on the applicable Weekly Servicer Reporting Commencement Date and continuing until no such Weekly Servicer Reporting Event exists for two consecutive fiscal quarters, prepare and deliver (at such times as may be agreed between the Servicer and the Funding Agent) to the Funding Agent, a report in the form set out in Schedule 2 ( Form of Weekly Servicer Report ) with respect to the last Business Day of the preceding week (each such report, a Weekly Servicer Report ) based on the most recently available interim reporting generated from financial

 

Page 6


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

system-generated data in the Servicer’s financial records, the detailed contents of which shall be agreed between the Servicer and the Funding Agent as soon as practicable after the Weekly Servicer Reporting Commencement Date.

3.4 The Servicer shall, by no later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each Weekly Reporting Date, prepare and forward to the Funding Agent and the Administrative Agent a Weekly Cash Allocation Report in accordance with Clause 3.13, certified by the Servicer.

The Purchaser Accounts

3.5 The Servicer represents and warrants to the Purchaser and the Funding Agent that, as at the New Amendment Date, Purchaser Account 1 is open and fully operational, that the Purchaser is entitled to receive interest on amounts standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 1 at the standard rate applicable by Barclays Bank Plc to accounts of that nature and that it is subject to a mandate which authorises Purchaser Account 1 to be operated by the Servicer alone prior to the date on which an Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event occurs (as described in Clause 3.12 ( Occurrence of Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event )) or otherwise as agreed with the Lender and, with effect from the date on which an Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event occurs, by the Funding Agent or Calculation Agent. The Servicer shall provide to the Funding Agent and the Calculation Agent from time to time any information which the Funding Agent reasonably requires in relation to the operation of Purchaser Account 1 and the payments made to and from that account and shall by no later than 15 January 2008 provide it with on-line (view only) access from the Funding Agent’s offices in relation to Purchaser Account 1, which is the same as that enjoyed by the Servicer so far as it relates to viewing details of the account and the transactions and balances thereon. CL shall pay when due any charges imposed by Barclays Bank Plc for the maintenance and operation of Purchaser Account 1 and any transactions thereon and shall indemnify the Purchaser, the Funding Agent, the Calculation Agent and the Administrative Agent in respect of any claim for those charges made against it or debited to Purchaser Account 1.

3.6 The Servicer represents and warrants to the Purchaser and the Funding Agent that, as at the New Amendment Date, Purchaser Account 2 is open and fully operational, that the Purchaser is entitled to receive interest on amounts standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 2 at the standard rate applicable by Barclays Bank Plc to accounts of that nature and that it is subject to a mandate which authorises Purchaser Account 2 to be operated by the Funding Agent alone and by no later than 15 January 2008 provides the Funding Agent with free full on-line access from the Funding Agent’s offices and which CL shall pay when due any charges imposed by Barclays Bank Plc for the maintenance and operation of Purchaser Account 2 and any transactions thereon and shall indemnify the Purchaser, the Funding Agent, the Calculation Agent and the Administrative Agent in respect of any claim for those charges made against it or debited to Purchaser Account 2.

3.7 By no later than 15 January 2008, the Servicer shall arrange for full on-line access to be given to the Funding Agent in respect of Purchaser Account 1 and the daily balances standing to the credit of that account including the ability to give instructions in relation to that account by the Funding Agent following the occurrence of an Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event.

 

Page 7


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Transfer of Collections in respect of Billed Receivables or Unbilled Receivables

3.8 With effect from the date on which the initial Advance is made the Servicer shall arrange for all Collections in respect of Billed Receivables or Unbilled Receivables Transferred to the Purchaser, to the extent not held on trust by the Sellers in accordance with Clause 2.4 ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Proceeds of Receivables ) or 2.6(b)(i) ( Declaration of Trust in respect of the Collection Accounts ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement, to be transferred to the Purchaser, on the same basis as is set out in Clause 2.4 of the Receivables Transfer Agreement.

Transfer of Collections in respect of GSA Receivables

3.9 With effect from the date on which the initial Advance is made, the Servicer shall arrange for all Collections in respect of GSA Receivables Transferred to the Purchaser, other than any amount referred to in Clause 6.2(h) ( Sale of Residential Properties and Payment of Sale Proceeds ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement to be credited to Purchaser Account 1.

Application of amounts standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 1

3.10 Prior to the occurrence of an Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event, the Servicer may on any Business Day during each Weekly Reporting Period falling during a particular Monthly Reporting Period, apply the amount standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 1 to pay the Purchase Price for GSA Receivables and other Affected Assets which have been Transferred to the Purchaser during that Weekly Reporting Period or any earlier Weekly Reporting Period falling during that Monthly Reporting Period and, to the extent not so applied on any day, to make payments of Advance Purchase Price to the Sellers in accordance with Clause 3.4 ( Payment of Advance Purchase Price ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement during that Monthly Reporting Period.

Application of amounts standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 2

3.11 No amount may be transferred from Purchaser Account 2 except in accordance with Clause 4.2 of this Servicing Agreement or, where applicable, Clause 11 ( Application of Proceeds ) of the Security Agreement.

Occurrence of Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event

3.12 If an Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event occurs it shall not be capable of remedy unless it is an event of the kind referred to in paragraph (i) of the definition, in which case it shall be deemed to be remedied (and for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed not to have occurred) if and with effect from the date on which the Servicer has, since the date on which the Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event occurred, delivered on the due date therefor in accordance with Clause 3.13 ( Weekly Cash Allocation Report ), two Weekly Cash Allocation Reports which are demonstrated to be correct to the satisfaction of, and which are otherwise acceptable to, the Funding Agent in all respects.

 

Page 8


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Weekly Cash Allocation Report

3.13 The Servicer shall prepare and deliver to the Purchaser and the Funding Agent on each Weekly Reporting Date in respect of a Weekly Reporting Period falling during a particular Monthly Reporting Period a report (the Weekly Cash Allocation Report ) showing:

 

(a) the aggregate Unpaid Balance of all GSA Receivables Transferred to the Purchaser during the Weekly Reporting Period ending immediately prior to that Weekly Reporting Date;

 

(b) the aggregate Collections received by the Servicer in respect of the GSA Receivables during that Weekly Reporting Period; and

 

(c) (i) the amount by which such aggregate amount of Collections received and paid to the Sellers under Clause 3.10 exceeds the aggregate amount of Initial Purchase Price payable by the Purchaser to the Sellers in respect of the GSA Receivables Transferred to the Purchasers during the Weekly Reporting Period (the Excess Amount ); and

 

  (ii) the amount, calculated on a cumulative basis on each Weekly Reporting Date in respect of each Weekly Reporting Period falling during the particular Monthly Reporting Period by which the aggregate amount of such Collections received and paid to the Sellers under Clause 3.10 net of any amount paid by the Sellers to the Purchaser in accordance with Clause 3.15 in respect of each such Weekly Reporting Period exceeds the aggregate amount of Initial Purchase Price payable by the Purchaser to the Sellers in respect of the GSA Receivables Transferred to the Purchaser during each such Weekly Reporting Period (the Cumulative Amount ).

The Weekly Cash Allocation Report shall also contain the Weekly Billings during the immediately preceding Weekly Reporting Period.

3.14 (a) Prior to the occurrence of an Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event, the Servicer shall arrange for payments to be made from Purchaser Account 1 to Purchaser Account 2 so that the amount standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 2 is equal to the Transfer Amount on any Weekly Settlement Date. Transfer Amount means amount by which the Cumulative Amount exceeds £10,000,000.

 

(b) With effect from the occurrence of an Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event, the Servicer shall arrange for the amount standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 1 as at 3 p.m. on each Business Day to be transferred for same day value to Purchaser Account 2.

3.15 If for any reason there are insufficient funds standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 1 to make any payment to Purchaser Account 2 required by Clause 3.14, the

 

Page 9


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Sellers agree, jointly and severally, to pay the Transfer Amount to the Purchaser on a weekly basis by transfer to Purchaser Account 2, within two Business Days if the Servicer is then authorised to operate Purchaser Account 1 and otherwise on demand made by the Funding Agent on behalf of the Purchaser.

The Servicer represents that it is authorised on behalf of the Sellers to agree the provisions of this Clause 3.15.

Limits on withdrawals from any Purchaser Account

3.16 No amount shall be withdrawn by the Servicer from any Purchaser Account that would cause such account to become overdrawn.

Restriction on amounts to be deposited or credited to any Purchaser Account

3.17 The Servicer shall not deposit or otherwise credit, or cause, suffer or permit to be so deposited or credited, to any Purchaser Account cash or cash proceeds other than Collections or other amounts received in respect of or derived from the Affected Assets.

Advance deemed reduced by amount held in trust

3.18 No Advance shall be deemed reduced by any amount held in trust for the Purchaser by any Seller or the Servicer or standing to the credit of any Purchaser Account or the Lender Account unless and until, and then only to the extent that, such amount is finally paid to the Lender in accordance with Clause 4.1 ( Restriction on payments other than on Monthly Settlement Dates ).

Records and segregation of Collections of Receivables

3.19 At any time:

 

(a) following the designation pursuant to Clause 2.1 ( Appointment of Servicer ) of a Servicer other than CL or an Affiliate of CL; or

 

(b) whilst a Servicer Default is continuing or following the occurrence of an Event of Default or Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event and provided that no such action would constitute a breach of any applicable Law:

 

  (i) the Funding Agent may, at the Servicer’s expense, and may require the Servicer, at the Servicer’s expense, to cause each of its Origination and Servicing Affiliates to:

 

  (A) notify any Obligor, in relation to any Assignable Receivable of the Purchaser’s interest in, and the security interest of the Funding Agent and the Secured Parties in, the related Affected Assets; and

 

  (B) direct the Obligors in relation to all Assignable Receivables (and their related Affected Assets) that payment of all amounts payable under any such Receivables (and their related Affected Assets) are to be made directly to the Purchaser or the Funding Agent or its assigns or designees;

 

Page 10


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

  (ii) where the Servicer Default is not pursuant to Clause 7(e) ( Event of Bankruptcy ), the Funding Agent shall be entitled to instruct the Servicer (and the Servicer undertakes to comply with any such instruction), at the Servicer’s expense, to direct the Obligor in relation to each Non-Assignable Receivables (and its related Affected Assets), if the Funding Agent determines that such direction would not breach the Contract under which that Receivable arises, that payment of all amounts payable under any such Receivable are to be made to a Purchaser Account specified by the Funding Agent;

 

  (iii) at the Funding Agent’s request and at the Servicer’s expense, the Servicer shall, and shall cause each of its Origination and Servicing Affiliates:

 

  (A) to assemble all of the Records and shall make the same available to the Funding Agent at the addresses specified for the related Seller in the Receivables Transfer Agreement or at any other place agreed to by that Seller and the Funding Agent; and

 

  (B) promptly upon receipt, to remit all cash, cheques and instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections of Receivables, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer, to the Funding Agent or its designee.

Power of Attorney

3.20 In order to facilitate the Funding Agent taking any of the action set out in Clause 3.1 ( Duties of Servicer ), the Purchaser shall, on the Closing Date, execute and deliver to the Funding Agent a power of attorney substantially in the form of Schedule 1 ( Purchaser Power of Attorney ). The Funding Agent may only exercise the powers and discretions referred to in the power of attorney in the circumstances referred to in Clause 3.19(b).

4. P AYMENTS BY THE P URCHASER

Restriction on payments other than on Monthly Settlement Dates

4.1 No amounts may be withdrawn, and no payments may be made, from any Purchaser Account on any day other than a Monthly Settlement Date except, prior to the occurrence of a Servicer Default or Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event which is continuing, other than in the circumstances, and subject to the terms and conditions, specifically provided for in the Transaction Documents in particular, without limitation, no amounts may be withdrawn from Purchaser Account 2 except in accordance with Clause 4.2 or, as applicable, Clause 11 ( Application of Proceeds ) of the Security Agreement. Where any such withdrawal or payment is permitted, the Funding Agent agrees that the amount in question shall be released from the security created by the Security Agreement upon that payment being made.

 

Page 11


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

4.2 On each Settlement Date, the Funding Agent shall arrange for the Purchaser to apply the amounts standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 1 and Purchaser Account 2, in paying or providing for the following amounts (together with any applicable VAT) which are then due and payable or which will become due and payable prior to the next Monthly Settlement Date in the following order of priority:

 

(a) to the Lender:

 

  (i) if the Lender is Calyon S.A., London Branch, (i) in payment of the accrued and unpaid Interest on the Net Advances for the related Interest Period and (ii) in payment of the Commitment Fee for the related Interest Period; and

 

  (ii) if the Lender is a Conduit Assignee (A) in payment of the Costs of Funds of the Conduit Assignee for the related Interest Period and (ii) in payment of the Non Utilization Fee of the Back Up Liquidity Line for the related Reporting Period;

 

(b) if CL or any of its Affiliates is not then the Servicer, to the Servicer in payment of the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee payable on that Settlement Date;

 

(c) to the Lender, in repayment and reduction of the Net Advances then due and payable;

 

(d) to the Funding Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Calculation Agent, the Lender or any other Person who is entitled to any such payment, in payment of any other Aggregate Unpaids (other than Net Advances, Interest and Servicing Fee) owed by the Purchaser, any Seller and/or the Servicer under this Agreement to that Person;

 

(e) an amount equal to any operating expenses (including, but not limited to, management fees and expenses, fees and expenses payable to any administrative or corporate services provider in relation to services provided to the Purchaser and any Taxes payable by the Purchaser) of the Purchaser; and

 

(f) the sum of £1,000 per annum, to be retained by the Purchaser for its own account and not to form part of the amounts applied in making payments by the Purchaser;

 

(g) to the payment of the Purchase Price for new Receivables Transferred or to be Transferred to the Purchaser during the immediately preceding Monthly Reporting Period pursuant to the Receivables Transfer Agreement;

 

(h) if CL or any of its Affiliates is then the Servicer, to the Servicer in payment of the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee payable on that Settlement Date;

 

Page 12


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

(i) to the payment to the Sellers of the deferred portion of the Purchase Price owing by the Purchaser in respect of Receivables Transferred to the Purchaser during any prior Monthly Reporting Period pursuant to the Receivables Transfer Agreement (as those amounts may be reduced from time to time by funding costs and losses (net of recoveries)).

4.3 The amounts paid to the Sellers pursuant to Clause 3.10 (Application of amounts standing to the credit of Purchaser Account 1) and the amounts payable pursuant to Clause 4.2(g) and (i) shall be allocated among the Sellers on a pro rata basis according to amounts owing to the Sellers; provided that no amount shall be distributed to any Seller in excess of available Collections on Receivables Transferred to the Purchaser by that Seller.

4.4 On or before each Reporting Date, the Servicer will calculate the aggregate amounts paid or payable to each Seller under Clause 3 ( Duties of Servicer ) during the Reporting Period ending immediately before that Reporting Date, and will set out the results of such calculations and any resulting adjustments as indicated in the form of the Servicer Report.

Dilutions; breach of warranty

4.5 If the Purchaser receives a Dilution Amount or a Warranty Amount, it shall be treated for all purposes as though it were a Collection.

Payments, etc.

4.6 (a) All amounts to be paid or deposited by the Purchaser or the Servicer under this Agreement shall be paid in a manner such that the amount to be paid or deposited is actually received by the Person to which that amount is to be paid or on behalf of which that amount is to be deposited, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, no later than 11.00 a.m. (local time where such receiving Person is located) on the day when due in immediately available funds.

 

(b) All amounts payable by the Purchaser to or for the account of any Secured Party shall be paid or deposited in the account notified by it or the Funding Agent on its behalf from time to time.

 

(c) The Servicer shall, in respect of any payment which it arranges for the Purchaser to make, no later than 11:00 a.m. on the second Business Day before any payment is due, procure to be delivered to the Funding Agent confirmation from the bank effecting payment, by fax or authenticated SWIFT message, the payment instructions relating to such payment.

 

(d) Each of the Servicer and the Purchaser shall, to the extent permitted by Law, pay, upon demand, interest on all amounts not paid or deposited when due under this Agreement at a rate equal to the Default Rate.

 

Page 13


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

5. R EPRESENTATION AND W ARRANTIES

5.1 Representations and warranties

The Servicer represents and warrants to the Purchaser and the Funding Agent, for the benefit of the Funding Agent, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, that, on each of the days specified in Clause 5.2 ( Repetition of representations and warranties ):

Corporate existence and power

 

(a) It:

 

  (i) is a limited company duly organised, validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  (ii) has all corporate power and all licenses, authorisations, consents, approvals and qualifications of and from all Official Bodies and other third parties required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is now and proposed to be conducted (except where the failure to have any such licenses, authorisations, consents, approvals and qualifications would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect).

Corporate and governmental authorisation; no contravention

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party:

 

  (i) are within its corporate powers;

 

  (ii) have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate and required shareholder action (if any);

 

  (iii) require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Official Body or official of such Official Body or any third party;

 

  (iv) do not contravene or constitute a default under its Organic Documents;

 

  (v) do not contravene or constitute a default which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect under:

 

  (A) any Law applicable to it;

 

  (B) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or its property; or

 

  (C) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction, decree or other instrument binding on or affecting it or its property; and

 

  (vi) do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to its property (except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents).

 

Page 14


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Binding effect

 

(c) Each of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Accuracy of information

 

(d) All information furnished by it (including the Servicer Reports and its financial statements) to the Purchaser, the Lender, the Funding Agent or the Administrative Agent for the purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or by any other Transaction Document is, to the best of its knowledge, true, complete and accurate in every material respect, on the date that information is stated or certified, and none of the information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

Action; suits

 

(e) It is not in violation of any order of any Official Body or arbitrator. There are no actions, suits, litigation or proceedings pending, or to its actual knowledge threatened, against or affecting it or any of its Affiliates or their respective properties, in or before any Official Body or arbitrator which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Eligibility of Receivables

 

(f) Each Receivable represented by it to be an Eligible Receivable in any Servicer Report is in fact an Eligible Receivable as of the date of that report, and each Receivable which is included in the calculation of any Total Borrowing Base, Net Receivables Balance or similar calculation as of any time as an Eligible Receivable which is not a Defaulted Receivable is in fact an Eligible Receivable which is not a Defaulted Receivable at that time.

Credit and Collection Policy

 

(g) Since the Closing Date there have been no changes in any Seller’s Credit and Collection Policy other than in accordance with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents. It has at all times complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy.

 

Page 15


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

No Servicer Default

 

(h) No event has occurred and is continuing and no condition exists which, to the actual knowledge of the Servicer, constitutes or may reasonably be expected to constitute a Servicer Default.

5.2 Repetition of representations and warranties

The representations and warranties in Clause 5.1 shall be given on the Closing Date, the date of each Advance and (if different) each Settlement Date, except in respect of Clause 5.1(h) which shall be given on a monthly basis and Clause 5.1(f) which shall be given on a weekly or a monthly basis, as applicable.

6. C OVENANTS

Positive covenants of the Servicer

6.1 At all times from the date of this Agreement to the Final Payout Date, as long as it is a Servicer, unless the Funding Agent shall otherwise consent in writing:

Reporting requirements

 

(a) The Servicer shall maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and shall furnish (or cause to be furnished) to the Funding Agent:

 

  (i) Annual reporting:

Within 305 days after the close of each of its fiscal years, its audited financial statements and the audited financial statements on a consolidated basis for Cartus Holdings Limited, in each case, prepared by a internationally-recognised accounting firm in accordance with GAAP, including a balance sheet as of the end of such period and related statements of operations and shareholder’s equity, accompanied by:

 

  (A) an unqualified audit report certified by independent certified public accountants acceptable to the Funding Agent, prepared in accordance with applicable GAAP; and

 

  (B) any management letter prepared by those accountants.

Compliance certificate

 

  (ii) Together with the financial statements required under this Agreement, a compliance certificate signed by the Servicer’s director of finance or chief financial officer or a duly authorised financial officer of Cartus Corporation (on behalf of the Servicer), stating that:

 

  (A) the attached financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and accurately reflect the consolidated financial condition of the Servicer and its Subsidiaries; and

 

Page 16


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

  (B) to the best of that Person’s knowledge, no Servicer Default is continuing, or if any Servicer Default is continuing, stating the nature and status of that Servicer Default and the action, if any, taken or proposed to be taken to remedy the same.

Notice of Servicer Defaults, etc.

 

  (iii) As soon as possible and in any event within two Business Days after the Servicer obtains actual knowledge of:

 

  (A) the occurrence of any Servicer Default, a statement of its director of finance or chief financial officer or chief accounting officer or a duly authorised financial officer of Cartus Corporation (on behalf of the Servicer), setting out details of such Servicer Default and the action which it proposes to take in respect of such Servicer Default, which information shall be updated promptly from time to time;

 

  (B) any litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between it and any Person that may result in a Material Adverse Effect or any litigation or proceeding relating to any Transaction Document, notice of such litigation, investigation or proceeding; and

 

  (C) the existence of a Material Adverse Effect, notice of such Material Adverse Effect.

Change in accountants or accounting policy

 

  (iv) The Servicer shall promptly notify the Funding Agent of any change in its accountants or accounting policy, as such policy relates to any Receivable or any other Affected Asset or to any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, if that change would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Conduct of business

 

(b) The Servicer shall:

 

  (i) carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields of enterprise (including any substantial line of business) as it is presently conducted;

 

  (ii)

do all things necessary to remain duly incorporated and validly existing in its jurisdiction of organisation and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted,

 

Page 17


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

 

provided that nothing in this Clause 6.1(b) shall prohibit the Servicer or any of its Subsidiaries from entering into any Permitted Reorganisation from time to time.

Compliance with Laws, etc.

 

(c) The Servicer shall comply with all Laws to which it or its respective properties may be subject and preserve and maintain its corporate existence, licenses, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges, except to the extent that any such failure to so comply or preserve or maintain the same would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

Furnishing of information and inspection of records

 

(d) The Servicer shall furnish to the Funding Agent or the Purchaser from time to time, such information with respect to the Affected Assets as the Funding Agent or the Purchaser (as the case may be) may reasonably request, subject to not less than ten Business Days’ prior written notice, including listings identifying the Obligor, the Unpaid Balance of each Receivable and the property values in respect of the Residential Properties relating to the GSA Receivables. Upon not less than ten Business Days’ prior written notice by the Funding Agent to the Servicer, the Servicer shall, at any time and from time to time, but not more frequently than once a year (except whilst an Event of Default is continuing, in which case, not more frequently than four times a year), during regular business hours, permit the Funding Agent, or its agents or representatives, at the expense of the Servicer:

 

  (i) to examine and make copies of and take abstracts from all books, Records and documents (including computer tapes and disks) relating to the Receivables or other Affected Assets, including any related Contract; and

 

  (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the Servicer for the purpose of examining such materials described in Clause 6.1(d)(i), and to discuss matters relating to the Affected Assets or the Servicer’s performance under this Agreement, and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party with any of the officers, directors, relevant employees (after consultation with the Servicer) or independent public accountants of the Servicer (or any Subservicer) having knowledge of such matters. Subject to Clause 10.9 ( Consent to disclosure ), those agents and representatives shall be bound to treat any information received pursuant to this Clause 6.1(d) as confidential.

Keeping of Records and books of account

 

(e) (i) The Servicer shall establish and maintain necessary procedures for determining, no less frequently than each date on which a Servicer Report is required to be delivered pursuant to Clause 3.2 ( Reports ), whether each of the Receivables qualifies as an Eligible Receivable, and for identifying on that date all of the Receivables which are not Eligible Receivables Transferred to the Purchaser during the immediately preceding Reporting Period.

 

Page 18


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

  (ii) The Servicer shall maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing the Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals of such records), and keep and maintain, all documents, books, computer tapes, disks, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection and administration of the Receivables (including records adequate to permit the identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable).

 

  (iii) The Servicer shall give the Purchaser and the Funding Agent prompt notice of any material change in its administrative and operating procedures referred to in Clause 6.1(e)(ii).

Performance and compliance with Receivables and Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy

 

(f) The Servicer shall:

 

  (i) at its own expense, timely and fully perform and comply with all material provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under any Contract related to the Receivables; and

 

  (ii) timely comply with the Credit and Collection Policy.

Personal information

 

(g) Notwithstanding anything in any Transaction Document to the contrary, the Servicer shall ensure that no personal or other information in, or otherwise relating to, any Contract, Receivable, any Collection related to any Contract or Receivable, or any other Affected Asset or any Record ( Relevant Personal Data ) is transmitted or delivered to, or otherwise received by, the Purchaser, the Funding Agent or any other Indemnified Party if that transmission, delivery or receipt would result in the violation by such Person of any legislation or regulation relating to data protection; provided that, upon the request of the Funding Agent at any time after a Servicer Default, Event of Default or Intramonth Payment Cash Trapping Event has occurred and is continuing, the Servicer shall, and shall cause each of the Sellers to, in each case, at its own expense, co-operate, assist and otherwise take all necessary actions as may be required to ensure that all Relevant Personal Data is transferred to the Funding Agent (or such other Person as the Funding Agent may direct) in accordance with all applicable Law, including entering into any further deeds or documents which may be required to comply with any such legislation or regulations relating to data protection.

 

Page 19


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Establishment of Purchaser Accounts with Barclays Bank Plc

 

(h) The Servicer shall, by no later than 15 January 2008, on behalf of the Purchaser establish the Purchaser Accounts with Barclays Bank Plc, to which Obligors will be directed to make all payments in respect of the GSA Receivables.

Negative covenants of the Servicer

6.2 At all times from the date of this Agreement to the Final Payout Date, unless the Funding Agent shall otherwise consent in writing:

No sales, liens, etc.

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and in the other Transaction Documents, the Servicer shall not:

 

  (i) sell, assign (by operation of Law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any charge or other Adverse Claim upon (or the filing of any charge or other security interest over) or with respect to any of the Affected Assets, including any Adverse Claim arising from an Adverse Claim on the proceeds of inventory or goods, other than Permitted Exceptions; or

 

  (ii) assign any right to receive income in respect of that Adverse Claim.

No extension or amendment of Receivables

 

(b) The Servicer shall not:

 

  (i) extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable or other Affected Assets; or

 

  (ii) amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract related to any Receivable,

other than, in each case, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy and provided that such extension, amendment, modification or waiver would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

No change in business

 

(c) The Servicer shall not make any change in the general nature of its business (including those relating to the invoicing of Receivables) if such change would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

No mergers, etc.

 

(d) The Servicer shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, lease or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to, any other Person, other than pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

Page 20


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

No impairment of security

 

(e) The Servicer shall not take any action or permit any action to occur or suffer any circumstance to exist which would result in any security or security interest granted, or charge or security agreement or document entered into or registered or filed, in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document becoming impaired or unenforceable in any material respect.

No amendment of Transaction Documents

 

(f) The Servicer shall not amend, modify, or supplement any Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party, other than in accordance with the relevant Transaction Documents, except with the prior written consent of the Funding Agent.

Closure or transferral of any Purchaser Account

 

(g) Neither the Servicer nor the Purchaser shall close or transfer any Purchaser Account to another bank or banks without the prior written consent of the Funding Agent.

7. S ERVICER D EFAULT

 

Servicer Default

7.1 The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a Servicer Default :

Non-payment

 

(a) The Servicer shall fail to make any payment or deposit required to be made by it under this Agreement:

 

  (i) on the date when due in the case of any payment of Net Advances, Interest or any deposit of Collections in respect of Receivables; or

 

  (ii) within five Business Days after the receipt of the relevant invoice or a written notice that such amount is due in the case of expenses, indemnities or other amounts not covered by Clause 7.1(a)(i), unless,

in each case, the failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error and payment is made within one additional Business Day of its due date.

Breach of obligations

 

(b) The Servicer shall fail to observe or perform any term, covenant, undertaking or agreement on the Servicer’s part to be performed under Clause 3.2 ( Reports ), Clauses 6.1(a)(iii) ( Notice of Servicer Default, etc .) or 6.2(d) ( No mergers, etc. ) and such default shall be continuing for five Business Days after the Servicer obtains actual knowledge of that default.

 

Page 21


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Other obligations

 

(c) The Servicer shall fail to observe or perform any other term, covenant or agreement under this Agreement or under any of the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party or by which the Servicer is bound, and such failure shall be continuing for thirty days after the earlier of:

 

  (i) notice from the Funding Agent of such failure requiring the same to be remedied; and

 

  (ii) the Servicer obtains actual knowledge of that failure,

provided that, if the relevant Seller has used all reasonable endeavours to sell the relevant Residential Property within the relevant period in accordance with Clause 6.2(h) ( Sale of Residential Properties and Payment of Sale Proceeds ) of the Receivables Transfer Agreement and the Residential Property remains unsold at the end of that period, the fact that such Residential Property remains unsold shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, in itself constitute a breach of this Agreement.

Misrepresentation

 

(d) Any representation, warranty, certification or statement made or deemed to be made by the Servicer in this Agreement or in any of the other Transaction Documents or in any information, certificate, report or document delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing shall prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed to be made or delivered and such default shall be continuing for thirty days after the Servicer obtains actual knowledge of that default.

Event of Bankruptcy

 

(e) An Event of Bankruptcy is continuing with respect to the Servicer.

Billed Receivables DSO

 

(f) The Billed Receivables DSO being greater than 100 days.

Average Time in Inventory

 

(g) The Average Time in Inventory being greater than 400 days.

8. F EES

Servicing Fee

 

8.1 (a) The Servicer shall be paid a Servicing Fee in accordance with, and subject to the priorities in, Clause 4.2 ( Restriction on payments other than on Monthly Settlement Dates ).

 

(b)

If the Servicer is not CL or an Affiliate of CL, the Funding Agent, at its sole discretion, may agree to a revised percentage to be used to calculate the

 

Page 22


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

 

Servicing Fee so long as such fee is documented to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lender. Such Servicing Fee shall be paid in accordance with, and subject to, the order of priorities set out in Clause 4.

 

(c) The Calculation Agent shall be paid a Calculation Agent Fee in accordance with, and subject to the order of priorities set out in Clause 4 ( Payments by the Purchaser ).

Value added taxes

8.2 Each of the Parties agrees that:

 

(a) the Servicing Fee determined in accordance with Clause 8.1(a) ( Servicing Fee ) shall be inclusive of all value added taxes and similar Taxes and the Purchaser shall not be required to pay any additional amount in respect of any such Taxes;

 

(b) the Servicing Fee determined in accordance with Clause 8.1(b) ( Servicing Fee ) shall be exclusive of all value added taxes and similar Taxes and that the Purchaser will be obliged to pay any additional amount which is required in respect of any such Taxes; and

 

(c) the Calculation Agent Fee determined in accordance with Clause 8.1(c) (Servicing Fee) is exempt from value added taxes.

9. I NDEMNIFICATION

Indemnities by the Servicer

9.1 Without limiting any other rights which the Funding Agent or the Lenders or the other Indemnified Parties may have under this Agreement or under applicable Law, the Servicer agrees to indemnify the Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser on demand from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts arising out of or resulting from (whether directly or indirectly):

 

(a) the failure of any information contained in any Servicer Report to be true and correct in any material respect, or the failure of any other information provided to any Indemnified Party, in respect of the Servicer or the Affected Assets, by, or on behalf of, the Servicer to be true and correct in any material respect, in each case, as of the date made or deemed to be made;

 

(b) the failure of any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement to have been true and correct as of the date made or deemed made;

 

(c) the failure by the Servicer to comply with any applicable Law with respect to any Receivable or any related Contract;

 

Page 23


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

(d) any dispute, claim, set-off or defence of any Seller to the payment of any Receivable resulting from or related to the collection activities in respect of such Receivable; or

 

(e) any failure of the Servicer to perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document,

provided that, in each case, such indemnity will not apply in relation to any loss suffered by any Indemnified Party which arises, directly or indirectly, from the negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Party.

9.2 In respect of any Indemnified Amounts payable to any Indemnified Party who is not a party to this Agreement in accordance with the indemnity set out in Clause 9.1 above, the Servicer acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser shall have the right to enforce the indemnity set out in Clause 9.1 above on behalf of any such Indemnified Party in respect of any Indemnified Amounts payable to such Indemnified Party, notwithstanding that no Indemnified Amounts are payable to the Purchaser itself. The Purchaser agrees that it will pay to the relevant Indemnified Party all Indemnified Amounts due to such Indemnified Party that it receives or recovers from the Servicer pursuant to the indemnity set out in Clause 9.1 above.

Currency Indemnity

9.3 If under any applicable Law or regulation, or pursuant to a judgment or order being made or registered against the Servicer, or the liquidation of any of the Servicer or for any other reason, any payment under or in connection with this Agreement or any Transaction Document is made (including any payment pursuant to Clause 9 ( Indemnification ) or fails to be satisfied, in a currency (the payment currency ) other than the currency in which such payment is expressed to be due under or in connection with this Agreement or any Transaction Document or, in the event no currency is specified, a currency determined by the Person (in its reasonable good faith opinion) to whom such payment is owed or otherwise payable (the contractual currency ), then, to the extent that the amount of such payment actually received by any Indemnified Party (the payee ) when converted into the contractual currency at the rate of exchange falls short of the amount due, the Servicer (the currency payor ) as a separate and independent obligation, shall indemnify and hold harmless the payee against the amount of that shortfall. For the purposes of this Clause 9.3, the term rate of exchange means the rate at which the payee is able, on or about the date of such payment, to purchase, in accordance with its normal practice, the contractual currency with the payment currency and shall take into account (and the currency payor shall be liable for) any premium and other costs of exchange including any taxes or duties incurred by reason of any such exchange.

Taxes

9.4(a) All payments and distributions made or deemed made by the Servicer to any Person (each a recipient ), or by the Purchaser to the Calculation Agent whether pursuant to this Agreement or to any other Transaction Document (collectively the covered payments ), shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any present or future income, excise, stamp or franchise taxes and any other taxes, fees,

 

Page 24


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

duties, withholdings or other charges of any nature whatsoever imposed by any taxing authority on any recipient (such items being called Taxes ), but excluding taxes imposed on or measured by the recipient’s net income or gross receipts ( Excluded Taxes ), except to the extent required by applicable Law or practice.

 

(b) In the event that any withholding or deduction from any covered payment is required in respect of any Taxes, the Servicer or, as applicable, the Purchaser, shall:

 

  (i) withhold or deduct the required amount from the covered payment;

 

  (ii) pay (or procure the payment of) directly to the relevant authority the full amount required to be so withheld or deducted;

 

  (iii) promptly forward to the recipient an official receipt or other documentation satisfactory to such recipient evidencing such payment to such authority; and

 

  (iv) except in the case of Excluded Taxes, pay (or procure the payment of) to the recipient, in the case of the Servicer out of funds other than Collections, such additional amount or amounts as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the recipient will equal the full amount such recipient would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required.

 

(c) If any Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) are directly asserted against any recipient with respect to any payment received by such recipient under this Agreement, the recipient may pay such Taxes and the Servicer will, to the extent not otherwise paid under any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, promptly pay such additional amounts (including any penalties, interest or expenses) as shall be necessary in order that the net amount received by the recipient after the payment of such Taxes (including any Taxes on such additional amount) shall equal the amount such recipient would have received had such Taxes not been asserted.

 

(d) If the Servicer fails to pay (or procure the payment of) any Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the recipient the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, in each case, in accordance with Clause 9.4(b), the Servicer shall indemnify the recipient for any incremental Taxes, interest, or penalties that may become payable by any recipient as a result of any such failure.

 

(e) In the event that:

 

  (i) the Servicer pays an additional amount or amounts pursuant to Clause 9.4(b)(iv) (an additional tax payment ); and

 

  (ii) the recipient of such amounts reasonably determines (in its sole, good faith opinion) that, as a result of such additional tax payment or relevant deduction or withholding, it is effectively entitled to obtain and retain a refund of any Taxes or a tax credit in respect of Taxes which reduces the tax liability of such recipient (a tax savings ), then

 

Page 25


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

  (iii) that recipient shall, to the extent it can do so without prejudice to the amount of any other deduction, credit or relief, following effective receipt of such tax savings reimburse to the Servicer such amount as such recipient shall reasonably determine (in its sole, good faith opinion) to be the proportion of the tax savings as will leave such recipient (after such reimbursement) in no better or worse position than it would have been in had the payment by the Servicer in respect of which the foregoing additional tax payment was made not been subject to any withholding or deduction on account of Taxes.

 

(f) If the Servicer shall have received from any recipient any amount described in Clause 9.4(e) and it is subsequently determined that such recipient was not entitled to obtain or retain the amount of the tax savings claimed, then the Servicer shall repay such amount to such recipient. Each recipient shall have sole discretion to arrange its affairs (including its tax affairs) without regard to Clause 9.4 ( Taxes ) and no recipient shall be obligated to seek a refund or to disclose any information regarding it affairs (including its tax affairs) or computations to the Servicer.

Stamp Taxes, etc.

9.5 The Servicer for so long as it is CL or any Affiliate of CL agrees to pay on demand all stamp and other similar documentary or registration Taxes and fees (including interest, late payment fees and penalties in relation to those Taxes) paid, payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, performance (including any sale of Receivables), filing and recording of this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other instrument, document or agreement filed or delivered in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

10. M ISCELLANEOUS

Term of Agreement

10.1 This Agreement shall terminate on the Final Payout Date; provided that:

 

(a) the rights and remedies of the Funding Agent, the Purchaser, the Lender and the Administrative Agent with respect to any representation and warranty made or deemed to be made by the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(b) the indemnification and payment provisions of Clause 9 ( Indemnification ); and

 

(c) the agreements set out in Clauses 10.9 ( Consent to Disclosure ), 10.10 ( Confidentiality ) and 10.12 ( Limited Recourse ),

shall, in each case, be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

Page 26


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Waivers; amendments

10.2 (a) No failure or delay on the part of any party to this Agreement in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of such right or remedy, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other further exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.

 

(b) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Purchaser, the Servicer and the Funding Agent.

Notices

10.3 All communications and notices provided for under this Agreement shall be provided in the manner described in Clause 1.6 ( Notices, Payment Information ) of the Schedule of Definitions.

Governing Law; submission to jurisdiction

10.4 (a) This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties to it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English Law.

 

(b) The Parties agree that the courts of England shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding, and to settle any dispute, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by any other Transaction Document and, for such purposes, irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.

 

(c) The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts referred to in Clause 10.4(b) ( Governing Law; submission to jurisdiction ) shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Funding Agent to take proceedings against the Servicer or any of its property in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

(d) The Servicer consents generally in respect of any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by any other Transaction Document, to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such action or proceeding including the making, enforcement or execution against any property whatsoever (irrespective of its use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such action or proceeding.

 

Page 27


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Entire agreement

10.5 This Agreement contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties to it with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and shall constitute the entire Agreement among the parties to it with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

Severability and partial invalidity

10.6 (a) Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

(b) If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any term or provision of this Agreement as written is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall reduce the scope, duration, or area of the term or provision, delete specific words or phrases, or replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the court’s judgment may be appealed.

Counterparts; facsimile delivery

10.7 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties to it in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery by facsimile of an executed signature page of this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Successors and assigns; binding effect

10.8 (a) This Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that, subject to Clause 2 ( Appointment of Servicer ), the Servicer may not assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement or under any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party without the prior written consent of the Funding Agent.

 

(b) The Servicer agrees and consents to the assignment by the Purchaser from time to time of all or any part of its rights under, interest in and title to this Agreement and the Asset Interest to the Funding Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement.

 

(c) The Servicer acknowledges that it has read Clause 9.8 ( Successors and assigns; binding effect ) of the Receivables Funding Agreement and agrees that the Lender may assign its right and interests in this Agreement to the same extent as provided for in the Receivables Funding Agreement.

 

Page 28


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Consent to disclosure

10.9 The Servicer consents to the disclosure of any non-public information with respect to it received by the Funding Agent, the Purchaser, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any other lender or potential lender, the Funding Agent, any Rating Agency, any dealer or placement agent of, or depositary for, any securities issued, or other indebtedness incurred, by the Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Person supporting the financing activities of the Lender (including by providing any credit or liquidity support to the Lender) or any of such Person’s counsel or accountants, provided that that disclosure is necessary for the purpose of funding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

Confidentiality

10.10 Subject to Clause 10.9 ( Consent to disclosure ), each Party agrees that it will not disclose the contents of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any other proprietary or confidential information disclosed to it by any other Party to the Transaction Documents, to any other Person except:

 

(a) its auditors and legal advisers, employees and financial advisors (other than any commercial bank) and any nationally recognised statistical rating organisation, provided such auditors, attorneys, employees, financial advisors or rating agencies are informed of the highly confidential nature of such information;

 

(b) an alternative or additional commercial source of financing and that source’s auditors and legal advisers, employees and financial advisers in connection with a potential refinancing of all or any part of the Advances;

 

(c) as otherwise required by applicable Law or order of a court of competent jurisdiction; or

 

(d) if the Parent, acting reasonably, determines that the Servicer is required by, or pursuant to, The United States Exchange Act 1934 to disclose any of the same.

No petition

 

10.11 The Servicer covenants and agrees that:

 

(a) prior to the date which is two years and one day after the Final Payout Date, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, the Purchaser any proceeding of the type referred to in the definition of Event of Bankruptcy; and

 

(b) following the transfer of all or any part of the Net Advances to a Conduit Assignee, prior to the date which is two years and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding indebtedness of the Conduit Assignee, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Conduit Assignee any proceeding of a type referred to in the definition of Event of Bankruptcy.

 

Page 29


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Limited recourse

10.12 The Servicer acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement the obligations of the Purchaser under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party are solely the corporate obligations of the Purchaser and shall be payable solely to the extent of funds received by the Purchaser in accordance with this Agreement or from any party to any Transaction Document in accordance with the terms of that document and available for such payment in accordance with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act (1999)

10.13 No Person who is not a Party has any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act (1999) to enforce any term of this Agreement; but this does not affect any right or remedy of that Person which exists or is available apart from that Act.

EXECUTION:

The Parties have shown their acceptance of the terms of this Agreement by executing it at the end of the Schedule.

 

Page 30


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

SCHEDULE 1

PURCHASER POWER OF ATTORNEY

BY THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY, UK RELOCATION RECEIVABLES FUNDING LIMITED (the Principal ), a limited company incorporated under the Laws of England and Wales nominates, constitutes and appoints each of:

 

(a) Calyon S.A., London Branch (the Funding Agent ); and

 

(b) each officer of the Funding Agent from time to time authorised by the Funding Agent and each other person or entity from time to time designated by the Funding Agent or that officer (each an Attorney-in-Fact ),

in each case, with full power of substitution, to act, together or alone, as the Principal’s true and Lawful agent and attorney in fact, for it and in its name, place and stead, to take any and all steps in the name of the Principal and on behalf of the Principal necessary or desirable, in the determination of any Attorney-in-Fact to, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Servicing Agreement (referred to below):

 

  (i) take any of the actions set out in Clauses 3 ( Duties of Servicer ) and 4 ( Payments by the Purchaser ) of the receivables servicing agreement dated 4 April 2007 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time) (the Servicing Agreement ); and

 

  (ii) collect all amounts due under any and all Receivables (as defined by reference in the Servicing Agreement) and take such other actions (including endorsing the Principal’s name on cheques and other instruments representing Collections (as defined by reference in the Servicing Agreement) as may be required in the course of completing the collection process contemplated in Clauses 3 and 4 of the Servicing Agreement.

Each Attorney-in-Fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite for the purposes set out above as fully for all intents and purposes as the Principal might or could do in person.

IT IS HEREBY DECLARED THAT :

2. Every act, document, matter and thing which shall be made executed or done by any Attorney-in-Fact for the purposes referred to in this Power of Attorney shall be as good, valid and effective as if the same has been made, executed or done by the Principal;

3. The Principal ratifies and confirms and agrees to ratify and confirm from time to time and at all times everything that any Attorney-in-Fact shall do or cause to be done by virtue of and in accordance with this Power of Attorney including in that ratification and confirmation everything that shall be done between the time of the revocation of this Power of Attorney and the time of that revocation becoming known to that Attorney-in-Fact;

 

Page 31


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

4. No exercise of the powers conferred upon any Attorney-in-Fact shall subject that Attorney-in-Fact to any liability except for that Attorney-in-Fact’s negligence or wilful misconduct in the exercise of those powers;

5. The powers conferred upon any Attorney-in-Fact shall not confer any obligations upon that Attorney-in-Fact in any manner whatsoever to exercise those powers and for the avoidance of doubt, no failure or delay on the part of that Attorney-in-Fact to exercise those powers, nor the invalidity or inadequacy of any exercise of those powers shall give rise to any liability on the part of that Attorney-in-Fact; and

6. The Principal shall indemnify and keep indemnified each Attorney-in-Fact in accordance with the provisions of the Servicing Agreement.

The Funding Agent shall have power to appoint a substitute to act on behalf of the Principal as if originally appointed in this Deed and to appoint agents to act for it and to revoke any such appointment as it sees fit.

This Power of Attorney is irrevocable.

This Power of Attorney shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Principal has EXECUTED AND DELIVERED as a DEED this Power of Attorney on 4 April 2007.

 

SIGNED by SFM Directors Limited   )
acting by   )
a duly authorised director and by   )
SFM Directors (No. 2) Limited   )
acting by   )
a duly authorised director, duly   )
authorised for and on behalf of   )
UK RELOCATION RECEIVABLES   )
FUNDING LIMITED   )

EXECUTION of Receivables Servicing Agreement:

The Purchaser

 

SIGNED by SFM Directors Limited  acting   )
by                         , a duly authorised   )
director, duly authorised, for and on behalf   )
of UK RELOCATION RECEIVABLES   )
FUNDING LIMITED   )

 

Page 32


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

The Servicer

 

SIGNED by                             , Director,   )
duly authorised for and on behalf   )
of CARTUS LIMITED   )

The Funding Agent, the Calculation Agent and the Administrative Agent

 

SIGNED by   )
and   )
acting as Authorised Signatories for   )
CALYON S.A., LONDON BRANCH   )

 

Page 33


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

SCHEDULE 2

FORM OF WEEKLY SERVICER REPORT

 

Weekly Servicer Report

Selling Company

  

Cartus

  

Period

  

Start Date

  

End Date

  

Reporting Date (4th Business Day following last day of Reporting Period)

  

Calculation Date (3rd Business Day following Reporting Date)

  

Settlement Date (2nd Business Day following Calculation date)

  

Movement Activity

  

During Period

   Amount

B/fwd Receivables Balance

  

B/fwd Unbilled Receivables

   0.00

B/fwd Billed Receivables

   0.00

B/fwd GSA Receivables

   0.00
    

Total B/fwd Receivables Balance

   0.00
    

New GSA Receivables (= GSP Advances)

   0.00
    

Total GSA New Receivables Generated

   0.00
    

Movements

  

Sale Proceeds (GSA) less any Gains on Sale plus Losses on Sale

   0.00
    

Total GSA Movements

   0.00
    

C/fwd Receivables Balance

  

C/fwd Unbilled Receivables

   0.00

C/fwd Billed Receivables

   0.00

C/fwd GSA Receivables

   0.00
    

Total C/fwd Receivables Balance

   0.00
    

 

Page 34


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Ineligible Receivables (%age = as per previous month’s servicer report)

  

Scottish & Irish Properties

   0.00

Outright Purchases

   0.00

Affiliates

   0.00

Miscellaneous Receivables-non covered contracts

   0.00

Non UK Contracts

   0.00

Clients with Bank Guarantee

   0.00

Clients with payment terms >65 days

   0.00

Clients in Solicitors Hands

   0.00

Clients in Receivership / Administration

   0.00

Clients in excess of Credit Limit

   0.00

Advances Paid by Employer

   0.00
    

Total Ineligible Receivable Balance

   0.00
    

Eligible Receivables

  

Total Eligible Receivable Balance

   0.00
    

Less: Aggregate Over-Concentration Amount (previous month’s servicer report)

   0.00

Less: Defaulted in prior periods (previous month’s servicer report)

   0.00

Less: Defaulted in this period (previous month’s servicer report)

   0.00
    

Total Adjusted Eligible Receivable Balance

   0.00
    

Credit Enhancement

  

%age as per previous month’s servicer report

  

Amount £

  

Funding

  

Start of Period

  

End of Period

  

Receivable balance

   0.00

Ineligible Receivables and Advance Payments

   0.00

Total Defaulted Receivables

   0.00

Eligible Receivable Balance

   0.00

Overconcentration

   0.00

Adjusted Eligible Receivable Balance

   0.00

Credit Enhancement %

  

Credit Enhancement (receivables)

   0.00

Borrowing Base (current period)

   0.00

Total Advances (as as end of this period) - rounded

   0.00

Total Advances (as of beginning of this period) - rounded

   0.00
    

Repayment to Calyon

   0.00
    

 

Page 35


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

SCHEDULE 2

FORM OF WEEKLY SERVICER REPORT

Weekly Servicer Report

Selling Company

Cartus

Period

Start Date

End Date

Reporting Date (4th Business Day following last day of Reporting Period)

Calculation Date (3rd Business Day following Reporting Date)

Settlement Date (2nd Business Day following Calculation date)

 

Movement Activity     

During Period

   Amount

B/fwd Receivables Balance

  

B/fwd Unbilled Receivables

   0.00

B/fwd Billed Receivables

   0.00

B/fwd GSA Receivables

   0.00
    

Total B/fwd Receivables Balance

   0.00
    

New GSA Receivables (= GSP Advances)

   0.00
    

Total GSA New Receivables Generated

   0.00
    

Movements

  

Sale Proceeds (GSA) less any Gains on Sale plus Losses on Sale

   0.00
    

Total GSA Movements

   0.00
    

C/fwd Receivables Balance

  

C/fwd Unbilled Receivables

   0.00

C/fwd Billed Receivables

   0.00

C/fwd GSA Receivables

   0.00
    

Total C/fwd Receivables Balance

   0.00
    

 

Page 36


Amended and restated Receivables Servicing Agreement

 

Ineligible Receivables (%age = as per previous month’s servicer report)

  

Scottish & Irish Properties

   0.00

Outright Purchases

   0.00

Affiliates

   0.00

Miscellaneous Receivables-non covered contracts

   0.00

Non UK Contracts

   0.00

Clients with Bank Guarantee

   0.00

Clients with payment terms >65 days

   0.00

Clients in Solicitors Hands

   0.00

Clients in Receivership / Administration

   0.00

Clients in excess of Credit Limit

   0.00

Advances Paid by Employer

   0.00
    

Total Ineligible Receivable Balance

   0.00
    

Eligible Receivables

  

Total Eligible Receivable Balance

   0.00
    

Less: Aggregate Over-Concentration Amount (previous month’s servicer report)

   0.00

Less: Defaulted in prior periods (previous month’s servicer report)

   0.00

Less: Defaulted in this period (previous month’s servicer report)

   0.00

Total Adjusted Eligible Receivable Balance

   0.00

Credit Enhancement

  

%age as per previous month’s servicer report

  

Amount £

  

Funding

  

Start of Period

  

End of Period

  

Receivable balance

   0.00

Ineligible Receivables and Advance Payments

   0.00

Total Defaulted Receivables

   0.00

Eligible Receivable Balance

   0.00

Overconcentration

   0.00

Adjusted Eligible Receivable Balance

   0.00

Credit Enhancement %

  

Credit Enhancement (receivables)

   0.00

Borrowing Base (current period)

   0.00

Total Advances (as as end of this period) - rounded

   0.00

Total Advances (as of beginning of this period) - rounded

   0.00
    

Repayment to Calyon

   0.00
    

 

Page 37

Exhibit 10.2

AMENDMENT TO THE TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

This Amendment, executed July 8, 2008 and effective as of July 28, 2006 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Tax Sharing Agreement, entered into as of July 28, 2006 (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), by and between Avis Budget Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Cendant Corporation (“ Cendant ”), Realogy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Realogy ”), Wyndham Worldwide Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Wyndham ”) and Travelport Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Travelport ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

WHEREAS , Section 13.6 of the Agreement provides that no amendment to the Agreement shall be effective unless it shall be in writing and signed by each Party to the Agreement;

WHEREAS , Section 1.3(c)(ii) of the Agreement provides that if a Travelport Sale occurs, any and all rights and obligations of and to Travelport pursuant to the Agreement will be terminated and deemed null and void and be of no further force or effect;

WHEREAS , Travelport was sold to TDS Investor Corporation, formerly known as TDS Investor LLC, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30,2006, as amended on August 23,2006, between Cendant and Travelport, on the one hand, and TDS Investor Corporation, on the other hand; and

WHEREAS , Cendant, Realogy and Wyndham (together, the “Parties”) wish to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Section 1.1 . Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following defined term after subsection (1 1).

“(11A) “ Assume ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .”

2. Amendment to Section 1.1. Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following defined term after subsection (12).

“(12A) “ Avis Australia ” means Avis Management Pty. Ltd.

3. Amendment to Section 1.1 (15) (definition of “CCRG Audit Sharing Percentage”). Section 1.1(15) of the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Delete “and” at the end of subsection (i)(II).

(b) Add “and” at the end of subsection (i)(III).

 

1


(c) Add new subsection (i)(IV) which shall state “the aggregate amount of disallowed deduction, loss or credit directly attributable to any (x) election by or on behalf of Avis Australia and any Subsidiary thereof that is engaged in the Vehicle Rental Business to claim accelerated depreciation for Australian Income Tax purposes or (y) any Refund received by Cendant pursuant to Section 4.1 (e).”

4. Amendment to Section l(16) (definition of “CCRG Entities”) . Section 1.1(16) is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Delete “.” at the end of such definition.

(b) Add “and Avis Australia and its Subsidiaries that are engaged in the Vehicle Rental Business, provided, however, that solely for purposes of Income Taxes for the taxable years ended December 3 1,2005 and December 3 1,2006, Avis Australia and such Subsidiaries shall not be treated as CCRG Entities.”

5. Amendment to Section 1.1(3 1 ) (definition of “Cendant Shared Entities”) . Section 1.1(3 1) of the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Delete “and” at the end of subsection (iii).

(b) Delete “.” at the end of subsection (iv) and insert “; and”

(c) Add subsection (v), which shall state “Avis Australia and its Subsidiaries that are engaged in the Vehicle Rental Business, provided, however, that Avis Australia and such Subsidiaries shall be treated as Cendant Shared Entities solely for purposes of Income Taxes for the taxable years ended December 3 1,2005 and December 31, 2006.”

6. Amendment to Section 1.1 . Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following defined terms after subsection (45).

“(45A) “Excess 2006 Avis Australia Income Tax Refund” shall mean, with respect to the taxable year ended December 3 1,2006 of Avis Australia and its Subsidiaries that are engaged in the Vehicle Rental Business, the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of the Refund for Income Taxes received by Avis Australia and such Subsidiaries for such taxable year over (ii) the amount of the Refund for Income Taxes, if any, that hypothetically would have been received by Avis Australia and such Subsidiaries for such taxable year assuming (x) that Avis Australia and such Subsidiaries did not elect to claim accelerated depreciation for Australian Income Tax purposes for such year and (y) the same facts and using the same methods, rate(s), elections (other than the election to claim accelerated depreciation), conventions and practices used in determining the actual Income Tax liability of Avis Australia and such Subsidiaries and the amount of such Refund for such Income Taxes for such taxable year set forth in clause (i) of this definition.

7. Amendment to Section 1.1(98) . Section 1.1(98) (definition of “Pre-2007 Shared Entity Audit Other Adjustments”) of the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Delete subsection (i), and

 

2


(b) Add new subsection (i) which shall state:

“the aggregate amount of income and gain set forth in clause (i)(I), the aggregate amount of disallowed deduction, loss or credit (and increased income and gain) set forth in clause (i)(II), the aggregate amount of income and gain (and disallowed deduction, loss or credit) set forth in clause (i)(III), and the aggregate amount of disallowed deduction, loss or credit set forth in clause (i)(IV), of the definition of the defined term “CCRG Audit Sharing Percentage”

8 . Amendment to Section 1.1(99). Section 1.1(99) (definition of “Pre-2007 Shared Entity Audit Tax Amount”) of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence at the end of such definition:

“For the avoidance of doubt, Pre-2007 Shared Entity Audit Tax Amount shall include any additional amount of Tax required to be paid (including the disallowance of a Refund) resulting from the disallowance of any deduction, loss or credit directly attributable to any election by or on behalf of Avis Australia and any Subsidiary thereof that is engaged in the Vehicle Rental Business to claim accelerated depreciation for Australian Income Tax purposes.”

9. Amendment to Section 2.1. The second sentence of Section 2.1 (a)(i) is hereby replaced and amended in its entirety with the following:

“Such Pre-2007 Cendant Shared Entity Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with the past practice of each Cendant Shared Entity unless otherwise required by applicable Law, provided, however, that Cendant shall be permitted to file Income Tax Returns for Avis Australia and its Subsidiaries that are engaged in the Vehicle Rental Business for taxable year ended December 3 1,2006 claiming accelerated depreciation.”

10. Amendment to Section 3.1. Section 3.1 (a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the words “be liable for” with “accept, assume (or, as applicable, retain) and perform, discharge and fulfill, in accordance with their respective terms (“Assume”)”.

11. Amendment to Section 3.2. Section 3.2(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the words “be liable for” with the word “Assume”.

12. Amendment to Section 3.3. Section 3.3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the words “be liable for” with the word “Assume”.

13. Amendment to Section 4.1. Section 4.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding new subsection (e):

“(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.1, Cendant shall be entitled to all Refunds for Income Taxes (i) received by Avis Australia and/or its Subsidiaries that are engaged in the Vehicle

 

3


Rental Business, as applicable, for the taxable year ended December 3 1, 2006 in an amount not to exceed the Excess 2006 Avis Australia Income Tax Refund of Avis Australia and such Subsidiaries for such taxable year and (ii) of back-up withholding tax withheld during 2004 with respect to that certain Smith Barney account number 309-13355-17 051 of Gulf Insurance Company, in an amount not to exceed $485,824.81.

14. Amendment to Section 6.1. Section 6.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by:

(a) adding to Section 6.1 immediately before the words “Cendant shall and shall cause its Subsidiaries” the following:

“In the event that Cendant has not directly paid to the relevant Taxing Authorities the liabilities it has Assumed under this Agreement, then, to the extent such liabilities were paid by Realogy or Wyndham (or any of their Affiliates), as applicable,”; and

(b) replacing the text in Section 6.l(a) in its entirety with the following:

“all such liabilities Assumed by Cendant and for which Cendant is accordingly responsible under this Agreement; and”

15. Amendment to Section 6.2. Section 6.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by:

(a) adding to Section 6.2 immediately before the words “Realogy shall and shall cause its Subsidiaries” the following:

“In the event that Realogy has not directly paid to the relevant Taxing Authorities the liabilities it has Assumed under this Agreement, then, to the extent such liabilities were paid by Cendant or Wyndham (or any of their Affiliates), as applicable,”; and

(b) replacing the text in Section 6.2(a) in its entirety with the following:

“all such liabilities Assumed by Realogy and for which Realogy is accordingly responsible under this Agreement; and”

16. Amendment to Section 6.3. Section 6.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended by:

(a) adding to Section 6.3 immediately before the words “Wyndham shall and shall cause its Subsidiaries” the following:

 

4


“In the event that Wyndham has not directly paid to the relevant Taxing Authorities the liabilities it has Assumed under this Agreement, then, to the extent such liabilities were paid by Cendant or Realogy (or any of their Affiliates), as applicable,”; and

(b) replacing the text in Section 6.3(a) in its entirety with the following: “all such liabilities Assumed by Wyndham and for which Wyndham is accordingly responsible under this Agreement; and”

17. Amendment to Section 7.2. Section 7.2(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the text thereof in its entirety with the following:

Section 7.2 Treatment of payments made pursuant to Tax Sharing Agreement.

(a) General . Unless otherwise required by a Final Determination, for U.S. federal income Tax purposes:

(i) Payments made by Cendant, Realogy and Wyndham . In accordance with Revenue Ruling 95-74, 1995-2, C.B. 36, payments made by Cendant, Realogy or Wyndham for or in respect of liabilities Assumed pursuant to this Agreement that, but for such Assumption by Cendant, Realogy or Wyndham, as the case may be, would have been deductible under Section 162 of the Code (and applicable provisions of state and local Law) or capitalized under Section 263 of the Code (and applicable provisions of state and local Law) or otherwise, as the case may be, by the original obligor pursuant to applicable principles of Tax Law, shall be treated for Tax purposes as payments actually made by Cendant, Realogy or Wyndham, as applicable, to Taxing Authorities that are deductible to Cendant, Realogy or Wyndham, as applicable, under Section 162(a) of the Code (and applicable provisions of state and local Law) or capitalized under Section 263 of the Code or otherwise, as the case may be; and

(ii) Indemnification payments . Pursuant to the relation back principle of Revenue Ruling 83-73, 1983-1, C.B. 84, indemnification payments made pursuant to this Agreement by:

 

  (I) a Spinco Party to Cendant shall be treated for Tax purposes as having been made by the Spinco Party to Cendant immediately before the applicable Distribution;

 

  (II) Cendant to any of the Spinco Parties shall be treated for Tax purposes as having been made by Cendant to the Spinco Party immediately before the applicable Distribution;

 

5


  (III) a Spinco Party to another Spinco Party shall be treated for Tax purposes as having been made by the relevant Spinco Party to Cendant, and by Cendant to the other Spinco Party, immediately before the applicable Distribution.

In each case, none of the Parties shall take any position inconsistent with such treatment, except to the extent that Cendant, Realogy or Wyndham, as the case may be, is required to treat such payment differently as a result of a Final Determination. In the event a Taxing Authority asserts that a Party’s treatment of a payment pursuant to this Agreement should be other than as required pursuant to this Agreement (ignoring any potential inconsistent or adverse Final Determination), such Party shall use its reasonable best efforts to contest such challenge.

18. Amendment to Section 8.8 . Section 8.8(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by:

(a) adding to Section 8.8(a)(i) immediately after the words “Cendant shall” the following:

“Assume,”

(b) adding to Section 8.8(a)(ii) immediately after the words “Realogy shall” the following:

“Assume,” and

(c) adding to Section 8.8(a)(iii) immediately after the words

“Wyndham shall” the following:

“Assume,”.

19. Amendment to Section 8.9. Section 8.9(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the first sentence thereof (up to subsection (i)) with the following:

“(a) In connection with any Final Determination that occurs after the date hereof in respect of a Pre-2007 Shared Entity Audit other than a Final Determination (x) in respect of any federal Income Tax audit of the affiliated group of which Cendant was the common parent for all taxable years through December 3 1,2002 (the “Ongoing Federal Income Tax Audits”), (y) as to the correlative state Income Tax consequences that follow from any Final Determination with respect to such Ongoing Federal Income Tax Audits (the “Ongoing State Income Tax Audits”) or (z) attributable to the 2003 reorganization of Cendant’s time share business but only to the extent that the Final Determination described in this clause (z) results in the utilization of a foreign Income Tax credit (such Final Determination, after elimination of the Final Determinations described in clauses (x), (y), and (z) a “Section 8.9 Final Determination”), which Section 8.9 Final Determination results, in the utilization of a net operating loss carryover

 

6


or Credit Carryover as a result of an increase of items of taxable income or gain of (or the disallowance of items of deduction, loss or credit with respect to) a Shared Entity relating to a Pre-2007 Shared Entity Tax Return, then, with respect to each Applicable Tax Benefit Party, subject to Section 8.10 (relating to the establishment of Caps and Incremental Costs):”

20. Amendment to Section 8.13 . Section 8.13 of the Agreement is hereby amended by:

(a) replacing the word “Indemnity” in the heading with the word “Payment”;

(b) adding to Section 8.13(a) immediately after the words “Realogy shall” the following:

“Assume, be liable for and shall”; and

(c) adding to Section 8.13(b) immediately after the words “Wyndham shall” the following:

“Assume, be liable for and shall”.

21. Schedule B. On Schedule By the line item setting forth the amount of Various State Tax Exposures for Income Tax of Realogy for 1994 - 2005 shall be amended to read 1,666,439 (instead of 1,400,253) and the line item setting forth the amount of Various State Tax Exposures for Income Tax for Wyndham for 1992 - 2005 shall be amended to read 2,639,868 (instead of 4,502,501). In addition, the schedule entitled “Proposed Amendment to Schedule B-Various State Tax Exposures” attached to this Amendment shall be attached as page 2 to Schedule B of the Tax Sharing Agreement.

22. Governing; Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws, and not the Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1 402 of the New York General Obligations Law), of the State of New York.

23. Miscellaneous.

(a) Except as expressly amended and supplemented hereby, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.

(b) This Amendment may be executed by the Parties in multiple counterparts which may be delivered by facsimile transmission. Each counterpart when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Party has caused this Amendment to the Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf by an authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

AVIS BUDGET GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ David B. Wyshner
  Name: David B. Wyshner
  Title: Executive Vice President and
  Chief Financial Officer

 

REALOGY CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Anthony E. Hull
  Name: Anthony E. Hull
  Title: Executive Vice President,
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

WYNDHAM WORLDWIDE CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Virginia Wilson
  Name: Virginia Wilson
  Title: Executive Vice President and
  Chief Financial Officer

 

8

Exhibit 31.1

CEO CERTIFICATION

I, Richard A. Smith, Chief Executive Officer of Realogy Corporation certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Realogy Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 12, 2008

 

/s/    R ICHARD A. S MITH        
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Exhibit 31.2

CFO CERTIFICATION

I, Anthony E. Hull, Chief Financial Officer of Realogy Corporation, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Realogy Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 12, 2008

 

/s/    A NTHONY E. H ULL        
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION OF CEO AND CFO PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Realogy Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Richard A. Smith, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Anthony E. Hull, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

/s/    R ICHARD A. S MITH        

RICHARD A. SMITH

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

August 12, 2008

/s/    A NTHONY E. H ULL        

ANTHONY E. HULL

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

August 12, 2008